United States        Office of Research     EPA/600/R-04/121
Environmental Protection   and Development     September 2004
Agency          Washington DC 20460



  Stormwater Best


  Management Practice


  Design Guide:





  Volume 1


  General Considerations

-------
                                              EPA/600/R-04/121
                                              September 2004
Stormwater Best Management Practice

                    Design Guide


                       Volume  1

             General  Considerations

                             By

                       Michael L. Clar, P.E.
                          Ecosite, Inc.
                    Ellicott City, Maryland, 21042

                     Billy J. Barfield, P.E., Ph.D.
                        Professor Emeritus
                 Department of Agricultural Engineering
                     Oklahoma State University
                       Stillwater, Oklahoma

                       Thomas P. O'Connor
                 Urban Watershed Management Branch
               Water Supply and Water Resources Division
              National Risk Management Research Laboratory
                        Edison, NJ 08837
                     Order No. 1C-R059-NTSX

                         Project Officer
                       Thomas P. O'Connor
                 Urban Watershed Management Branch
               Water Supply and Water Resources Division
              National Risk Management Research Laboratory
                        Edison, NJ 08837
       NATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT RESEARCH LABORATORY
             OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
            U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                     CINCINNATI, OH 45268

-------
                                       Notice

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency through its Office of Research and Development
partially funded and collaborated in the research described here under Order Number 1C-R059-
NTSX to Ecosite, Inc.  It has been subjected to the Agency's peer and administrative review and
has been approved for publication as an EPA document. Mention of trade names or commercial
products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                                     Foreword
         The  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency  (EPA)  is  charged by  Congress with
protecting the Nation's land, air, and water resources. Under a mandate of national environmental
laws, the  Agency strives to formulate  and implement actions leading to a compatible  balance
between human activities and the ability of natural systems to support and nurture life.  To meet
this  mandate,  EPA's  research  program is providing data and  technical support for  solving
environmental problems today and building a science knowledge base necessary to manage our
ecological resources wisely, understand how pollutants affect our health, and prevent or reduce
environmental risks in the future.

         The National Risk Management Research Laboratory (NRMRL) is the Agency's center
for investigation of technological and management approaches for preventing and reducing risks
from pollution that threaten human  health  and the environment.  The focus of the Laboratory's
research  program is on methods  and their  cost-effectiveness  for prevention  and control  of
pollution to air, land, water, and subsurface resources; protection of water quality in public water
systems;  remediation of contaminated sites, sediments and ground water; prevention and control
of indoor air pollution; and restoration of ecosystems.  NRMRL collaborates with both public and
private sector partners to foster technologies that reduce the cost of compliance and to anticipate
emerging  problems.   NRMRL's  research provides  solutions to environmental problems by:
developing and promoting technologies that  protect  and improve  the environment; advancing
scientific and engineering information to support regulatory and policy decisions; and providing
the technical  support  and information transfer to  ensure  implementation of  environmental
regulations and strategies at the national, State, and community levels.

         This  publication has  been produced as part of the Laboratory's strategic  long-term
research plan.  It is published and made available by EPA's Office of Research and Development
to assist the user community and to link  researchers with their clients.
                                Lawrence W. Reiter, Acting Director.
                                National Risk Management Research Laboratory
                                           in

-------
                                        Abstract

This document is Volume 1 of a three volume series that provides guidance on the selection and
design of storm water  management Best  Management Practices (BMPs).  This first volume
provides general considerations associated with the selection and design of BMPs.
Volume I provides guidance on the following elements:

        •    wet weather flow impacts on receiving waters
        •    regulations
        •    BMP design concepts and guidance
        •    BMP types and selection.

BMPs can be  designed to meet a wide range of goals  and objectives.  These can range from a
single parameter approach such as flood control or pollutant removal, which is typical in older
developed watersheds, to  multiple parameter ecological  sustainability of receiving systems, which
is more readily applied to developing watersheds.  These  management goals will determine the
requirement for proper design and the mix of ecological and engineering principles that must be
considered.  These will typically include  hydrology and inflow  hydraulics, soil characteristics/
infiltration rates, site-specific  water quality and location, as well as the condition of the receiving
waters.  BMP control practices also vary  by local regulation and standards. A brief review of
currently available design goals and objectives is provided.
Hydrologic concepts and control strategies, criteria and associated standards are summarized. The
hydrologic concepts that are presented include:

        •    rainfall frequency spectrum
        •    large storm hydrology
        •    small storm hydrology
        •    ground water recharge hydrology.

Control strategies for peak discharge control and water quality control are also summarized.
Currently  used BMP  types  are  described  and guidance  is  provided  on their selection and
suitability for  the various goals and objectives.  BMPs can be classified in a  number of ways,
typically based on function, which include the following broad categories: pollution prevention,
runoff control, end-of-pipe treatment control, source control, micro management control, regional
control and structural or non structural control.
                                            IV

-------
A brief summary of the suitability of the various BMP types to address the identified impact areas
is provided.   Also provided  is BMP selection guidance with  respect to the following design
factors:
        •   watershed factors
        •   terrain factors
        •   physical site factors
        •   community and environmental factors
        •   location and permitting factors.

-------
                                               Contents
Notice	ii
Abstract	iii
Forward	v
Contents	ix
List of Figures	x
List of Tables	xi
Acronyms and Abbreviations	xii
Acknowledgements	xiv

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY	
Section 1   Introduction	1-1
Section 2   Wet Weather Flow Impacts on Receiving Waters	2-1
  Introduction	2-1
  Background	2-1
  Overview	2-2
  Physical Impacts	2-2
    Hydrologic Regime Alterations	2-3
    Geomorphology and Stream Channel Stability	2-6
    Flooding Impacts	2-8
    Thermal Impacts	2-9
  Chemical Impacts	2-10
    Regional Data for Major Pollutants	2-10
    Regional Differences Based Primarily on Rainfall	2-10
    Cold Region Snowmelt Data	2-12
    Impacts to Receiving Waters	2-13
  Impacts of Urbanization on Biological Community	2-15
    Overview of the Biological Impacts	2-15
Section 3   Regulations That Impact Stormwater BMP Design	3-1
  Introduction	3-1
  Federal Regulations	3-1
    Clean Water Act	3-1
    CWA Section 304(m)	3-2
    NPDESPhasel and Storm Water Rules	3-2
    Water Quality Certifications (Section 401)	3-2
    Coastal Zone Management Act (CZMA)	3-3
    Endangered Species Act	3-4
  State and Municipal Regulations	3-4
                                                   VI

-------
    Drainage Area	3-6
    Peak Discharge Rate Requirements for Flood Control	3-6
    Water Quality Control Requirements	3-7
Section 4   BMP Design Concepts and Guidance	4-1
  Introduction	4-1
  BMP Performance Goals and Objectives	4-1
    Flood and Peak Discharge Control	4-1
    Flood and Peak Discharge Control and Specified Pollutant Guideline	4-1
    Flood, Peak Discharge and Water Quality Control	4-2
    Multiple Parameter Control	4-2
    Ecologically Sensitive Stormwater Management	4-3
  Hydrologic Concepts	4-4
    Rainfall Frequency Spectrum (RFS)	4-5
    Large versus Small Storm Hydrology	4-7
    Large Storm Hydrology	4-8
    Small Storm Hydrology	4-8
    Ground Water Recharge Hydrology	4-11
    Design Storm vs. Continuous Flow Simulation	4-11
  Assessment of Peak Discharge Control  Strategies	4-14
    Design Storms	4-15
    Peak Discharge Strategies and Control of Physical Impacts	4-15
    Peak Discharge Strategies and Control of Chemical Impacts	4-20
    Peak Discharge Strategies and Control of Habitat and Biological Impacts	4-21
  Assessment of Current Water Quality Control Strategies	4-21
    Pollutants and Sources	4-22
    Pollutant Concentrations and Loadings	4-22
    Pollutant Reduction Requirements	4-22
    Not-to-Exceed Concentration Requirements for New Development	4-23
    Water Quality Control Strategies and Control of Physical Impacts	4-24
    Water Quality Control Strategies and Control of Chemical Impacts	4-24
    Water Quality Control Strategies and Control of Habitat and Biological Impacts	4-25
Section 5   BMP Types and Selection	5-1
  BMP Types	5-1
  Removal Processes Occurring in Treatment BMPs	5-2
    Settling	5-3
    Filtration	5-4
    Sorption	5-4
    Phytoremediation	5-5
    Designing Using Treatment Train BMPs	5-5
  BMP Selection	5-6
  Impact Area and Design Objectives	5-6
  On-Site Versus Regional Controls	5-7
    On-Site Controls	5-9
    Regional Controls	5-10
    Micro-scale, Landscape Based Control	5-11
    Integration of Approaches	5-12
  Watershed Factors	5-12
    Coldwater Streams	5-12
    Sensitive Streams	5-13
    Wellhead Protection	5-13
    Reservoir Protection	5-13
                                                   vn

-------
     Shellfish/Beach Protection	5-13
     Other Criteria	5-13
  Terrain Factors	5-14
  Physical Suitability Factors	5-14
     Soils	5-14
     Water Table	5-14
     Drainage Area	5-14
     Drainage Area	5-15
     Slope Restriction	5-15
     Head	5-15
     Urban Sites	5-15
  Community and Environmental Factors	5-15
     Community Acceptance	5-16
     Construction Cost	5-16
     Habitat Quality	5-16
     Other Factors	5-16
  Location and Permitting Factors	5-16
Section 6   REFERENCES	6-1

Appendix A Large Storm Hydrology	A-l
Appendix B Small Storm Hydrology	B-l
Appendix C Ground Water Recharge Hydrology for BMP Design	C-l
Appendix D Pollutant Loading Estimates	D-l
Appendix E Quantifying Pollutant Removal	E-l
Appendix F Geotechnical Methods for Karst Feasibility Testing	F-l
Appendix G Glossary	G-l
                                                  Vlll

-------
                                            List of Figures
Figure 2-1  Goal of Ecological Integrity Under the Clean Water Act	2-2
Figure 2-2  Water Balance at a Developed and Undeveloped Site (Source: Maryland Department of the Environment
     [MDE], 2000)	2-4
Figure 2-3  Relationship between Impervious Cover and the Volumetric Runoff Coefficient (Schueller, 1987)'	2-5
Figure 2-4  Decline in Stream Flow Due to Diminished Groundwater Recharge (MDE, 2000)	2-6
Figure 2-5  Depiction of Increased Frequency of Flows Greater Than the Critical Discharge Rate in a Stream after
     Development (modified after MDE, 2000)	2-7
Figure 2-6  An Illustration of Change in Receiving Water Hydrograph Following Development (modified after:
     MDE,  2000)	2-8
Figure 2-7  An Illustration of Potential Change in Floodplain Elevations (MDE, 2000)	2-9
Figure 4-1  Stormwater Control Points for a Storm Event along the Rainfal Frequency Spectrum for Maryland (CRC,
     1996)	4-6
Figure 4-2  Fifteen rain zones of the United States (after Driscoll et al., 1989)	4-6
Figure 4-3  Example of Intensity-duration-frequency (IDF) Curve for New York, New York (U.S. Weather Bureau,
     1955)	4-12
Figure 4-4  Example of NRCS Runoff Curves (Source: USDA, 1986)	4-13
Figure 4-5  A watershed where the drainage from a small development site joins the flow from large  watershed
     (Ferguson,  1998)	4-18
Figure 4-6  Alternative hydrographs from the watershed shown in Figure 4-5 (Ferguson, 1998)	4-18
Figure 4-7  Determining Downstream Analysis Limits (Debo and Reese, 1992)	4-19
                                                   IX

-------
                                             List of Tables
Table 2-1 Categories of Impacts Attributable to Construction and Development Activities	2-3
Table 2-2 Stormwater Hotspots (MDE, 2000)	2-5
Table 2-3 National Event Mean and Median Concentrations for Chemical Constituents of Stormwater	2-11
Table 2-4 Regional Groupings by Annual Rainfall (After Driver and Tasker, 1990)	2-11
Table 2-5 Stormwater Pollutant Event Mean Concentration for Different United States Regions (Adapted from
    Caraco and Schueler, 2000)	2-12
Table 2-6 Mean and Median Nutrient and Sediment Stormwater Concentrations for Residential Land Use Based on
    Rainfall Regions (adapted from Tasker and Driver, 1988)	2-12
Table 2-7 Percentage of Metal Concentrations Exceeding Water Quality Standards by Rainfall Region (Driver and
    Tasker, 1990)	2-12
Table 2-8 Runoff and Pollutant Characteristics of Snowmelt Stages (Oberts, 1994)	2-13
Table 2-9 Water Quality Impacts to Receiving Waters	2-14
Table 2-10 Changes Due to Urbanization and Effects on Aquatic Organisms	2-16
Table 2-11 Relationship of Urbanization to Aquatic Habitat and Organisms	2-17
Table 3-1 State or Regional Planning Authority Requirements for Water Quality Protection	3-5
Table 3-2 Municipal or Regional Planning Authority Requirements	3-6
Table 3-3 Minimum Drainage Area Requirements for States (Tetra Tech, 2001)	3-6
Table 3-4 Minimum Area Requirements for Local Agencies (Tetra Tech, 2001)	3-7
Table 3-5 Peak Discharge Control Criteria for States (Tetra Tech, 2001)	3-7
Table 3-6 Peak Discharge Rate Control Requirements, Municipalities (Tetra Tech, 2001)	3-7
Table 3-7 Water Quality Regulatory Requirements, States (Tetra Tech, 2001)	3-8
Table 3-8 Water Quality Requirements, Municipalities (Tetra Tech, 2001)	3-8
Table 4-1 Summary of Stormwater Credits (based on MDE, 2000)	4-3
Table 4-2 BMP Performance Levels vs.  Control Strategies, Criteria and Standards	4-4
Table 4-3 Typical Values of Individual Storm Event Statistics for 15 Zones of the United States (Driscoll et.al.,
    1989)	4-7
Table 4-4 Comparison of Model Attributes and Functions	4-9
Table 4-5 Design Storm Frequencies and Assumed Benefits	4-16
Table 4-6 Qualitative Assessment of Peak Discharge Control Strategies: Physical Impact Category	4-16
Table 4-7 Qualitative Assessment of Peak Discharge Control Strategies: Chemical Impact Category	4-21
Table 4-8 Qualitative Assessment of Peak Discharge Control Strategies: Habitat and Biological Impact Categories 4-
    21
Table 4-9 Qualitative Assessment of Water Quality Control Strategies in the Physical Impact Category	4-24
Table 4-10 Qualitative Assessment of Water Quality Control Strategies in the Chemical Impact Category	4-25
Table 4-11 Qualitative Assessment of Water Quality Control Strategies in the Habitat and Biological Impact
    Categories	4-25
Table 5-1 Listing of Source Control BMPs	5-1
Table 5-2 Treatment BMPs	5-2
Table 5-3 Removal Processes Occurring in Treatment BMPs	5-3

-------
Table 5-4 Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category A - Stormwater
    Ponds	5-7
Table 5-5 Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category B - Stormwater
    Wetlands	5-8
Table 5-6 Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category C - Infiltration 5-8
Table 5-7 Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category D - Biofilters ... 5-9
Table 5-8 Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category E - Filters	5-9
Table 5-9 Treatment BMPs for Specific Watershed Factors (Modified from MDE, 2000)	5-13
Table 5-10 BMP Selection for SpecificTerrain Factors (Modified from MDE, 2000)	5-14
Table 5-11 BMP Selection for Physical Suitability Factors (Modified from MDE, 2000)	5-15
Table 5-12 BMP Selection for Community and Environmental Factors (Modified from MDE, 2000)	5-16
Table 5-13 Permitting Checklist (Modified from MDE, 2000)	5-18
                                                   XI

-------
                                  Acronyms and Abbreviations
APWA     = American Public Works Association
ASCE      = American Society of Civil Engineers
BMP       = Best Management Practice
BOD       = Biochemical Oxygen Demand
CERCLA   = Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
COD       = Chemical Oxygen Demand
CREAMS   = A field scale model for Chemicals, Runoff, and Erosion from Agricultural Management Systems
CUHP      = Colorado Urban Hydrograph Procedure
CWA      = Clean Water Act
CZARA    = Coastal Zone Act Reauthorization Amendments
CZMA     = Coastal Zone Management Act
DCIA      = Directly Connected Impervious Area
EIS        = Environmental Impact Statement
EPA       = Environmental Protection Agency
EPT       = Ephemeroptera (mayflies), Plecoptera (stoneflies) and Trichoptera (caddisflies)
ESA       = Endangered Species Act
EMC       = Event Mean Concentration
FBI        = Family Biotic Index
FEMA     = Federal Emergency Management Agency
FIFRA     = Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act
FWPCA    = Federal Water Pollution Control Act
HPA       = Hydraulic Project Approval
HSPF      = Hydrologic Simulation Program Formulation
ILLUDAS  = The Illinois Urban Area Simulator
IPM       = Integrated Pest Management
IDF        = Intensity Duration Frequency
MDE       = Maryland Department of the Environment
MEP       = Maximum Extent Practicable
MTBE     = Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether
MUSLE    = Modified Universal Soil Loss Equation
MS4       = Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System
MTBE     = Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether
MUSLE    = Modified Universal Soil Loss Equation
NEPA      = National Environmental Policy Act
NGPE      = Native Growth Protection Easement
NMFS      = National Marine Fisheries Service
NOAA     = National Oceonographic and Atmospheric Administration
NPDES     = National Pollution Discharge Elimination Program
NPS       = Non Point Source
                                                 xn

-------
NRCS      = Natural Research Council Service
NRDC     = National Resource Defense Council, Inc.
NURP      = Nationwide Urban Runoff Program
OCZM     = Office of Coastal Zone Management
OPA       = Oil Pollution Act
PAH       = Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbons
PSRM      = Penn State Runoff Model
RCRA      = Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RFS       = Rainfall Frequency Spectrum
RPD       = Rain Point Diagram
RVPD      = Runoff Volume Point Diagram
SBUH      = Santa Barbara Urban Hydrograph
SCS       = Soil Conservation Service
SD        = Settling Depth
SLAMM   = Source Loading and Management Model
SS         = Suspended Solids (also TSS = Total Suspended Solids)
SSP       = Stormwater Site Plan
SUBH      = Santa Barbara Urban Hydrograph
SWM      = Stormwater Management
SWMM    = Stormwater Management Model
SWPPP    = Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
TESC      = Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control
TIA       = Total Impervious Area
TMDL     = Total Maximum Daily Loads
TPH       = Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
TN        = Total Nitrogen
TP         = Total Phosphorus
UDFCD    = Urban Drainage Flood Control District
USDA      = U.S. Department of Agriculture
USFWS    = U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
USGS      = U.S. Geological Survey
WAC      = Washington Administrative Code
WEF       = Water Environment Federation
WERF     = Water and Environment Research Foundation
WEPP      = Water Erosion Prediction Model
WMS      = Watershed Modeling System
WQS       = Water Quality Standards
WSDOT   = Washington State Department of Transportation
WWF      = Wet Weather Flow
                                                 Xlll

-------
                              Acknowledgements
      These stormwater  management control  practices,  or  best  management practices
(BMPs) design guidelines were prepared by Ecosite, Inc. under a contract with the Urban
Watersheds Management Branch, Water Supply and Water Resources  Division, National
Risk Management Research Laboratory, Edison, New Jersey.
      A major undertaking of this  type requires the dedication and cooperation of many
individuals.  The technical direction and coordination for this project was provided by the
technical project team of the Urban Watershed Management Branch, under the direction of
Mr.  Thomas P. O'Connor, the technical  project  officer.  Many members  of the branch
assisted in making this product available to the public. Special recognition is also extended
to the other members of the branch, which included:
      Mr. Daniel Sullivan, P.E., Former Branch Chief (retired)
      Mr. Richard Field, P.E., Senior Advisor
      Dr. Dennis Lai, P.E., Senior Engineer
      Mr. Michael Borst, P.E., Senior Engineer
      Mr. Evan Fan, P.E., Senior Engineer (retired)
      Dr. Ariamalar Selvakumar, P.E., Environmental Engineer

      The Ecosite project team included Michael L. Clar, P.E., project manager, and Dr.
Bill Barfield, P.E., Professor Emeritus, Oklahoma State University.
      Thanks to the external peer reviewers Gene Driscoll, P.E. and Ben Urbonas, P.E. and
Office of Water Jesse Pritts, Norbert Huang and King Boynton. Dr.  Swarna Muthukrishnan
checked example problem calculations. Judy Norinsky and Jatu Bracewell edited the final
draft. Carolyn Esposito and Asim Ray performed QA review.
      The  objective of the  project was  to  identify and build upon  existing guidance
documents scattered throughout the United States.  A number of excellent publications were
identified and have been referenced extensively throughout this document. The authors wish
to acknowledge the previous  work and contributions in the field of stormwater management
of the following organizations:
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Urban Water Resources Research Council, American Society of Civil Engineers
      U.S. Federal Highway Administration
      Water Environment Federation
      Maryland Department for the Environment
      Denver Urban Drainage and Flood Control District.
                                       xiv

-------
                                      EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
As  this  document is  being published by U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency's Office of  Research and
Development, its primary focus is not the promulgation of regulation or the enforcement of policy.  Instead, this is a
forward looking document that tries to develop ways to address water quality issues of best management practices
(BMPs) in the absence of a complete regulatory framework.   The intended audience for this document is the
municipal planners, regulators and watershed managers who will be deciding how BMPs  will be applied in their
locality.

In the past, BMP models were purely hydrologic; now they require  two components: hydrology and quality.  The
purpose of this document is two-fold:

    •  to present the state-of-the-practice for BMP design for water quality control
    •  to aid the end user in making better choices.

This document is the  first volume  of a three-volume series that  provides guidance on the  selection and design  of
stormwater management BMPs.   This volume provides general considerations associated with the selection and
design of BMPs.
Volume 2 provides specific design guidance for a group of onsite  BMP control practices that are referred to  as
vegetative biofilters, and includes the following BMP control practices:

    •  grass swales
    •  filter and buffer strips
    •  bioretention cells.

Volume 3 provides specific guidance for basin type BMPs, which are the most widely used type of BMP.  The basin
types that are covered include:

    •  extended detention basins (dry)
    •  retention ponds (wet)
    •  constructed wetland ponds
    •  infiltration basins.

Volume 2 is  also the only volume  that contains the full storm routing which is applicable to all treatment controls
detailed in Volume 2 and 3.

The purpose  of this three-volume series is to guide the selection of BMPs that will be effective  in preventing  or
mitigating the adverse impacts of urbanization either through retrofitting of existing BMPs or application of newly
constructed  BMPs to  new  development.  There  is sufficient evidence to indicate that urbanization  is causing
environmental  impacts.  Existing  BMP technologies  can resolve some of the  impacts.   There are  continuing
innovative BMP efforts such as bioretention, infiltration basins and low impact development that are being pursued at

-------
the research level and in some actual applications, which should improve our ability to reduce or prevent impacts due
to urbanization and land-use changes.
The authors have also developed a spreadsheet tool - Integrated Design and Assessment for Environmental Loadings
(IDEAL) - which can aid the reader in examining the hydrology, sediment transport and water quality for BMP
devices.  Aspects of the capabilities of the IDEAL spreadsheet tool are demonstrated through the use of relevant
equations for BMP water quality design and several examples as presented in Volume 2 and Volume 3.

-------
                                      Section 1  Introduction


This manual is Volume 1 of a three volume document that provides guidance on the design of best management
practices (BMPs) for mitigation of the environmental impacts to receiving waters  associated  with urban runoff.
Volume 1 presents general design considerations associated with the selection and use of BMPs.  Volume 2 provides
design guidelines for a group of stormwater management (SWM) best management practices (BMPs) broadly referred
to as vegetative biofilters. Volume 3 presents design considerations related to the use of Pond BMPs.

Volume 1 provides guidance on the following elements:

    •  wet weather flow impacts on receiving waters
    •  regulations
    •  BMP design concepts and guidance
    •  BMP types and selection.

Wet Weather Flow Impacts on Receiving Waters
The goals and objectives  of implementing BMP control practices vary  by municipality, State, or watershed.
Stormwater management technology and the use of BMPs have changed considerably since their introduction in the
1960's. Many  stormwater controls were initially employed for flood control, i.e., to capture peak flows, provide local
drainage and manage the quantity of runoff produced during wet weather flow (WWF). In response to the provisions
of the Clean Water Act (CWA), a number of activities were initiated to characterize  and  quantify the water quality
impacts of WWF such as  the National Urban Runoff Program  (NURP), and  BMPs were adapted  for pollutant
removal.   More recently, in response to  a growing national awareness and understanding of the  wide range of
environmental  impacts associated with  land use changes, particularly urbanization, BMPs have begun to be designed
for  stream channel protection and restoration, groundwater infiltration, and protection of  riparian habitat and biota.
Collected runoff has also been used for irrigation and other non-potable purposes, such as for ponds and wetlands that
also enhance urban aesthetics.
It can be observed that changes and improvements in stormwater management technology and BMPs have followed
closely our increasing awareness and quantification of the impacts of land use changes  on receiving waters. Section 2
of this volume  provides a summary or our current knowledge of these impacts.
Regulations
Laws and regulation relating to management of WWF have also paralleled our increasing awareness of the impacts of
WWF on receiving waters.  These laws and regulations continue to  have a significant influence in the development of
stormwater management  technology.   Section 3  provides a brief summary  of the major federal, State and local
regulations that influence the design of BMPs.
The number of sources that require BMPs is expected to increase dramatically with the implementation of Phase II of
the  National  Pollution  Elimination   Discharge  Program  (NPDES)  stormwater permitting  regulations.   U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) promulgated Phase II in January 1998 and the Final Rule was published in
the  Federal Register on  December 8,  1999.  Phase II requires NPDES permits for stormwater discharges from

-------
regulated  small municipal separate storm sewer systems (MS4s) (primarily all those in urbanized  areas) and
construction activity that disturbs between one and five acres of land.  The Phase I rule applies to large municipal
sources (> 100,000 population), industrial sources and construction activity on areas larger than five acres.
BMP Design Concepts and Guidance
BMPs  can be designed for a wide range of goals and objectives that can range from a single parameter approach such
as flood control  or pollutant removal - typical in  older developed watersheds -  to multi-parameter  ecological
sustainability of receiving systems, which is more common in watersheds only recently being developed.  These
management goals  will determine the requirement for proper design  and the mix of ecological and engineering
principles that  must  be considered.   These  will  typically  include  hydrology  and  inflow hydraulics, soil
characteristics/infiltration rates, site-specific water quality and location, as well  as the condition of the receiving
waters.
Section 4 provides  a brief review of currently available design goals and  objectives.  These levels of control  have
been identified as:

    •   flood and peak discharge control
    •   flood and peak discharge control and specified pollutant guidelines
    •   flood, peak  discharge and water quality control
    •   multi-parameter (Unified Sizing Criteria) and ecologically sustainable control.

The guidance provided in these manuals focused primarily on pollutant removal and water quality control.  Providing
guidance  for multi-parameter and ecologically sustainable control is  an emerging issue beyond the scope of this
document and is only addressed in these documents as a future direction of research and implementation.
Section 4 also addresses hydrologic concepts and control strategies, criteria and standards. The hydrologic concepts
that are presented include:

    •   rainfall frequency spectrum
    •   large storm  hydrology
    •   small storm hydrology
    •   ground water recharge hydrology.

Control strategies for peak discharge control and water quality control are also summarized.
Section 5  identifies  currently used BMP types and provides guidance on their selection and suitability for the various
goals and objectives. BMPs  can be classified in a number of ways. These include as pollution prevention, runoff
control, end-of-pipe treatment control, source control, micro management control, regional control, and structural or
non-structural control.
A brief summary of the suitability of the various BMP types to address the impact areas identified in Section 1 is
provided.  Section 5 also provides BMP selection guidance with respect to the following design factors:

    •   watershed factors
    •   terrain factors
    •   physical site factors
    •   community  and environmental factors
    •   location and permitting factors.

The appendices provide greater detail on some of the topics introduced in this volume.  Appendix A Large Storm
Hydrology covers the larger modeling schemes.  Appendix B  Small Storm Hydrology presents three approaches to
small  storm  hydrology.   Appendix  C  Ground Water Recharge  Hydrology for BMP  Design and Appendix F
Geotechnical Methods for Karst Feasibility Testing provide methods as the titles imply.  Appendix D discusses and
                                                     1-2

-------
presents pollutant loading estimates while Appendix E provides information on the difficulties of quantifying BMP
performance. A glossary is provided in Appendix G.
                                                     1-3

-------
                 Section 2  Wet Weather Flow Impacts on Receiving Waters
Introduction
Historically, Best  Management Practices (BMPs) were first incorporated into the urban  landscape as  flood and
drainage controls,  but increasingly BMPs are being relied on to serve multiple tasks that also include treatment of
stormwater and protection of receiving waters.  The purpose of this three-volume manual is to guide the selection and
implementation of BMPs that will be  effective in preventing or mitigating the adverse impacts  to stormwater by
urbanization either through retrofitting  of existing BMPs or application of new BMPs to new growth. This will be
done by reviewing and building upon traditional BMP design concepts that did not address quality at first, and by
presenting more recent concepts  like "small storm hydrology" and the treatment train approach, which intend to
improve stormwater quality.


Background
For the past three decades, municipalities in the U.S. have  successfully  addressed pollution in  the watershed by
collecting and treating their wastewater.  Currently, all municipalities provide secondary level treatment and in some
cases tertiary treatment, while industries provide best available/best practicable treatment.  This has had great benefits.
More rivers are meeting  water quality  standards and the public health is being protected from waterborne disease.
The challenge now facing us is to address pollution associated with stormwater runoff, which is now the  last major
threat to water quality.
It is less costly to prevent runoff than to treat it. Today, many municipalities are looking at low-cost BMPs that do so.
The lowest cost BMPs, termed nonstructural or source control BMPs, include such practices as limiting pesticide use
in agricultural areas  or retaining rainwater on residential lots (currently termed "low  impact development [LID]").
There are higher-cost BMPs that involve building a structure to store  stormwater  and enable sedimentation.  These
can be more costly, especially in areas  where land costs are high.  BMPs have  been classified a number of different
ways, including by stormwater runoff source, pollutant, land use and BMP type.  For example, the Rouge River
Restoration Project has six classifications in a matrix of BMPs (http://www.rougeriver.com/pdfs/apmatrix.pdf): public
information and participation, urban source control, treatment control, construction erosion and  sediment control,
channel restoration/stabilization and agricultural.  The  American  Society of  Civil Engineers has nine  categories
(ASCE, 1998) and the State of Texas has three classes.
For the past ten years, the EPA has encouraged municipalities to approach water  pollution controls on a  watershed
basis.   A watershed approach allows  tradeoffs between  pollution sources, point source  treatment and pollution
prevention, and optimal balances between these.  It requires community-level involvement and often includes the use
of both hard (structural)  and soft (nonstructural) engineering approaches to protect or  restore watersheds from
chemical, physical, or biological stressors. The watershed approach allows simultaneous pollution, flood and erosion-
sedimentation control by  properly siting BMPs  within  the watershed to maximize pollutant removals and reduce
storm water-associated stressors.
Historically, BMPs were  employed to capture peak flows,  provide local drainage and manage the quantity of runoff
produced during  WWF,  i.e.,  flood  control.   While these objectives  will  probably  remain a goal of  watershed
management planners,  BMPs  are now also considered  for pollutant removal, stream restoration and groundwater
recharge infiltration.

Some source control and  pollution prevention are considered "good housekeeping" practices, i.e., practices that keep
pollutants out of  runoff  such as street cleaning,  product substitution and controlled application  of pesticides/
herbicides. Runoff source controls are used to reduce runoff generated at the source of specific activities and are

-------
divided into two types: those used on a temporary basis (e.g., runoff control at construction activities) and those used
on a permanent basis  (e.g., hot spot treatment at vehicle repair sites).  End-of-pipe or treatment controls are used to
remove pollutants from contaminated runoff.
The  three most commonly used treatment BMPs are basins or ponds  (retention/detention),  vegetative biofilters
(swales, filter/buffer strips and bioretention cells) and constructed wetlands.   Two other  categories of structural
treatment BMPs are filters (notably sand filters) and innovative technology options  (catchbasin inserts, filters, etc).
These documents concentrate on the first two most commonly used treatment BMPs:  basins and vegetative biofilters.
BMPs that can be applied to agricultural lands will not be covered.  Constructed wetlands are covered but only as a
sub-category to retention ponds.  The key aquatic stressors of concern in the U.S. are  nutrients, suspended solids (SS)
and sediments, pathogens, toxic substances and flow.  These stressors have worldwide significance.


Overview
This section presents a brief summary of the impacts that result from the interaction of WWF and land use changes on
receiving waters. The  summary is provided from a CWA, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et. seq.) reference  point since the CWA is
the legal and technical foundation for defining water quality standards. The objective of the CWA is to restore and
maintain the chemical,  physical and biological  integrity (or ecological integrity) of the Nation's water bodies as
illustrated in Figure 2-1 (CWA Section 101(a)) (EPA 1990). Consequently the impacts have been grouped into these
three major impact area categories: physical, chemical and biological. Table 2-1  presents a summary of these impact
areas.
                         Ecological
                          Integrety
Figure 2-1 Goal of Ecological Integrity Under the Clean Water Act


Physical Impacts
The  physical  impacts  resulting  from land use changes, particularly construction and  land  development, can be
grouped  into four major categories: 1) hydrologic regime (including groundwater impacts), 2) geomorphology and
channel stability, 3) flooding and 4) thermal impacts.
                                                    2-2

-------
Table 2-1 Categories of Impacts Attributable to Construction and Development Activities
Category
Physical
Habitat
Biological
Chemical
(Water
Quality)
Impact Type / Metric
Hydrologic regime
Geomorphic
Runoff volume
Peak discharge
Flow duration and frequency
Groundwater recharge, water table
elevation and baseflows
Channel geometry
Sediment transport
Flooding
Thermal
Attachment sites, embeddedness, fish shelter, channel
alteration, sediment deposition, stream velocity and depth,
channel flow status, bank vegetation protection, bank
condition score, and riparian vegetation zone
Total taxa
Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Tricoptera (EPT) taxa
% taxa
% EPT
Family Biotic Index (FBI)
Sediment, nutrients, metals, herbicides and pesticides,
deicers, pathogens, petroleum, hydrocarbons, MTBE,
grease, and other toxic organic carbons
Impairment or Change to Beneficial Use
Flooding, groundwater recharge, hydrologic balance, etc.
Flooding, channel erosion, habitat loss
Channel erosion, habitat loss
Water table, local wells, baseflows, habitat loss
Channel erosion, sediment deposition, habitat loss
Aggradations, degradation, channel capacity
Loss of property
Habitat impairment
Impairment or loss of habitat structure results in reduction
or losses in biologic conditions and communities.
Biologic conditions and communities can be reduced or
eliminated as a result of impairment or loss of habitat
structure caused by physical impacts resulting from
construction and development activities.
Water quality degradation or impairment can have many
negative consequences: drinking water violations,
increased water treatment costs, beach closures, shellfish
bed closures, loss of boating use, fishery loss, reduction of
reservoir and lake volumes due to sediment volume.
Hydrologic Regime Alterations
Development can have a profound influence on the quality of receiving waters.  To start, land use changes, including
agriculture, construction and urban development, can dramatically alter the local hydrologic regime (see Figure 2-2).
The hydrology of a site changes during the initial clearing and grading that occur during construction. Trees, meadow
grasses and agricultural crops that had intercepted and absorbed rainfall are removed and natural depressions that had
temporarily  ponded  water are  graded  to a uniform slope.   Cleared and graded sites erode,  are  often severely
compacted, and can no longer prevent rainfall from being rapidly converted into stormwater runoff.  Very large errors
in soil infiltration rates can be made if published soil maps and most available models are used for typical disturbed
urban soils, as these  tools ignore compaction  (Pitt et al.,  1999). Any disturbance  of a soil profile can significantly
change its infiltration characteristics and with urbanization, native soil profiles may be mixed or removed,  or fill
material from other areas may be introduced (USDA, 1986).  Some local agencies have attempted to address this issue
by requiring  that the  predevelopment hydrologic soil group  (HSG)  type  be downgraded for  post development
hydrologic analysis.  For example, predevelopment HSG types A, B and C would be downgraded respectively to B, C
andD.
                                                    2-3

-------


                                     .,     _
                           *^   ^
                          I'* '""*" <«<-*«PI*«t<-.<«
                             interflow

        Surface
        Runoff;

Figure 2-2 Water Balance at a Developed and Undeveloped Site (Source: Maryland Department of the Environment [MDE], 2000)
After construction, rooftops, roads, parking lots, driveways and other impervious surfaces no longer allow rainfall to
soak into the ground. Consequently, most rainfall is converted directly to stormwater runoff.  Increased runoff is an
obvious result of increased imperviousness.
This phenomenon, first demonstrated with the National Urban Runoff Program (NURP) (EPA, 1983), is illustrated in
Figure 2-3, which shows the increase in the volumetric runoff as a function of site imperviousness.  The runoff
coefficient expresses the amount of rainfall volume that is converted into stormwater runoff and is given by:

               Rv = a + bl                                                                         (2-1)
where:      Rv = the runoff coefficient, (alternatively defined as C in the Rational Method)
            / = percent impervious, and
            a, b = coefficients, values typically used are a = 0.05  and b = 0.009.

As can be seen, the volume of stormwater runoff increases sharply with impervious cover.  For example, a one-acre
parking lot can produce 16 times more stormwater runoff each year than a one acre meadow (Maryland Department of
the Environment [MDE], 2000).  This analysis did not consider any  variability in the  pervious area, which explains
much of the scatter in Figure 2-3.
                                                    2-4

-------
   o
  £
   0>
   o
  o
  I
   3
                          a (slope) = 0.05
                          b (y- intercept) = 0.009
           0
2O      30     40
5Q
BO
7O
so
9O     1OO
                              Watershed Imperviousness (%)
Figure 2-3 Relationship between Impervious Cover and the Volumetric Runoff Coefficient (Schueller, 1987)
Groundwater Recharge Impacts
Infiltration of rainfall through the soil layer is essential for replenishing groundwater.  The infiltration rates of rainfall
that recharges  groundwater vary, depending on slope and other physical characteristics of soil, antecedent moisture
condition, and the temperature, type and thickness of vegetation. Appendix C shows a regional estimate for the State
of Maryland of the annual recharge volume based on soil type that accounts for runoff and evapotranspiration.
Groundwater is a critical water resource in many areas of the U.S. Not only do many people depend on groundwater
for their drinking water, but the health of many aquatic systems is also  dependent on its steady discharge.  For
example, during periods of dry weather, groundwater sustains flows in streams and helps to maintain the hydrology of
non-tidal wetlands. Because development creates impervious surfaces that prevent natural recharge, a net decrease in
groundwater recharge rates can be expected in urban watersheds  (Figure 2-4). In addition, many construction  and
development practices disturb natural soil processes, through clearing of vegetation, grading and compaction, thereby
limiting infiltration in the post development landscape.  Thus, during prolonged periods of dry weather, stream flow
sharply diminishes.  In smaller headwater streams, the decline in stream flow can cause a perennial stream to become
seasonally dry.
Urban land uses and activities can also degrade groundwater  quality if stormwater runoff is directed into the  soil
without adequate treatment.  Certain land uses and activities are known to produce higher loads of heavy metals  and
toxic chemicals, and are designated as stormwater hot spots.  Table 2-2 provides a list of some typical hotspots.

Table 2-2 Stormwater Hotspots (MDE, 2000)
Vehicles service and maintenance facilities
Vehicle and equipment cleaning facilities1
Facilities that generate or store hazardous materials1
Marinas (service and maintenance)1
Vehicle salvage yards1
Industrial sites
Public works storage areas

Outdoor liquid container storage
Outdoor loading/unloading facilities
Fleet storage areas (bus, truck,
etc.)1
Commercial container nursery
1 Indicates that the land use or activity requires preparation of a stormwater pollution prevention
plan under the National Pollution Elimination Discharge Program stormwater program.
                                                   2-5

-------
 f
 I
Figure 2-4 Decline in Stream Flow Due to Diminished Groundwater Recharge (MDE, 2000)
Typically, the following land uses and activities are not considered hotspots:

    •  residential streets and rural highways
    •  residential areas
    •  institutional areas
    •  commercial and office areas
    •  non-industrial rooftops
    •  pervious areas, except golf courses and nurseries (which may require integrated pest management).

Geomorphology and Stream Channel Stability
In the context of drainage design, geomorphology science defines stream characteristics through floodplain analysis,
tracks stream meandering, predicts sediment scour and deposition, and defines bankfull stage. Storm water runoff is a
powerful force that influences the geometry of streams. After development, both the frequency and magnitude  of
storm flows increase dramatically.  Consequently, urban  stream channels experience more frequent out-of-bank flows,
as well as intermediate flows (critical discharge rate in Figure 2-5) that have sufficient energy to erode and destabilize
the stream channel than they had prior to development.
As a result, these streambed and banks are exposed to highly erosive flows more  frequently and for longer periods.
Streams typically respond to this change by increasing their cross-sectional area - either by channel widening or down
cutting, or both - as a means of handling the more frequent and erosive flows. This results in a highly unstable phase
where the stream experiences severe bank erosion scour and habitat degradation.
In this phase, the stream often experiences some of the following changes as it adjusts to the new flow regime:

    •  rapid stream widening
    •  increased streambank and channel erosion
    •  decline in stream substrate quality (through sediment deposition and embedding of the substrate)
    •  loss of pool/riffle structure in the stream channel
    •  degradation of stream habitat structure.
                                                    2-6

-------
 18

                                    ftate
14

12

10

  8

  6

  4

  2
                                                         Time
Figure 2-5 Depiction of Increased Frequency of Flows Greater Than the Critical Discharge Rate in a Stream after Development
(modified after MDE, 2000)
The  decline in the physical habitat of the stream, coupled with lower base flows and higher stormwater pollutant
loads, has a severe impact on the aquatic community.  Recent research has shown the following changes in stream
ecology:

    •   reductions in aquatic insect and freshwater mussel populations
    •   decline in fish diversity
    •   degradation of aquatic habitat.

Traditionally, some municipalities and local agencies have attempted to provide some measure of channel protection
by imposing the  2-yr storm peak discharge control requirement, which requires that the discharge from the 2-yr post
development peak rates be  reduced to predevelopment  levels for the same storm.  However, hydrologic analysis in
Maryland (McCuen  et  al.,  1987) indicated that the 2-yr  peak discharge criterion is  not capable  of protecting
downstream channels from  erosion. Because urbanization leads to increased runoff volumes and runoff events even
from small  storms,  channel erosion and  erosion prevention  need  to be addressed even  for very small storms.
Surrogate geomorphic or channel protection criteria that are based on predevelopment design storms and extended
detention practice may not be enough to protect all receiving waters,  especially for areas with commercial, industrial
or other high density land uses. Safe release rates or bankfull conditions should be determined on a site-specific basis.
Recently, Emerson et al (2002) conducted a regional survey of detention basin facilities as part of a larger watershed
study for Valley Creek  watershed, located in Chester County Pennsylvania.  The 62 km2 watershed is undergoing
rapid urbanization, is covered by  approximately 17%  impervious surfaces and contains more than 100 detention
basins.   Model results showed that the detention basins, designed primarily  using  large hypothetical storms with
typically 2-yr through 100-yr return frequencies, essentially had no attenuating effect on peak streamflow for a typical
storm event, neglecting approximately 97% of the yearly precipitation volume.  The storm  events modeled  in the
study did not approach the  intensity of a 2-yr storm which may explain the relatively insignificant effect the basins
                                                    2-7

-------
had in these simulations.  In urbanizing watersheds with high percentages of impervious coverage, high peak flow
events happen more frequently than they would in an undeveloped watershed.  These high peak flow  events are
caused by increasingly smaller precipitation depths as the impervious coverage of the watershed increases. It is these
more  frequent storms that may account for most of the sedimentation and stream bank erosion in urban watersheds.
Although detention basins were designed to limit peak flow rate levels to predevelopment levels, their design
objectives failed to address the  increase in volume of runoff.

Flooding Impacts
Flow  events that exceed the capacity of the stream channel spill out into adjacent flood plains.  These are termed
"overbank" floods and can damage property and downstream drainage structures.  While some overbank flooding is
inevitable and even desirable, the historical goal of drainage design in many jurisdictions has been to maintain
predevelopment peak discharge rates for both the 2- and 10-yr frequency storms after development, thus keeping the
level  of overbank flooding the same over time.  This prevents costly damage or maintenance for culverts, drainage
structures and swales.
Overbank floods are ranked in terms of their statistical return frequency.   For example,  a flood that  has a 50%
statistical probability of occurring in any given year is  termed a "2-yr" flood.  The 2-yr storm is also often used as a
surrogate for the  "bankfull flood",  as researchers have demonstrated that most natural stream  channels have just
enough capacity to  handle a runoff event with  a return frequency of 1- to 2-yr, before spilling into the floodplain
(Wolman and Miller, 1960; Leopold et al., 1964; Leopold, 1968).
Similarly, a flood  that has a  10%  probability of occurring in any given year is termed a "10-yr flood."  Under
traditional engineering practice,  most channels  and storm drains in many jurisdictions are designed with enough
capacity to safely pass the peak discharge from the 10-yr design storm.
Urban development increases  the peak discharge  rate associated with  a given design storm because  impervious
surfaces generate greater runoff volumes and drainage systems deliver it more  rapidly to a stream.  Figure 2-6 profiles
the change in the receiving water due to post-development peak discharge rates that accompany development.
       t
       a*
       c
       C
       u
       c
       t-
                                              JKkjhcr and
                                            ""*"
                 Higher
I
                          \
                         •****           and
                            ^
                                 X

  r,
  i i
 i  \
i   i
i     \
                                j_       f
                                                TIME
Figure 2-6 An Illustration of Change in Receiving Water Hydrograph Following Development (modified after: MDE, 2000)
                                                    2-S

-------
Floodplain Expansion.
The level areas bordering streams and rivers are known as flood plains.  Operationally, the floodplain is usually
defined as the land area within the limits of the 100-yr storm flow water elevation.  The 100-yr storm has a 1%
statistical probability of occurring in any given year and typically serves as the basis for controlling development in
many States and establishing insurance rates by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). These floods
can be very destructive and pose a threat to property and human life. Flood plains are natural flood storage areas and
help to attenuate downstream flooding.

Flood  plains are  very important habitat areas, encompassing  riparian forests, wetlands  and wildlife corridors.
Consequently, many local jurisdictions restrict or even prohibit new development within the 100-yr floodplain to
prevent flood hazards and conserve habitat.  Nevertheless,  prior development that has occurred in the floodplain
remains subject to periodic flooding during these storms.
As with overbank floods, development sharply increases the peak discharge rate associated with the 100-yr design
storm. As a consequence, the elevation of a stream's 100-yr  floodplain becomes higher and the boundaries of its
floodplain expand (see Figure 2-7).  In some instances, property and structures that had not previously been subject to
flooding  are now at risk.  Additionally, such shifts in a floodplain's hydrology can  degrade wetlands and  forest
habitats.

Thermal Impacts
Summer in-stream temperatures have been shown to increase significantly (5 to 12 F°) in urban streams due to direct
solar radiation, lack of riparian buffer, runoff from heat absorbing pavement and discharges from storm water ponds.
Increased water temperatures can preclude temperature-sensitive species from being able to persist in urban streams.
                                       OF
                                                                          ^/K,


                                                  bmit
                              r Lew1 Flew Lftf 
-------
Chemical Impacts
Water quality impacts of urbanization encompass a broad range of parameters. Essentially, any pollutant deposited or
derived from an activity on the land surface will likely end up in stormwater runoff in some concentration. However,
there  are certain pollutants and activities that are consistently more likely to result in degradation of a stream or
receiving  water.  These more frequently occurring pollutants can be  grouped into  numerous broad categories,
including  nutrients, sediment, heavy metals,  hydrocarbons, gasoline additives,  pathogens, deicers, herbicides  and
pesticides.
The direct effects of these pollutants on receiving waters are often a function of the size of the receiving water and the
sensitivity of the inhabiting organisms.  Sensitive species such as trout and stoneflies may be more susceptible to a
range of pollutants than more pollution-tolerant organisms such as the black-nosed dace or certain leeches. However,
assessing a toxic response from stormwater  requires analyses that  consider variable concentrations  with  variable
durations of exposure.  Bioassessments may indicate that communities of organisms are responding to urbanization,
but determining whether specific physical, chemical factors, or a combination of factors produce observed effects is
difficult, if not impossible (Herricks, 2001).
The beneficial use of the receiving water is an important consideration when evaluating concentrations of pollutants in
urban stormwater.  Certain pollutants even at  low levels are of greater concern when receiving waters have specific
beneficial uses such as swimming or fishing.  Drinking water reservoirs require more sensitive stormwater controls to
lower levels of pollutants because the water is being managed for human consumption.
Data in Table 2-3 represent typical concentrations of chemical constituents discussed in this section. Concentrations
for most pollutants are derived from Smullen  and Cave (1998). This study represents a compilation of NURP data,
combined with later data from the USGS, as well  as National Pollution Elimination Discharge Program (NPDES)
Phase 1 stormwater monitoring.

Regional Data for Major Pollutants
There is evidence that regional patterns exist for many of the pollutants found in urban stormwater. The amount of
rainfall, temperature differences and the period between rain events are important factors causing  these  regional
differences. Arid and semi-arid regions generally experience longer dry periods where pollutants build up from
different sources and subsequently runoff in higher concentrations  during  storm events.  In cold climates, snow
accumulation in  winter coincides with pollutant build up; therefore, greater concentrations of pollutants are  found
during snowmelt runoff events.
The USGS National Stormwater Data Base of 1123 storms for 98 stations in 20 metropolitan cities was used  as the
primary data source for this guide.  This regional analysis  of stormwater data was chosen based on  the lack of
standard techniques across other data sources, including NPDES, NURP and  USGS.   Tasker and Driver (1988)
performed  regression analyses to determine which  factors had the greatest influence on stormwater concentrations.
Their analysis  determined that annual rainfall had the greatest influence on the majority of the parameters.  The water
quality data was then grouped based on the amount of yearly average rainfall.  Table 2-4 shows the rainfall groupings
and the cities and regions represented. Table 2-5 shows the distribution of rainfall and pollutant concentrations from
various monitoring sources for a number of U.S. cities.

Regional Differences Based Primarily on  Rainfall
Region I, the region with  the lowest annual rainfall (less than 20 inches), typically had higher concentrations of a
number of pollutants.  Mean and  median concentrations of total nitrogen (TN), total phosphorus (TP), dissolved
phosphorus, SS and total ammonia plus organic nitrogen were all much higher in Region I.  Additionally, a large
proportion of stream flow in arid or semi-arid regions comes from turbid urban sources such as municipal wastewater
effluent, return flow from irrigation and urban storm flow (Caraco, 2000).  It was hypothesized that a greater amount
of sediment is  eroded from pervious surfaces in arid or semi-arid regions than in humid regions due to the sparsity of
protective vegetative cover.  In Tables 2-6 and 2-7, the higher concentrations of SS, TP and TN from the regions with
less rainfall are shown, as well as the tendency to exceed chronic toxicity standards for metal.
                                                   2-10

-------
Table 2-3  National Event Mean and Median Concentrations for Chemical Constituents of Stormwater
Constituent (Units)
Suspended Solids (mg/1)
Total Phosphorus (mg/1)
Soluble Phosphorus (mg/1)
Total Nitrogen (mg/1)
Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen (mg/1)
Nitrite and Nitrate (mg/1)
Copper (• g/1)
Lead (• g/1)
Zinc (-g/1)
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (mg/1)
Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/1)
Organic Carbon (mg/1)
Cadmium (• g/1)
Chromium (• g/1)
PAH (mg/1)
Oil and Grease (mg/1)
Fecal Coliform (col/100 ml)
Fecal Strep (col/100 ml)
Cryptosporidium (organisms)
Giardia (organisms)
MTBE (• g/1)
Chloride (snowmelt) (mg/L)
Diazonon (• g/1)
Source of Data (% detection)
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Pooled NLTRP/USGS1
Nationwide-Stormwater Inflow5
NUPJ>4
Dallas-FW NPDES2
Four urban catchments3
NLTRP4
Nationwide stormwater inflow5
Nationwide stormwater inflow5
NY6
NY6
National Study 16 cities7
Minnesota8
Stormflow2 (92% - residential only)
Concentration
Mean Median
78.4
0.315
0.129
2.39
1.73
0.658
13.35
67.5
162
14.1
52.8

0.7
4
3.5
3
15,038
35,351
37.2
41.0



54.5
0.259
0.103
2.00
1.47
0.533
11.1
50.7
129
11.5
44.7
11.9






3.9
6.4
1.6
116
0.55
Number
of Events
3047
3094
1091
2016
2693
2016
1657
2713
2234
1035
2639
19
150
32
NA
NA
34
17
78
78
592
49
76
 (1)  Smullen and Cave 1998, (2) Brush et al., 1995, (3) Rabanal and Grizzard 1995, (4) Crunkilton et al., 1996, (5) Schueler
 1999, (6) Stern et al., 1996, (7) Delzer 1996, (8) Oberts 1999.
Table 2-4  Regional Groupings by Annual Rainfall (After Driver and Tasker, 1990)

 Region       Annual Rainfall   Places Monitored                      Concentration Data
 Region I      <20 inches       Anchorage, AK; Fresno, CA; Denver, CO;
                              Albuquerque, NM; Salt Lake City, UT

 Region II     20-40 inches     HI, IL, Ml, MN, NY, OR, OH, WA, Wl and
                              Austin, TX

 Region III     >40 inches       FL; MD; Boston, MA; Durham, NC; NH;
                              Long Island, NY; Houston, TX; Knoxville,
                              TN; and Little Rock, AR
Highest mean and median values for TN, TP,
SS, COD, total ammonia and organic nitrogen

Higher mean and median values than Region
3 for SS, dissolved phosphorus and cadmium

Lower values for many parameters likely due
to the frequency of storms and the lack of
build-up in pollutants
Stormwater data gathered from different regions of the country, using disparate  stormwater data sources such as
NPDES, USGS and local stormwater data, generally  confirm the trend determined by  Driver and Tasker (1990),
shown in Table 2-5, that values presented as event mean concentrations (EMC) for nutrients, SS and metals tend to be
higher in arid and semi-arid regions and tend to decrease for areas of increased rainfall. It is likely that arid regions
do not experience build-up of pollutants such as PAHs because they are degraded rather rapidly by photo-degradation.
                                                     2-11

-------
Cold Region Snowmelt Data
In cold regions, greater than 50% of the annual load for sediment, nutrients, PAHs and some metals can come from
snowmelt runoff during  late  winter and early spring (Oberts,  1989).  In areas where there is infrequent melting,
buildup of pollutants takes place in the  snowpack,  contributing to high concentrations of the pollutants during
snowmelt runoff. Oberts (1994) describes four types of snowmelt runoff events and the resulting pollutants (Table 2-
8).
Table 2-5 Stormwater Pollutant Event Mean Concentration for Different United States Regions (Adapted from Caraco and
Schueler, 2000)
Region
National
Phoenix, AZ
San Diego, CA
Boise, ID
Denver, CO
Dalles, TX
Marquette, Ml
Austin. TX
MD NPDES
Louisville, KY
GA NPDES
FL NPDES
MN Snowmelt
Annual
Rainfall
(in.)

7.1
10
11
15
28
32
32
41
43
51
52
--
Events
2000-3000
40
36
15
35
32
12
107
21
81

49
SS
(mg/L)
78.4
227
330
116
242
663
159
190
67
98
258
43
112
BOD
(mg/L)
14.1
109
21
89

112
15.4
14
14.4
88
14
11
--
COD
(mg/L)
52.8
239
105
261
227
106
66
98

38
73
64
112
Total N
(mg/L)
2.39
3.26
4.55
4.13
4.06
2.7
1.87
2.35
1.94*
2.37
2.52
1.74
4.3
Total P
(mg/L)
0.32
0.41
0.7
0.75
0.65
0.78
0.29
0.32
0.33
0.32
0.33
0.38
0.70
Soluble P
(mg/L)
0.13
0.17
0.4
0.47


0.04
0.24
--
0.21
0.14
0.23
0.18
Copper
(•g/i)
14
47
25
34
60
40
22
16
18
15
32
1.4
--
Lead
(•g/i)
68
72
44
46
250
330
49
38
12.5
60
28
8.5
100
Zinc
(•g/i)
162
204
180
342
350
540
111
190
143
190
148
55
--
* TKN-total Kjeldahl nitrogen.

Table 2-6  Mean and Median Nutrient and Sediment Stormwater Concentrations for Residential Land Use Based on Rainfall
Regions (adapted from Tasker and Driver, 1988)
           Region
TN (median) mg/l
TP (median) mg/l
SS (Mean) mg/l
Region I < 20 inches
Region II 20-40 inches
Region III > 40 inches
4
2.3
2.3
0.45
0.31
0.31
320
250
120
Table 2-7 Percentage of Metal Concentrations Exceeding Water Quality Standards by Rainfall Region (Driver and Tasker, 1990)
                            Percentage Exceeding Chronic Toxicity for Freshwater
Rainfall
Region


Rainfall


10fjg/l
Cadmium

12 pg/l
Copper

32pg/l
Lead

47pg/l
Zinc
            <20 inches       1.5%
            20-40 inches     0
            > 40 inches      0
                89%
                78%
                75%
          97%
          89%
          91%
     97%
     85%
     84%
                                                    2-12

-------
Table 2-8 Runoff and Pollutant Characteristics of Snowmelt Stages (Oberts, 1994)

 0	... ot	   Duration/           Runoff       Pollutant i

Pavement Melt
Roadside Melt
Pervious Area
Melt
Rain-on-Snow
Melt
Frequency
Short, but many
times in winter
Moderate
Gradual, often most
at end of season
Short
Volume
Low
Moderate
High
Extreme

Acidic, high concentrations of soluble pollutants, Chloride, nitrate,
lead. Total load is minimal.
Moderate concentrations of both soluble and particulate pollutants.
Dilute concentrations of soluble pollutants, moderate to high
concentrations of particulate pollutants, depending on flow.
High concentrations of particulate pollutants, moderate to high
concentrations of soluble pollutants. High total load.
Source areas for pollutants associated with snowmelt include snow dumps and roadside areas.  Concentrations of
pollutants in snow dumps can be more than five times greater than typical storm water pollutant concentrations. These
areas can build up tremendous amounts of pollutants over the winter months and much of these pollutants can be lost
in just one rain or snowmelt event in the early spring.  Metals, PAHs, chloride (CI),  sediment and nutrients are all
parameters that build up in the snowpack.
The  only  significant regional differences for PAHs and oil and grease  were reported for snowmelt events.  These
pollutants can build up in snow in urban areas and be released during significant snowmelt events. Oberts (1994) and
others have reported that 90% of the load can be released during the last 10% of the runoff event.
The regional concentration data based on rainfall and the snowmelt process has implications for storm water managers.
Stormwater cannot be managed or  regulated in the same manner across regional boundaries.  In arid regions only a
few storm events take place each year; typically, the first rainfall after a long dry spell moves higher concentrations of
most pollutants.  This rainstorm is,  on average, a fairly small one and the Stormwater management structures must be
sized accordingly to treat the pollutants.  In  the  same manner, northern climates must use different strategies to
manage runoff from snowmelt conditions and utilize Stormwater practices  that can treat a larger amount of runoff,
including PAHs moved during the last 10% of the storm.

Impacts to Receiving Waters
General impacts of pollutants on different receiving waters are reported below in Table 2-9. Impervious surfaces
accumulate pollutants deposited  from  the atmosphere, leaked from vehicles, or windblown from adjacent areas.
During storm events, these pollutants quickly wash off and are rapidly delivered to downstream waters.
Nutrients
Urban runoff has elevated concentrations of both phosphorus and nitrogen, which can enrich streams, lakes, reservoirs
and estuaries. Excess nutrients, particularly nitrogen, have  been documented to  be a  major factor in the decline of
populated estuarine areas such as the Chesapeake Bay and western Long Island Sound. Excess nutrients promote
algal growth that blocks  sunlight from reaching underwater grasses and depletes oxygen in bottom waters. Urban
runoff has been identified as a key and controllable source.
Sediment
Sources of sediment include washoff  of particles that are deposited on  impervious surfaces and the erosion of
streambanks and construction sites.  Both suspended and deposited  sediments can have adverse effects on aquatic life
in streams, lakes and estuaries.  Importantly, sediments also transport other attached pollutants.
                                                   2-13

-------
Table 2-9 Water Quality Impacts to Receiving Waters
Receiving Sediment Pathogens Metal and Nutrients/ Pesticide /
Water Hydrocarbon Eutrophication Herbicide
Toxielty
Lakes 1
Reservoirs >
Aquifers O
Wetlands >
Streams *
Shellfish 1
Beaches 1
Estuaries 1
Sea grasses 1
1
1
O
O
1
•
•
1
O
•
•
O
O
1
1
O
*
•
I
1
i
i
»
i
O
1
?
Chloride
*
*
*
*
i
O
O
i
(3
MTBE
•
•
•
?
1
?
O
«
?
• Standard violation concerns / significant concern / loss of beneficial use
1 Occasional Standard violation / site specific concerns
O Rarely affects receiving area
? Insufficient data
Organic Carbon
Organic matter, washed from  impervious surfaces  during storms,  can present a problem in slower moving
downstream waters. As it decomposes, it can deplete dissolved oxygen in lakes and tidal waters.
Bacteria
Bacteria levels  in  stormwater  runoff routinely exceed public  health  standards  for  water contact  recreation.
Stormwater runoff can also lead to the closure of adjacent shellfish beds and swimming beaches and may increase the
cost of treating drinking water at water supply reservoirs.

Hydrocarbons
Vehicles leak oil and grease that contain a wide array of hydrocarbon  compounds, some of which can be toxic to
aquatic life at low concentrations.
Trace Heavy Metals
Cadmium, copper, lead and zinc  are routinely found in stormwater runoff. These heavy metals pollutants can be toxic
to aquatic life at certain concentrations and can also accumulate in the sediments of streams, lakes and estuaries.
Pesticides
A modest number of currently used and recently banned insecticides and herbicides have been detected in urban
streamflow at concentrations that approach or exceed toxicity thresholds for aquatic life uses.
Chlorides
Salts  applied to roads and parking lots in  the winter months appear in stormwater runoff and melt water and the
concentrations of salt are much higher than many freshwater organisms can tolerate.
Thermal Impacts
Impervious surfaces may increase temperature in receiving waters, adversely affecting aquatic life that requires cold
and cool water conditions (e.g., trout).
Trash and Debris
Considerable quantities of trash  and debris are washed through storm drain networks, accumulating in streams and
lakes  and detracting from their natural beauty.
                                                   2-14

-------
Impacts of Urbanization on Biological Community
Overview of the Biological Impacts
The physical and chemical  impacts identified above cause a decline in both the quantity of the aquatic biota and the
quality of their habitat. This section examines some of the impacts that urbanization exerts on the aquatic community,
focusing specifically on macro-invertebrates, fish, amphibians and freshwater mussels.  The fundamental change in
hydrology, as well as the chemical composition of runoff in urban and urbanizing streams causes both a decrease in
biological diversity and a shift from more pollutant sensitive to less sensitive aquatic organisms.
Urbanization can significantly alter the land surface, soil, vegetation, water quality and stream hydrology and create
adverse impacts for  aquatic organisms through habitat loss or modification.  Table 2-10 summarizes some  of the
changes to aquatic  ecosystems as a result of urbanization and the effects on the biological community.
The effects of urbanization on aquatic community structure have  been the subject of several  recent studies that have
examined the link between urbanization and its impact on aquatic organisms and habitat. These studies reveal that the
onset of urbanization almost always has a negative effect on the aquatic biota of receiving waters.  Degradation of the
biological diversity of aquatic environments is the result of a variety of influences that added impervious cover exerts
on aquatic systems. The key findings of prior research involving aquatic organisms and the problems associated with
increases in impervious cover are presented in Table 2-11.
Increases  in  imperviousness  appear to have  detrimental effects on the  integrity of the  biological community,
beginning at fairly low  levels  of impervious  cover.   Many of the  studies  in Table 2-11 suggest that  signs of
degradation are found at and above watershed  imperviousness levels of 10%.  Signs of this include  loss of species
diversity, reductions in overall species abundance, reproductive failure and juvenile mortality. Additional research is
required to firmly establish the exact level of imperviousness at which the biological community of a receiving water
begins to face significant impacts to its health, as well as to identify regional variations in the  impervious cover levels
at which aquatic diversity is affected.
                                                    2-15

-------
Table 2-10 Changes Due to Urbanization and Effects on Aquatic Organisms

Impact              Effect on ecosystem          Effects on organisms
Chemical Impacts

Heavy Metals/
Chemical
Pollutants
Reduction in Water Quality
Reduced survival of eggs and alevins, toxicity to juveniles and
adults, increased physiological stress, reduced biodiversity.
Sediment
Increase in Turbidity
Reduced survival of eggs, reduced plant productivity, physiological
stress on aquatic organisms.
Nutrients



Physical Impacts

Hydrologic
Geomorphology
Thermal
Channel
Modification
Algae Blooms
Increased Flow Volumes/
Channel Forming Storms
Decreased Base Flows


Increase in Sediment
Transport


Loss of Pools and Riffles


Changes in Substrate
Composition


Loss of Large Wood Debris
Increase in Temperature



Loss of First Order Streams

Creation of Fish Blockages
                     Loss of Vegetative Rooting
                     Systems

                     Straightening or Hardening of
                     Channel
Oxygen depletion due to algal blooms, increased eutrophication
rate of standing waters, possibly toxicity to eggs and juveniles from
certain nutrients.
Alterations in habitat complexity, changes in availability of food
organisms related to timing of emergence and recovery after
disturbance, reduced prey diversity, scour-related mortality, long-
term depletion  of large woody debris, accelerated erosion of
streambanks.

Crowding and increased competition for foraging sites, increased
vulnerability to predation, increased fine sediment deposition.

Reduced survival of eggs and alevins, loss of habitat due to
deposition, siltation of pool areas, reduced macro-invertebrate
production.

Shift in the balance of species due to habitat change, loss of deep
water cover and feeding areas.

Reduced survival of eggs, loss of inter-gravel spaces used for
refuge by fry, reduced macroinvertebrate production, reduced
biodiversity.

Loss of cover from predators and high flows, reduced sediment and
organic matter storage,  reduced pool formation, reduced  organic
substrate for macro-invertebrates.

Changes in migration patterns, increased metabolic activity,
increased disease and parasite susceptibility, higher mortality of
sensitive species, reduced biodiversity in stream community.

Loss of valuable habitat especially for more sensitive species.

Loss of spawning habitat for adults; inability to reach overwintering
sites,  loss of summer rearing habitat, increased vulnerability to
predation.

Creates problems with decreased channel stability, increased
streambank erosion, reduced streambank integrity.

Increased stream flows, loss of habitat complexity.
                                                         2-16

-------
Table 2-11  Relationship of Urbanization to Aquatic Habitat and Organisms
Indicator
Aquatic
habitat
Aquatic
insects and
fish
Insects, fish,
habitat water
quality,
riparian zone
Aquatic
insects and
fish
Fish, Aquatic
insects
Insects, fish,
habitat, water
quality,
riparian zone
Aquatic
insects and
fish
Key Finding
There is a decrease in the amount of large woody debris (LWD) found in
urban streams at around 10% impervious cover.
In a comparison of three stream types, urban streams had fewer EPT
{Ephemeroptera (mayflies), Plecoptera (stoneflies) and Trichoptera
(caddisflies)}, (22% vs. 5% as number of all taxa, 65% vs. 10% as percent
abundance), and poor index of biotic integrity (IBI) scores.
Steepest decline of biological functioning after 6% imperviousness. There
was a steady decline, with approximately 50% of initial biotic integrity at
45% impervious area.
Macro-invertebrate and fish diversity decline significantly beyond 10-12%
impervious area.
A study of five urban streams found that as land use shifted from rural to
urban, fish and macro invertebrate diversity decreased.
Physical and biological stream indicators declined most rapidly during the
initial phase of the urbanization process as the percentage of total
impervious area exceeded the 5-10% range.
There was significant decline in the diversity of aquatic insects and fish at
10% impervious cover.
Reference
Booth etal., 1991
Crawford and
Lenat1989
Horner et al., 1996
Klein 1979
Masterson and
Bannerman 1994
May etal., 1997
MWCOG 1992
Location
Washington
North Carolina
Puget Sound,
Washington
Maryland
Wisconsin
Washington
Washington,
DC
 Aquatic
 insects and
 fish
 Wetland
 plants,
 amphibians
 Aquatic
 insects and
 fish
 Aquatic
 insects and
 fish
Evaluation of runoff effects in urban and non-urban areas found that native
species dominated the non-urban portion of the watershed, but accounted
for only 7% of the number of species found at the monitoring stations
located in urban areas.  Benthic taxa were more abundant in non-
urbanized portions of the watershed.


Mean annual water fluctuation inversely correlated to plant and amphibian
density in urban wetlands. Declines noted beyond 10% impervious area.

Residential  urban land use in Columbus watersheds caused a significant
decrease in fish attainment scores at around 33%.  For Cuyahoga
watersheds, a significant drop in IBI scores occurred at around 8%,
primarily due to certain stressors that functioned to lower the non-
attainment threshold. When watersheds smaller than 10Omi2 were
analyzed separately, the level of urban land use causing a significant drop
in IBI scores occurred at around 15%.

All 40 urban sites sampled had fair to very poor IBI scores, compared to
undeveloped reference sites.
Pitt and Bozeman
1982
Taylor etal., 1995
Yoder and Rankin
1997
Yoder1991
California
Seattle,
Washington
Ohio
Ohio
                                                        2-17

-------
                Section 3  Regulations That Impact Stormwater BMP Design
Introduction
The design of stormwater management BMPs is mandated and regulated by regulatory requirements at the federal,
State, regional and/or local levels.  This section provides a brief review of the regulatory requirements that drive the
design of these BMPs.
At the federal level, the requirements of the following agencies are summarized:

    •   EPA
    •   National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) of the Department of Commerce
    •   U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)

Additionally, a recent compilation of the stormwater management  requirements of State,  regional  and local
government agencies is summarized.


Federal Regulations
Clean Water Act
Originally, this act was entitled the  Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1948  (FWPCA)  and prescribed a
regulatory  system consisting  mainly of State-developed  ambient  water quality standards  (WQS) applicable to
interstate or navigable waters.  In 1972,  FWPCA amendments established a system of standards, permits and
enforcement aimed at the "goals" of attaining "fishable and swimmable waters by 1983" and "total elimination of
pollutant discharges into navigable waters by 1985." (33 U.  S.C. § 1251  (a) (2)).  Further amendments were passed in
1977, when the Act was officially named the "Clean Water Act." The 1987 amendments (Water Quality Act of 1987)
added specific stormwater permitting  requirements; section 402(p)  defined municipal  and industrial stormwater as
point source discharges.  Today, the CWA is the nation's  primary  mechanism for protecting and improving water
quality.  The broad purpose of the CWA is "to restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and biological integrity of
the Nation's waters,"  (33  U.S.C § 1251 (a)) and its emphasis  is to declare unlawful the unregulated discharge of
pollutants into all waters of the U.S.
The strength of the CWA lies in its  comprehensive, nationwide approach to water quality protection, which requires
Federal, State and local governments to act cooperatively to achieve  common goals.  The CWA makes the  States and
the EPA jointly responsible for identifying and regulating both point  and Nonpoint Sources (NPS) of pollution. Point
sources, including municipal and industrial stormwater discharges, are controlled by the NPDES permits (33 U.S.C §
1342 (p)),  while NPS are approached with a management strategy. The framework of the CWA thus allows for both
environmental quality and technology-based (treatment processes and BMP) approaches to water pollution control.
Each State  is required to develop and  adopt WQS that enumerate the designated uses of each water  body  as well as
specific criteria deemed necessary to protect or achieve those designated uses. The CWA requires States to develop
and implement WQS in accordance with EPA regulations and guidance.
Under current EPA regulations, the intent of water quality management  planning is to focus on managing watersheds
rather than geopolitical areas.  This process requires the development of Total Maximum Daily Loads  (TMDLs),
which set the amount  of pollution that may be discharged while still complying with WQS.  These watershed TMDLS
are implemented through the issuance of national NPDES permits that require waste load allocations for point sources
and load allocations  for NPS.  The EPA  policy for  phasing  the  implementation of TMDLs  is described in  the

-------
memorandum "Interim Permitting Approach for Water Quality-Based Effluent Limitations in Storm Water Permits"
available at http://www.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/swpol.pdf   In  addition,  State water quality programs are required to
integrate three components (1) a designation of uses for all State waters, (2) criteria to meet those uses and (3) an
antidegradation policy for waters that meet or exceed criteria for existing uses (40 CFR §  131.10- 131.12). State water
quality management plans are also required to identify priority point and non-point problems, consider alternative
solutions, and recommend control measures.  In order to comply with the CWA, State WQS must, theoretically,
include indicators of the health of ecological habitats and the level of biological diversity, and ambient WQS were to
be supplemented by discharge standards in the form of effluent limitations applicable to all point sources.
The  CWA also specifically provides that  State water  quality criteria must include both numeric  standards for
quantifiable chemical  properties  and  "narrative  criteria  or  criteria based  upon  biomonitoring."  (33  U.S.C.
§1313(c)(2)(a)). As defined in the CWA, the term "biological  monitoring" means: determination of the effects of
discharges  on aquatic  life  measured  at  appropriate frequencies and locations.   These includes  accumulation of
pollutants in tissue and receiving waters from the discharge of pollutants by techniques  and procedures that include
sampling of organisms representative of appropriate levels of the food chain appropriate to the  volume, and the
physical, chemical and biological characteristics of the effluent (33 U.S.C. § 1362).
CWA amendments, EPA regulations and  State water quality programs addressing point sources/NPS have continued
to evolve over the years as increased knowledge is accumulated on the impacts of urban development. Stormwater
runoff from increased impervious surfaces in urban areas has emerged  as a significant threat to water quality. Several
sections of the CWA apply to urban runoff, both as  point and NPS of pollution, as well as  impacts of any activities
that may result in the disturbance of natural  wetlands, regulated by Section 404 of the Act. The following paragraphs
describe these sections, with emphasis on their relevance to stormwater runoff and  land development activities, both
during the construction phase and the post construction phase.

CWA Section 304(m)
Section  304(m) of the CWA, added by the  Water Quality Act of 1987, requires EPA to establish schedules for (i)
reviewing and  revising  existing effluent limitations guidelines and  standards  and (ii) promulgating new effluent
guidelines. On January 2, 1990, EPA published an Effluent Guidelines Plan (55 FR 80), in which schedules  were
established for  developing new and revised effluent guidelines  for several industry categories.  Natural  Resources
Defense Council, Inc. (NRDC), challenged the Effluent Guidelines Plan in a suit filed in the U.S. District Court of the
District of Columbia (NRDC et al., v. Browner, Civ.  No.  89-2980). The Court entered a consent decree (the "304(m)
Decree"), which established  schedules  for, among other  things,  EPA's proposal  and promulgation  of effluent
guidelines for a number of point source categories. The Effluent Guidelines Plan was published in the Federal
Register on September 4, 1998 (63 FR 47285).

NPDESPhasel and Storm Water Rules
The NPDES is a permit system established under the CWA to enforce effluent limitations. Operators of construction
activities, including clearing, grading and excavation, are required to apply for permit coverage under the NPDES
Phase I and II stormwater rules. Under the Phase I rule (promulgated in 1990),  construction sites of 5 or more acres
must be covered by either a general or an individual permit. General permits covering the Phase I sites  have  been
issued by EPA regional offices and  State water quality agencies.  Permittees are required to develop stormwater
pollution prevention plans that include descriptions of BMPs employed, although actual BMP selection and design are
at the discretion of permittees (in conformance with applicable State or local requirements). There exists considerable
variability throughout the States and localities with respect to these requirements, which are summarized below.
Construction sites between 1 and 5 acres  in  size are  subject to the NPDES Phase II stormwater rule (promulgated in
1999). The construction activities covered under Phase II are termed small construction activities and exclude routine
maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity or original purpose of the
facility.  General construction permits are primarily focused on controlling erosion during the construction phase, not
on  post-construction stormwater management.   Municipal  permits  are  required  to address post-construction
stormwater management for existing areas and new development.

Water Quality Certifications (Section  401)
The purpose of Section  401 of the CWA is to ensure that federally permitted activities comply with the Act,  State
water quality laws and any other appropriate State laws.  This is accomplished through a State certification process.
Any applicant for a Federal permit for any activity that could result in a discharge of a pollutant to a State's waters is
                                                    3-2

-------
required to obtain a certification from the State in which the activity is to occur (EPA, Region 2, 1993).  In essence,
the State certifies that the materials or pollutants discharged comply with the effluent limitation, WQS and any other
applicable conditions  of State law.  Examples of Federal permits and licenses requiring State certification include:
NPDES  permits, Section 404  permits,  permits for activities regulated by the  Rivers and Harbors  Act,  and
hydroelectric discharge-related  activities  (Doppelt et al.,  1993).  If the State denies the certification, the Federal
permitting agency must deny the permit application.  If the State imposes conditions on a certification, the conditions
become part of the Federal permit (EPA, Region 2,  1993).  A certification obtained for construction activities must
also pertain to the subsequent operation of the structure (EPA, Region 2, 1993).
Certification  processes differ  from  State to  State,  with some States participating early enough in a project's
development to have an  impact on determining  alternatives  and mitigation processes  (Doppelt, et al.,   1993).
Typically, the process begins when the State receives the permit information from the Federal agency receiving the
request from the applicant. The State regulatory agency designated with certification authority notifies the Federal
permitting authority of its decisions  concerning certification for the proposed activity.  States must act to grant or
deny  certification within a reasonable  time (not to  exceed  one year) after a request  is received, or certification
authority will be deemed to have been waived (Doppelt, et al., 1993).

Coastal Zone Management Act (CZMA)
The Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 (CZMA) was passed by Congress in order to "preserve, protect, develop,
and where possible, to restore or enhance, the resources of the  Nation's  coastal zone  for this  and succeeding
generations." (16 U.S.C.  §1452) The CZMA established a program to encourage States and territories to develop
comprehensive programs to protect and manage coastal resources, including the Great Lakes (Terrene Institute  1995).
Much of the CZMA is geared to managing and steering development of coastal energy resources. To  encourage
States to develop coastal zone management programs, Congress  incorporated several major incentives in the CZMA.
For example, the  CZMA provides  Federal grants  to States for the development and administration  of coastal
management programs. The CZMA also  provides a mechanism by which a State can allocate some of its funds to a
local government or interstate agency, thus encouraging the coordination of coastal management on a regional level.
The CZMA is  overseen  by the Secretary of Commerce, acting through  the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration  (NOAA).  However,  the  CZMA focuses on the States as being  key players  in the management of
coastal zone  areas.  The  legislation emphasized the  role of State leadership in the program  and allowed States to
participate in the Federal program by  submitting their  own coastal  zone  management proposals to the  Office of
Coastal Zone Management (OCZM) at  NOAA for approval.  To receive  Federal approval  and implementation
funding,  States  and territories had to  demonstrate programs and  enforceable policies sufficiently comprehensive  and
specific to regulate land and water uses and coastal development, and to resolve conflicts  between competing uses
(Terrene Institute,  1995). Once the OCZM has approved a State program, Federal agency activities within a coastal
zone must be consistent with the program  "to the maximum extent practicable."
Areas subjected to CZMA planning include wetlands, floodplains, estuaries, beaches, dunes, barrier islands, and coral
reefs, fish and wildlife and their  habitat.  Management plans developed by States must include an inventory  and
designation of coastal resources, designate those of national significance and establish standards to protect those so
designated.  The State plans  should  also include a process for assessing  and controlling  shoreline erosion,  and a
description of the organizational structure proposed to implement the program with specific references to the inter-
relationships  and responsibilities between various jurisdictions.  States are also encouraged to  prepare special area
management plans that address such issues as natural resources, coastal dependent economic growth and protection of
life and property in hazardous areas.  These resource management and protection  plans are  accomplished through
State laws, regulations, permits, and  local plans and zoning ordinances.  Section 307(c) of the  CZMA  requires  any
nonfederal applicant seeking a Federal  permit to conduct activity affecting land or water uses in the State's coastal
zone to furnish certification that the proposed activity will comply with the State's coastal zone management program.
No Federal permit will be issued until the State has concurred with the applicant's certification of consistency  (EPA,
Region 2, 1993).
The Coastal Zone Act Reauthorization Amendments  of  1990 (CZARA) specifically charged State coastal programs
and State nonpoint source programs to address nonpoint source pollution issues affecting coastal water quality.  Under
CZARA, coastal States must develop appropriate management programs in order to continue to receive funding  and
participate in the CZMA.  EPA has developed technical guidance to help States  develop CZARA mandated control

                                                     3-3

-------
programs.   The guidance  specifies  management measures for sources of nonpoint pollution  in coastal waters,
including coastal stormwater control. Management measures are defined as "economically achievable measures to
control the addition of pollutant to  coastal  waters; that is, they  reflect the greatest degree of pollutant reduction
available through the application of the best available nonpoint pollution control practices, technologies, processes,
site criteria, operating methods or other alternatives" (Terrene Institute 1995). Coastal stormwater control programs
are not intended to supplant existing coastal zone management programs or nonpoint source management programs
(Camp, Dresser and McKee, et al., 1993). Rather they serve to update and expand existing programs and are to be
coordinated closely with other nonpoint source management plans.
Many States have an approved coastal zone  management plan that may apply to activities in specific local regions,
jurisdictions or areas within the State. In these designated areas, projects affecting coastal waters, ecology or land use
may require additional permitting and/or compliance with State laws or local zoning regulations and ordinances.

Endangered Species Act
The Endangered  Species  Act (ESA) seeks  to  conserve  endangered and threatened species by  requiring  Federal
agencies,  in consultation with the Secretaries  of the Interior and Commerce,  to ensure that their actions "do  not
jeopardize the  continued  existence  of  endangered or threatened species or result in the  destruction or  adverse
modifications of the critical habitat  of such species" (16 U.S.C.  §  1536).  An endangered species is "any species
which is  in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range" (16 U.S.C. §  1532). A species is
threatened if it is "likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future through all or a significant
portion of its  range" (16  U.S.C. §  1532).  The USFWS  takes jurisdiction over listings for terrestrial and native
freshwater species, and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) is responsible for listings of marine species or
anadromous species (Doppelt, et al., 1993).  Under the Act, the FWS and NMFS determined critical habitat for the
maintenance and  recovery of endangered species, and requires that the impacts of human activities on  species and
habitat be assessed. While States can  compile their own lists of species and the degrees  of protection required,
species on the Federal list are under the jurisdiction  and protection of the Federal Government and a violation of the
act carries Federal penalties (Corbitt, 1990).  Another important provision of the  ESA is the establishment of an
Endangered Species Committee to grant exemptions from the ESA.
When a species is listed under the ESA, the lead Federal agency is required to issue a biological assessment whenever
an action in which the Federal Government is involved (as in the issuance of Department of Army permits) "may
affect" a listed or threatened species  (16 U.S.C § 1536). The agency must consult with the USFWS if the results of
the biological  assessment  show that  a listed species may be affected by the project.  If an action will jeopardize a
listed species or its habitat, the lead agency must provide mitigation measures  for, or alternatives to, the proposed
activity (Corbitt, 1990).
Projects that affect such areas may be subject to ESA regulation even if a "water right" exists through Federal or State
compact in compliance with State water laws or the CWA. As a matter of law, the ESA supersedes most other Federal
laws and policies.  Given this,  it is still unclear whether State  water  law  and water rights are immune to ESA
regulation. However, case law indicates that the ESA does authorize a reduction in the power of existing water rights
through regulation (Doppelt et al., 1993).

The ESA applies to activities directly affecting water resources designated as "critical habitat" areas and may include
receiving waters from highway or urban runoff.  For example, stream quality in the Pacific Northwest has become an
important issue with regard to protection of the salmon population. Highway construction, runoff quality, mitigation
activities and maintenance may  be subject to review under the ESA  due to the identification of certain receiving
waters as "critical habitat" for salmon runs.  In many cases, the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) process
required  for all  significant  Federal activities uncovers  the  existence  of a  listed  species and the  subsequent
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) must deal with potential adverse impacts, project modifications or the project
site relocation.


State and Municipal Regulations
States and municipalities have been regulating discharges of runoff from construction and land development industry
to varying degrees for some time. A recent compilation of State and selected municipal regulatory approaches was
prepared in support of EPA's ongoing effluent limitations guidelines rulemaking for the construction and land
development industries (Tetra Tech,  2001) to help establish the baseline for national and regional levels of control.
                                                    3-4

-------
Data were collected by reviewing State and municipal web sites, summary references, State and municipal regulations
and stormwater guidance manuals.  All States (and the selected municipalities) were contacted to confirm the data
collected and to  fill in data gaps; however, only 87% of the States and a much smaller percentage of municipalities
responded.  The State and  municipal regulatory data are  summarized in the  tables below.   This information is
presented only to demonstrate that there is considerable variation in State and local regulatory requirements related to
stormwater management.  Many States and local agencies are currently in the process of revising and updating their
requirements.  Consequently the data provided in the tables is subject to constant updates and revisions.
A compilation of State and municipal regulations was conducted to determine the nature of both national and regional
approaches to controlling stormwater.  The data were collected by reviewing State and municipal web sites, summary
references, and State and  municipal regulations and stormwater guidance manuals.  States and municipalities were
contacted to confirm  the  data collected  and to fill in data not available by these methods.   Many  months were
allocated to collecting the regulatory data and repeated attempts to obtain and confirm regulatory data ceased at the
end of August 2000.
A summary of criteria and standards that are implemented by States and municipalities as of August 2000 are
presented in Tables 3-1  and 3-2,  respectively.  State requirements are generally equal  to or less  stringent than
municipalities  that are covered under the  Federal CWA NPDES Storm Water Program because State requirements
apply to all  development within  their boundaries, including  single  site  development  and  low to  high density
developments. NPDES Storm Water Program  designated municipalities  generally have a population of 100,000 or
more  and can  collect  and fund the resources necessary to design, implement and monitor separate, and potentially
more  stringent, stormwater management programs. Table 3-1 contains responses from 47  of the 54 State controlling
agencies.  The total is greater than  50 because Florida has 5 regional authorities that are self-regulating.  Some State
data were uncertain and repeated contacts to the  responsible State agencies to confirm the data were not returned.  For
the same reason, some of the data sought from municipal agencies also are not available for this report.

Table 3-1 State or Regional Planning Authority Requirements for Water Quality Protection
      _   .  _     .   .                             States       with  States    without ,.  „   ,0.,
      Generic Standard                             _,           ,„.,    „           ,„.,   No Data (%)
                                                   Requirement (%)    Requirement (%)           v   '
Solids or sediment percent reduction
Numeric effluent limits for SS, settleable solids or

turbidity
Minimum design depth or volume for water quality
treatment
Habitat/biological measures
Physical in-stream condition controls
Chemical monitoring control
24

1 1
I I
53

7
17
6
61

7fi
/ \j
28

80
70
83
15

1 ^
I \J
19

13
13
11
The data collected reflect a cross section of the U.S. geography but are representative primarily of municipalities that
have  a population of 100,000 or greater and only  a few municipalities with  smaller populations.   Thirty-one
municipalities are included in the summary tables, which  is a small data set compared to the approximately 240
municipalities with NPDES programs and nearly 3000 municipalities nationwide.  Therefore, the relative use of
control measures presented for the States in Table  3-1 is considered to be fairly accurate while the relative use for the
municipalities presented in Table 3-2 is  not  considered to be  accurate but does reflect  the diversity of control
measures used at the municipal level.
                                                    3-5

-------
Table 3-2 Municipal or Regional Planning Authority Requirements

           _    .  _.  .   .                Existing       No Requirement      Unknown
           Generic Standard            _    .       ,a,\         /o/\               /o/\
                                     Requirement (%)         (%)               (%)
Design storm for peak discharge control
Solids or sediment percent reduction
Numeric design depth, storm or volume
for water quality treatment
Design storm for flood control
Habitat/biological measures
Physical in-stream condition controls
39
7
-
39
3
10
45
77
-
16
65
58
16
16
--
23
32
32
Tables 3-1 and 3-2 show that the following key  control measures  employed  by States  and municipal/regional
authorities generally meet the intent of the federal, State and municipal regulations that address features of the CWA
NPDES Storm Water Program:

    •  storms designed for peak discharge control; and
    •  storms designed for water quality control.

The State and local regulations at the State and local level can be grouped into 3 major categories:
    •  maximum drainage areas that can be disturbed prior to requiring an NPDES permit;
    •  requirements for flood control and peak discharge; and
    •  requirements for water quality management.

There exist considerable variation in State and local requirements throughout the U.S. that reflect local issues and
concerns.

Drainage Area
The compilation of State regulations revealed that the minimum drainage area requirement among States that
triggered a requirement for an NPDES permit ranged from 5000 ft2 to 5  acres. The results of the compilation are
summarized in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3 Minimum Drainage Area Requirements for States (Tetra Tech, 2001)

 Drainage Area   Comments
 5 acres          The majority of State agencies (34 of 47) have adopted the NPDES Phase  1 requirement of 5 acres. It is
                anticipated that most of these States will increase this requirement to one acre as the Phase II NPDES
                requirements go into effect.
 3 acres          The State of West Virginia uses a 3-acre limit.
 1 acre           Currently two States  (Georgia and Washington) are already  using a 1-acre  limit.
 5000 ft2          Four States (DE, MD, NJ and PA) use a 5,000 ft2 limit.
 No area         Two States have no maximum statewide area limit that requires an NPDES permit.  Only MS4 areas in these
 requirement      States comply with NPDES Phase I requirements.

The  compilation for regional and local governments  found a wider breakdown for drainage area limits for local
governments especially for the smaller drainage area limits. The drainage area requirements ranged from 500 ft2 to 5
acres. The results of the compilation are summarized in Table 3-4.

Peak Discharge Rate Requirements for Flood Control
The second major grouping of regulatory requirements consisted of agency requirements to control peak discharges to
a predevelopment  level  in order to control increased flooding, channel protection or water quality.  The peak
discharge requirements were  usually expressed as a design storm event.  Design storm  frequencies found in these
regulations ranged  from the !/2-yr  or  six-month storm  to the 100-yr storm.  The results  of the compilation are
summarized in Table 3-5.
                                                    3-6

-------
Table 3-4  Minimum Area Requirements for Local Agencies (Tetra Tech, 2001)
 Drainage Area    Comments
 5 acre            Of the 35 municipalities that were sampled, 17 use the NPDES Phase I requirement of 5 acres.  It is
                  anticipated that these municipalities will change to a one-acre requirement when Phase II is implemented.
 2 acres           Two municipalities use a 2-acre limit.
 1 acre            Five municipalities are currently using a one-acre limit.
 10,000 ft2         One municipality reported using a 10,000 ft2 limit.
 5,000 ft2          Three municipalities reported using a 5,000 ft2 limit.
 < 5,000 ft2        The following size limits were reported by one or more communities: 4,000; 2,500; 1,350 and 500 ft2.
The compilation for regional and local governments found similar peak discharge requirements usually expressed as a
design storm event.  Design storm frequencies found in these local agency regulations closely followed the range of
storms addressed by the State regulations but did not reveal as much range as the  State requirements and instead
appeared to focus on the 2-10 and 100-yr storms. The results of the compilation are summarized in Table 3-6.
Water Quality Control Requirements
The compilation  of  State regulations revealed that  the  States typically  used one of two criteria for water quality
control:  1)  a specified  runoff depth and/or 2) a percent  removal  rate.   Table 3-7 summarizes the  results of the
compilation.  It can be observed that the runoff depth required was either !/> or 1 inch.  With respect to the percent
removal requirement, the most frequently used requirement is 80% removal of SS.  The compilation revealed a similar
trend at the  regional and municipal levels. The results are summarized in Table 3-8.

Table 3-5 Peak Discharge Control Criteria for States (Tetra Tech, 2001)
 Peak Discharge
 Control Criteria
  Comments
 No statewide control requirements

 2-yr, 24-hr storm
 5-yr, 24-hr storm
 2-and 10-yr, 24-hr storms
 10-yr, 24-hr storms
 1-, 10-, 100-yr, 24-hr duration
 2-, 10- and 100-yr, 24-hr storm
 2-, 25-, 100- yr, 24- hr storms
 25-yr
  The majority of the States (30) do not currently have any statewide requirements for
  peak discharge control.
  Three States (CA, ME, VT) require peak discharge control of the 2-yr, 24-hr duration.
  Pennsylvania requires peak discharge control of the 5-yr, 24-hr duration storm.
  Virginia requires peak discharge control of the 2-and 10-yr, 24-hr duration storms.
  North Carolina requires control of the 10-yr storm.
  Maryland requires control of three storms.
  Massachusetts requires control of these three storms.
  Rhode Island also requires control of three storm frequencies.
  Florida requires peak discharge control of the 25-yr storm.  The southern district uses
  the 3-day duration storm; while the SW and St. John's River districts use the 24-hr
  duration storm.
Table 3-6  Peak Discharge Rate Control Requirements, Municipalities (Tetra Tech, 2001)
 Peak Discharge Rate Control
Comments
 No Requirement

 2- and 10-yr, 24-hr
 2-, 10-and 100-yr, 24-hr
 1-yr, 24-hr
 1/2-yr, 24-hr
 10-yr., 24-hr duration
 10- and 25-yr, 24-hr
 10-and 100-yr, 24-hr
 25-and 100-yr, 24hr
 50- and 100-yr, 24-hr
 100-yr, 24-hr
 Not Applicable	
17 of the 35 municipalities in the sample do not have peak discharge rate control
requirements
Four municipalities use this  requirement
Four municipalities use this  requirement
These requirements are each used by one of the municipalities in the sample
Requirements were not identifiable for four municipalities
                                                        3-7

-------
Table 3-7  Water Quality Regulatory Requirements, States (Tetra Tech, 2001)
 Water Quality
 Requirements
 Comments
 None

 Runoff Depth
    None
    1/2 in.
    1.0 in.
 % Removal
    None
    80% SS
    Other
 38 of the 48 States in the sample currently have no requirements for water quality control in
 stormwater management


 44 of the 48 States in the sample reported no specific volume requirement for water quality control
 Two States (DE, FLA) require management of the first 1/2 in. of runoff
 Two States (MA, MD)  require management of the first  inch of runoff


 37 of the States sampled do not have specific pollutant removal requirements
 Ten States reported this requirement which is based on CZARA
 One State (IN) requires 70%  removal of SS; the St. John's River District of FLA requires 80% removal
 of all pollutants; the Chesapeake District of VA requires 10% removal of TP
Table 3-8  Water Quality Requirements, Municipalities (Tetra Tech, 2001)
 Water Quality
 Requirements
Comments
 None
 Runoff Depth
     None
     1/2in.
     3/4in.
     1.0 in.
 % Removal

     None
     80% SS
     Other
28 of the 35 municipalities in the sample reported no water quality requirements for stormwater


25 municipalities reported no specific volume requirements
5 municipalities require control of the first 1/2 in. of runoff
2 municipalities require control of the first 3/4 in. of runoff
4 municipalities require control of the first 1/2 in. of runoff


28 municipalities reported no specific pollutant removal requirements
Two municipalities reported this requirement, which is  based on CZARA
20% reduction in annual copper loadings by 2001 (Alameda, Co., CA)
65% TP (Washington Co., OR)
0.5 mg/L-TN, 0.1 mg/L-TP, 0.5 mg/L-lron, 20NTU-Turbidity, 50 mg/L-SS, 2 mg/L-grease and oil
(Lahontan RWQCB Lake Tahoe)
50% TP (Prince William Co., VA)
100% all pollutants (Montgomery Co., MD)
80% SS-all site; 50%TP-discharge to sensitive lake; 50% ZN-discharge to stream resource area; <10
mg/L Alkalinity, 50% TP, 40% nitrates + nitrites -discharge to sphagnum bogs (King Co., Washington)
                                                        3-8

-------
                        Section 4  BMP Design Concepts and Guidance
Introduction
This section  introduces and  summarizes a  number of important  concepts  and design strategies  that form  the
foundations of BMP design. These concepts include:

    •  BMP performance goals and objectives
    •  hydrologic design concepts
    •  flood and peak discharge control strategies
    •  water quality management strategies.

BMP Performance Goals and Objectives
BMP performance goals and objectives can be developed from a number of sources that include: 1) Federal, State and
local regulatory requirements, as described in the previous section; 2) State or local community goals  to mitigate the
environmental impacts associated with urban  runoff; and 3) special local area needs such as trout or salmon fisheries
protection, water supply watershed protection, ground water protection and other issues of local importance.  The
selection of the appropriate level of control is usually a local mandate, but can also be a federal decision, e.g. ESA or
CZMA, targeted to a specific  issue  or  to sensitive watersheds. The  level of water quality management is also
dependent on the type of BMP used.
A literature review related to BMP performance goals and objectives revealed that five different levels of existing
BMP performance goals  could  be discerned (Clar et al., 2001).  Implementation of the  performance standards is
typically accomplished by using a number of control strategies, criteria or standards. These BMP Performance goals
include:  1) flood and peak discharge  control; 2) specific pollutant guidelines; 3) water  quality control; 4) multi-
parameter controls, including groundwater recharge and channel protection; and, 5) habitat protection  and ecological
sustainability strategies. Each of these performance goals  is described below.

Flood and Peak Discharge Control
This level of control is generally provided by the NPDES Storm Water Program regulations. General permits covering
Phase I sites have been issued by EPA regional offices and State water  quality agencies.  Permittees  are required to
develop SWPPP that include descriptions of BMPs employed, although actual  BMP selection and design are  at the
discretion of permittees (in conformance with applicable State or local requirements).
There exists considerable  variability throughout the States and localities with respect to these requirements, however
most States and local agencies require that the  SWPPPs  address two performance criteria that are closely  related -
flood control and peak  discharge  control.   This requirement is generally implemented by controlling  the post
development peak discharges for one or more design storms to predevelopment  levels.  The two most frequently used
storms are the 2- and 10-yr  storms.  Some degree of pollutant removal may be obtained with this  level depending  on
the type of BMP used to  meet the peak discharge criteria. This performance level is most frequently accomplished
using dry or wet basins that are designed using peak discharge control criteria and a design storm concept. These
criteria and concepts are discussed later in this section.

Flood and Peak Discharge Control and Specified Pollutant Guideline
This level of control specifies the same criteria as Flood and Peak Discharge  Control, but in addition requires the
removal of a  specified pollutant, typically sediment or SS. SS removal performance has been used as a measure of

-------
water quality management performance.  Because a number of other constituents, particularly nutrients (nitrogen and
phosphorus) are attached to the sediment particles, the removal SS from the water column also serves to remove many
of the other constituents present in urban runoff.
An example of this level of control is the outcome of the Guidance Specifying Management Measures of Nonpoint
Pollution in Coastal Waters, issued in 1993 by EPA pursuant to the CZARA of 1990, which requires 80% removal of
the SS from  construction sites, in addition to flood and peak discharge control.  The CZARA guidance includes
requirements for municipalities located in coastal States.
This performance  level typically  requires  the use  of extended detention  concepts in conjunction with wet or dry
basins. These concepts are described later in this section.

Flood, Peak Discharge and Water Quality Control
This level of control is frequently encountered in more environmentally active municipalities and States.  It defines
performance with respect to three traditional criteria: (1) pollutant removal effectiveness, (2) peak discharge control
effectiveness and (3) flood control. It differs from Flood and Peak Discharge Control alone in that there is generally
some mandated volume of control, typically the first 1A or 1 in.  of runoff for water quality and pollutant removal.
Also the water quality focus  is expanded beyond Flood and Peak Discharge Control and Specified Pollution
Guidelines to include all the major pollutants in the water column of urban runoff, as described earlier in Section 2.
While no specific pollutant removal requirements are typically used, it is generally assumed that the pollutant removal
levels reported in the literature can be achieved.
Water quality control designs are  also focused more on the annual volume of runoff rather than peak storm events.
Effective water quality  control requires management of the smaller storm events, such as the 1-in. rainfall events and
smaller storms that typically account for approximately 90% of the annual rainfall and runoff volumes.  Many of the
older detention facilities used for peak discharge control include low flow pilot channels that allow these frequent
storm events to flow through the facilities with little or no management. Where possible, water quality control can be
improved in older BMPs designed under the older peak discharge principles by retrofitting the outlet control (it is best
to incorporate water quality control and peak discharge control in the same BMP for economic reasons, though this
may not always be a necessary or desirable approach).
This performance  level introduces some additional concepts to BMP technology that include volume control and
small storm hydrology.  These concepts are described later in this section.

Multiple Parameter Control
Multiple Parameter Control takes a broader definition of receiving water impacts and includes two additional criteria
for BMP performance to supplement the three criteria found in Flood, Peak Discharge and Water Quality Control.
These additional criteria are maintenance of groundwater recharge functions and receiving channel protection criteria
using extended detention control concepts.  This level of control has recently been adopted by the State of Maryland
where it is referred to as the "Unified Sizing Criteria." (MDE, 2000). A similar approach was suggested by the Urban
Drainage and Flood Control District (1999) to the Denver, Colorado region.  Other municipalities and States are also
moving in this direction.

This performance  level builds upon the three previous performance levels and includes peak discharge  control,
extended detention, volume control and small storm hydrology.  In addition, this level typically requires the use of at
least two BMP types, in what is referred to as a "treatment train" approach.  This level often requires the consideration
of a complete array of BMPs, including ponds, wetlands, infiltration, filtration and biofilter BMPs.
Maryland's Unified Sizing Criteria uses  stormwater management credits, which emphasize  better site planning
techniques, that can be  used to preclude, reduce and/or minimize the hydrologic and water quality impacts associated
with new development  activities.  Table 4-1 provides a summary of the stormwater management credits included in
the Maryland Design Manual (2000), which allow engineers to implement credits and reduce BMP size, i.e., more
traditional pond and swales. The calculation of credits as prescribed in the Maryland Design Manual (2000), presents

                                                    4-2

-------
a method to incorporate the broader concepts of LID, groundwater recharge and disconnected impervious areas
(DCIA) within a site design (i.e., a site design where impervious areas do not flow directly to a drainage pipe, as
sheets flow from impervious areas is typically directed to a vegetated area first).  This new feature enables planners
and engineers to address the provisions of the Pollution Prevention Act (1990), which declares it to be national policy
of the U.S. that pollution should be prevented or reduced whenever feasible; pollution that cannot be prevented should
be recycled in an environmentally safe manner whenever feasible; pollution that cannot be recycled should be treated
in an environmentally  safe manner whenever feasible; and disposal or  release into  the environment  should  be
employed only as a last resort and should be conducted in an environmentally safe manner" (Section 6602; 42 U.S. C.
13101 (b)). In short, preventing pollution before  it is created is preferable to trying to manage, treat or dispose of it
after it is created.
Table 4-1 Summary of Stormwater Credits (based on MDE, 2000)
 Stormwater Credit     Water Quality Benefits
                          Groundwater
                          Recharge Benefits
                      Peak Discharge Benefits
 Natural Area
 Conservation

 Disconnection of
 Rooftop Runoff

 Disconnection of
 Non-Rooftop Runoff
 Sheet Flow to
 Buffers

 Open Channel Use

 Environm entally
 Sensitive
 Development
Reduce disturbed site area

Reduces directly connected
impervious area (DCIA) and
runoff coefficient (Rv)

Reduces DCIA and Rv

Subtracts contributing site
area to BMP
Provides opportunity for
pollutant removal
Reduces DCIA and
provides opportunity for
pollutant removal
Helps maintain
groundwater recharge

Provide opportunity for
groundwater recharge

Provide opportunity for
groundwater recharge
Provide opportunity for
groundwater recharge
Provide opportunity for
groundwater recharge

Provide opportunity for
groundwater recharge
Reduces total impervious area (TIA) and
total peak discharge (Qp)
Reduces DCIA and Rv', provides longer
flow path, slower velocities and longer
time of concentration (fc),
Reduces DCIA and Rv, provides longer
flow path, slower velocities and longer tc
Provide longer flow path, slower
velocities and longer tc
Reduces DCIA and Rv', provides longer
flow path, slower velocities and longer tc

Reduces DCIA and Rv', provides longer
flow path, slower velocities and longer tc
Ecologically Sensitive Stormwater Management
This level of control is an attempt to provide an ecologically sustainable approach to Stormwater management and is
currently under development by a number of groups  throughout the country. It includes the joint effort by Prince
George's County and the EPA (2000a, b), Yoder (1995), Yoder et al. (2000), and Snodgrass et al. (1998), among
others.  Land use changes can trigger physical (watershed hydrology) and chemical (pollutant loadings) changes that
together with alterations of the riparian zone (stream buffers)  can  lead to degradation and loss of the  ecological
integrity of receiving waters.  Ecologically-sensitive Stormwater management is an ongoing experimental approach to
develop control strategies that can preclude or reduce the impacts of land use activities on receiving waters.

The impetus of ecologically sensitive Stormwater management is  to  develop  an integrated approach, including
biological,  chemical and physical criteria to define BMP performance.  A combination of water quality, bio-habitat
and geomorphic criteria are used to evaluate whether a receiving stream  is at a targeted goal, (e.g., "fishable and
swimmable") or the extent of its departure from the goal. A number of additional parameters are added to  the Multi-
Parameter Control: (1) stream buffer retention and thermal impact considerations, (2) volume control considerations,
such as are presented in the  LID concept approach, are added to the peak discharge  and (3)  groundwater recharge
criteria to achieve maintenance of hydrologic functions at a site-specific level.  Geomorphic criteria as described by
Lane (1955), Leopold et al. (1964, 1968), Dunne and Leopold (1978), Rosgen (1996) and others are also incorporated
to supplement or replace extended detention approaches to achieving channel stability.

Attempts at this level of performance include LID technology that introduces a number of additional concepts to BMP
technology that are intended to allow replication of a site's predevelopment hydrologic functions.  LID technology
includes the concepts of micro-scale BMPs, distributed management concepts, and multi-functional site and landscape

                                                     4-3

-------
functions. Table 4-2 summarizes the control strategies, criteria and standards used by the various levels of BMP
performance.

Table 4-2 BMP Performance Levels vs. Control Strategies, Criteria and Standards

                                                 PERFORMANCE LEVELS

 CONTROL STRATEGIES      NPDES     Specified      Water        Multiple        Ecological
                            Phase 1     Pollutant      Quality      Parameter     Sustainability
                                       Removal      Control
Flood Control XXX
Peak Discharge Control XX X
SS Removal X X
Volume Control X X
Water Quality Management X
Ground Water Recharge
Channel Protection
Thermal Impacts Control
Credits
Pollution Prevention
Distributed Controls
Multi-functional Controls
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X


X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A discussion of the current stormwater control strategies that focuses on flood and peak discharge control, and water
quality  control concepts  is provided  in  a subsequent subsection.   Guidance for multi-parameter  control and
ecologically sustainable control strategies is beyond the scope of these manuals; preliminary conceptual guidance is
provided elsewhere (MDE, 2000; PGC, 1997; EPA, 2000a, b).  Constructed BMPs are only one part of the solution -
watershed management, land  use management, non-structural controls, trading  strategies and  other developing
approaches are required to improve receiving water quality. Research is still required to develop standard methods to
design and implement wet weather BMPs, as there is still a knowledge gap in understanding both the systems we are
attempting to manage and the cause and effect relations that govern how these systems operate.  Research to address
the  complexity of these issues  is currently underway with funding from EPA and National Science Foundation, and
should yield tools to assess the  impact of varying BMPs on downstream biota and geomorphology.


Hydrologic Concepts
The hydrologic concepts of interest with respect to the design of BMPs are closely related to the design objectives of
the  BMP. Design of BMPs can be focused on peak discharge control, volume control, water quality management,
pollutant removal, groundwater recharge, thermal control, or a combination of two or more of these objectives. Each
control  objective has somewhat different hydrologic parameter requirements that will need to be  addressed in the
design of the BMP to achieve these objectives.
The addition of water quality considerations in the design of BMPs has  introduced a new dimension to the traditional
hydrologic considerations for  BMP design.  Prior to  the introduction of water quality considerations, hydrologic
design methods  were  focused on flood  event hydrology with focus on  storms typically  ranging  from the 2-yr
(bankfull), the  10-yr,  (storm drainage  conveyance   storm)  to  the   100-yr  (floodplain  storm). Water  quality
considerations created a shift from flood events to annual rainfall volumes and the  pollutant loads associated with
                                                    4-4

-------
these volumes. This new focus has given rise to concepts such as the rainfall frequency spectrum and small storm
hydrology. These, along with traditional concepts, are summarized below.

Rainfall Frequency Spectrum (RFS)
A rainfall frequency spectrum (RFS), defined as the distribution of all rainfall events (see example in Figure 4-1), is a
useful tool placing in perspective many of the relevant hydrologic parameters. Represented in this distribution is the
rainfall volume from all storm events ranging from the smallest, most frequent events in any given year to the largest
most extreme events, such as the 100-yr frequency event, over a long duration.
The  RFS consists of classes of frequencies often broken down by return period ranges.  Four principal classes are
typically targeted for control by stormwater management practices.  The two smallest, or most frequent, classes are
often referred to as water quality storms, for which the control objectives are groundwater recharge, pollutant load
reduction and to some extent, control of channel-erosion-producing  events.  The two larger, or less frequent, classes
are typically referred to as quantity storms, for which  the control objectives are channel erosion control, overbank
control and flood control. Figure 4-1 developed for the Chesapeake Research consortium (CRC,  1996) illustrates a
theoretical representation of these four classes for the Maryland area (for other sections of the country, the storm event
rainfall volumes would be different).
In order to establish reasonable  design volumes for various BMPs, it is necessary to define the RFS for the region of
application. The distribution and magnitude of the RFS varies from region to region. Driscoll et al.  (1989) subdivided
the U.S. into fifteen distinct rainfall regions, as shown in Figure 4-2 and summarized in Table 4-3.  The runoff volume
is the most important hydrologic variable for water quality protection and design because water quality is a function
of the capture and treatment of the mass load of pollutants.  The runoff peak rate is the most important hydrologic
variable  for drainage system design and flooding analysis.  Water quality facilities are designed to treat a specified
quantity  or  volume of runoff for  the  full duration of a  storm  event, as opposed  to  accommodating only  an
instantaneous peak at the most severe portion of a storm event.

To design effective BMPs and evaluate water quality impacts in urban watersheds,  it is necessary to predict the
following hydrologic processes:

    •  amount and distribution of rainfall volume; and
    •  amount of rainfall that contributes to runoff volume, i.e., rainfall volume minus abstractions.
                                                    4-5

-------
     8

  c
  5
 oe
      0,01
0.1              1                  10


  Rainfai; Recurrence Interval (years)
100
Figure 4-1 Stormwater Control Points for a Storm Event along the Rainfai Frequency Spectrum  for Maryland (CRC, 1996)
Figure 4-2 Fifteen rain zones of the United States (after Driscoll et al., 1989)
                                                       4-6

-------
Table 4-3 Typical Values of Individual Storm Event Statistics for 15 Zones of the United States (Driscoll et.al., 1989)
Rain Zone
Northeast
Northeast, coastal
Mid-Atlantic
Central
North Central
Southeast
East Gulf
East Texas
West Texas
Southwest
West, inland
Pacific Southwest
Northwest, inland
Pacific Central
Pacific Northwest
Annual
Number of
Storms
Avg. cv
70
63
62
68
55
65
68
41
30
20
14
19
31
32
71
0.13
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.16
0.15
0.17
0.22
0.27
0.30
0.38
0.36
0.23
0.25
0.15
Duration
(hr)
Avg. cv
11.2
11.7
10.1
9.2
9.5
8.7
6.4
8
7.4
7.8
9.40
11.6
10.4
13.7
15.9
Cv = coefficient of variation of the observations (cv
S = standard deviation of the observations, (S=[-
M = the mean value of the EMC observations
X = an individual EMC observations
N = number of observations
0.81
0.77
0.84
0.85
0.83
0.92
1.05
0.97
0.98
0.88
0.75
0.78
0.82
0.80
0.80
=S/M)
(Xi-M)2/i
Intensity
(in/hr)
Avg. Cv
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

,067
,071
092
,097
,087
122
178
137
121
,079
,055
054
,057
048
035
»".
1.23
1.05
1.20
1.09
1.20
1.09
1.03
1.08
1.13
1.16
1.06
0.76
1.20
0.85
0.73

Volume
(in.)
Avg. cv
0.50
0.66
0.64
0.62
0.55
0.75
0.80
0.76
0.57
0.37
0.36
0.54
0.37
0.58
0.50

0.95
1.03
1.01
1.00
1.01
1.10
1.19
1.18
1.07
0.88
0.87
0.98
0.93
1.05
1.09

Storm
Separation
(hr)
Avg. Cv
126
140
143
133
167
136
130
213
302
473
786
476
304
265
123

0.94
0.87
0.97
0.99
1.17
1.03
1.25
1.28
1.53
1.46
1.54
2.09
1.43
2.00
1.50

Large versus Small Storm Hydrology
Early efforts in stormwater management focused on flood  events  ranging  from the 2-yr to the 100-yr storm.
Increasingly stormwater professionals have come to realize that small storms (i.e. < 1 in. rainfall) dominate watershed
hydrologic parameters  typically associated with water quality management issues and BMP design.  These small
storms are responsible for most annual urban runoff and groundwater recharge.  Likewise, with the exception of
eroded sediment, they are responsible for most pollutant washoff from urban surfaces.  Therefore, the small storms are
of most  concern for the stormwater management objectives of ground water recharge,  water quality resource
protection and thermal impacts control.
Medium  storms, defined as storms with  a return frequency  of six months to 2-yr,  are the dominant  storms that
determine the size and shape of the receiving streams.  These storms  are critical in the design of BMPs that protect
stream channels from accelerated erosion and degradation. Roesner et al.,  (2001) believes the problem with BMPs is
not the BMPs themselves but the design guidance  for BMP outlet flow control that does not take into  account the
geomorphologic character of the receiving stream.

Large storms occur infrequently and are of primary concern for overbank flows and flooding of structures located in
the floodplains of stream channels.  Although these storms may  contain significant  pollutant  loads (Chang et al.,
1990), their contribution  to the annual average pollutant load is really quite small due to the  infrequency of their
occurrence.  In addition,  longer periods of recovery are available to  receiving waters between  larger storm events.
These periods allow systems to flush themselves and allow the aquatic environment to recover.
Most rainfall events  are much smaller than design  storms used for urban  drainage models. In any given area, most
frequently recurrent rainfall events are small (less than  1 in. of daily rainfall). For example, 90% of the annual rainfall
                                                    4-7

-------
comes in storms smaller than 0.9 in/day in Cincinnati, OH (Roesner et al., 2001).  For small rains, impervious areas
contributed most of the runoff flows and pollutants (Pitt, 1987).  The capture and treatment of these small storms
would lead to improved water quality since the total pollutant load to receiving streams would be minimized.
Urban runoff models play an important role in evaluations for stormwater BMPs.  Unfortunately, many commonly
used models incorrectly estimate runoff flows  and the washoff of particulates from impervious surfaces during  small
rains. Typical washoff prediction procedures  used in urban runoff models greatly  over-predict particulate residue
washoff from impervious surfaces, especially for large particles (Pitt, 1987).
Current design, however, typically focuses on capturing large storms to minimize flooding and  control drainage.
These rainfall events typically range from (2 to  10 inches of daily rainfall) and occur at much longer return periods
ranging from 2 to 100-yr.

Large Storm Hydrology
The computational procedures for large storm hydrology refer to procedures to estimate or model runoff hydrographs
from  larger storm events typically ranging from the 2-yr to the 100-yr storm.  The procedures  for conducting these
analyses are well documented at both the national and regional level.
At the national level, a variety of models are available and well documented to simulate the rainfall-runoff processes
for watersheds and the design of BMPs.  Selection of an appropriate modeling technique will often depend on the
level  of detail and rigor required for the  application and the amount of data available for setup and testing of the
model results. In many instances, however, local regulatory agencies may specify which models are  acceptable for
design and review purposes.  For example, in the State  of Maryland, the State regulatory authority, the Maryland
Department of the  Environment, requires that BMP design be performed using the NRCS  TR-55 and TR-20 models.
Table 4-4 summarizes a number of national and regional level models that are  frequently  used for BMP large storm
design.
A number of large  storm models have also been developed by local and regional government.  Some of these models,
also summarized in Table 4-4, include:

    •   Penn State Runoff Model (PSRM), used widely in Pennsylvania and Virginia
    •   Illinois Urban Area Simulator (ILLUDAS), developed by the Illinois State Water Survey and widely used in
        Illinois and neighboring mid-western States
    •   Urban Drainage and Flood Control District model (UDFCD), developed by Denver's UDFCD (1999). This
        model is used widely in  Colorado and adjoining States
    •   Santa Barbara Urban Runoff Hydrograph, developed for the City of Santa Barbara California. This model is
        widely used in  California and other pacific coast States (Oregon and Washington).

A brief description of these large storm hydrologic models is provided in Appendix A.

Small Storm Hydrology
The addition of water quality considerations in the design of BMPs has introduced a new dimension to the traditional
hydrologic considerations for BMP design. Water quality considerations created a shift from flood events to annual
rainfall volumes and the pollutant loads associated with these volumes.   This new focus  has given rise to concepts
such as the rainfall frequency spectrum and small storm hydrology. Traditional guidance for detention design was for
infrequent, large storms; however, because pollutant-removal efficiency is a function of detention for all storms, using
a more frequently occurring  storm would be more appropriate  (Newman  et al., 2000). In general, small storm
hydrology recognizes  that detention that controls very  small  events  with extended  release  rates  allows for
                                                    4-8

-------
Table 4-4  Comparison of Model Attributes and Functions
                                                                                  MODEL
ATTRIBUTE
Sponsoring Agency
Simulation Type
Water Quality Analysis
Rainfall/Runoff Analysis
Sewer System Flow Routing
Dynamic Flow Routing Equations
Regulators, Overflow Structures
Storage Analysis
Treatment Analysis
Data and Personnel Req.
Overall Model Complexity
HSPF
EPA
Continuous
Yes
Yes
None
None
None
Yes
Yes
High
High
SWMM
EPA
Continuous
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
High
High
NATIONAL
TR-55/
TR-20
NRCS
Single
Event
None
Yes
None
None
None
Yes
None
Medium
Low
HEC-HMS
CORPS
Single
Event
None
Yes
None
None
None
Yes
None
Medium
High
Rational
Method

Single
Event
None
Yes
None
None
None
Yes
None
Low
Low
PSRM
PSU1
Single
Event
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
None
Yes
Yes
Medium
Low
REGIONAL
ILLUDAS UDFCD
ISWS2
Single
Event
None
Yes
Yes
None
None
Yes
None
Medium
Low
UDFCD
Single
Event
None
Yes
Yes
None
Multiple
Yes
None
Medium
Medium
Santa
Barbara

Single
Event
None
Yes
None
None
None
Yes
None
Medium
Low
 PSU = The Pennsylvania State University
2 ISWS = Illinois State Water Survey
                                                                           4-9

-------
more settling to occur in the BMP and can reduce the stream power for frequently occurring runoff events to more
manageable and lesser levels of impacts.
A discussion of the small storm hydrologic parameters involved in the design of BMPs is provided in Appendix B.
Three different approaches to small storm hydrology computations  are presented.  The first approach is a Basic
Procedure for Optimization of Water Quality Capture Volume  and is based on the work of Urbonas et al., (1990).
The  second approach is from the ASCE /WEF(1998) BMP Design Manual. These approaches are well  suited to the
design of water quality control BMPs for larger drainage areas. The following materials are presented in the context
of this computational procedure:

    •  long term rainfall characteristics
    •  capture of stormwater runoff
    •  an approach for estimating stormwater quality capture volume
    •  an example of a water quality capture volume estimate.

Also described is a third approach based largely on the work of Pitt (1994) that is tailored for very small urban sites
and closely linked to the presence of impervious surfaces. This approach has been adopted by the State  of Maryland
(MDE, 2000) and may provide a simpler computational tool that is better suited for use by Phase II communities. The
following materials are described in the context of this approach:

    •  small site hydrology approach
    •  the 90% rule-cumulative rainfall volume for water quality treatment
    •  short-cut method for estimating the water quality volume for small-storms
    •  estimating peak discharges for the water quality storm.

In urban settings, the use of the NRCS Curve number (CN) methods, whether for single or continuous simulation,
may result in inappropriate rate of runoff and volume calculations, especially for smaller storms.  The compositing of
pervious and impervious areas in the urban watershed result in excess runoff predictions in the NRCS  CN method.
This concern is raised and addressed in Appendix B.

Another approach, the probabilistic method developed by the Driscoll et al. (1986) in the publication, "Methodology
for Analysis  of Detention Basins for  Control of Urban Runoff Quality"  is not specifically  presented here, but is
incorporated into the design procedures for basins in Volume 3.  This is a well documented and referenced approach,
and can be  thought of as a predecessor to the small storm hydrology approaches presented in Appendix B. A copy of
the  report  can be  accessed  via  the  web at:  (http://www.epa.gov/ednnrmrl/repository/epa-440-5-87-001/).   The
approach by Driscoll et al. (1986) uses rainfall statistics to determine quiescent removal between storms and dynamic
settling during storms, to predict overall basin performance.

First Flush
The  tendency for solids and associated constituents to be washed off of paved areas during the initial portion of the
storm event is referred to as the first flush (discussed later in this sub-section).  In general, the potential for first flush
is determined by the storm characteristics, the size of the subwatershed and the partitioning characteristics of the
pollutants of concern.
To treat the bulk  of the pollutant loads from stormwater runoff, many States  and municipalities specify a treatment
volume that is designed to capture the first flush component of the  stormwater runoff.  In practice this is achieved by
specifying a rainfall amount (such as the first !/2-inch, 1-inch or other rainfall depth over impervious areas) or the
capture of a stormwater runoff volume that correlates to a design storm (such  as the 6-month,  1-yr or 2-yr frequency
storm).  Working with a very small (300 m2) highway segment, Sansalone,  et al.  (1994) found a pronounced first
flush for solids, dissolved zinc and dissolved copper, but not dissolved lead. The first flush for the particulate-bound
fractions of these  metals was not well defined. While the first flush is commonly treated using settling technologies,
filtering and cation exchange technologies may also be warranted, depending upon the subwatershed characteristics
and the pollutants of concern.
                                                   4-10

-------
Ground Water Recharge Hydrology
Historically, stormwater BMP technology  has focused on  surface runoff - particularly peak discharge issues and
water quality management. Some exceptions to this trend have developed that involve the use of infiltration practices
to address  surface runoff and water quality issues, as well as groundwater recharge  concerns. These exceptions
include Long Island, New York which has been using infiltration recharge  basins successfully since the  1930's;
Fresno, CA which has been using infiltration practices successfully and exclusively for the past twenty years to
address their urban runoff issues; the City of Lyon, France which has also been using infiltration practices, including
both basins and trenches for the past 30 years; and the State of Maryland, which has prioritized the use of infiltration
BMPs over other BMP types since 1983 and has now incorporated groundwater recharge into the updated stormwater
management regulations.  The focus of this guidance document is primarily peak discharge control and water quality
management. However some of the BMPs  described, including the infiltration basin and the vegetative biofilters can
also mitigate the groundwater impacts including maintaining groundwater levels and base flows in receiving streams.
Consequently a simple method for computing the ground water recharge volume hydrology for small sites is provided
in Appendix C.

Design Storm vs. Continuous Flow Simulation
Design storms, primarily IDF (i.e., intensity, duration frequency, Figure 4-3) orNRCS-type curves (Figure 4-4), have
been the primary tools used to predict runoff rates.  These are used with a  wide variety  of single storm models,
including HEC  HMS (Feldman, 2000  and  Scharffenberg, 2001), SWMM (Huber and Dickinson, 1988), Sedimot II
(Wilson et al., 1982) and III (Barfield et al., 1996). The assumption made in the single storm models is that the return
period of the peak discharge is the same as the return period of the design rainfall event and that watershed parameters
are invariant with return period  rainfall.   Studies have shown  that constant watershed parameters are not  a good
assumption. For example, Haan and Edwards (1988) evaluated predictions of peak discharge on six watersheds in
Ohio, Nebraska, Arizona and Oklahoma using the NRCS curve number approach.  For each storm on the watershed,
they calculated the parameter S, the maximum potential abstraction from rainfall, for each storm event. Their results
showed that:

    •   The value of S, varied widely for each storm event on each watershed due to changing soil moisture and
        vegetative characteristics.
    •   When considering the joint variability of both S and rainfall, the  return period discharge was always greater
        than that predicted assuming a constant S and varying rainfall. This is because the probability distributions
        for both precipitation and S are skewed.

In general, considering the variability  of S improved predictions  for the  rare events but increased the error for the
lower return period events (probability less than 80%).  As mentioned previously under Small Storm Hydrology,
there  are limitations to NRCS  CN methods whether for single  or continuous simulation, especially when trying to
calculate the response of smaller storms using composited pervious and  imperious areas in an urban environment.  If
one considers only the design storm occurring solely during one antecedent moisture condition (AMC), e.g. AMC II,
then the NRCS CN method will give poor  results. These results demonstrate the limitation of using a design storm
approach to modeling runoff.

The problem of matching single storm predictions based on rainfall with return period flow rates is hard enough to
evaluate when considering runoff.  The problem is amplified when considering pollutants such as sediment, toxics,
nutrients and pathogens. The standard assumption is that the pollutant loading in runoff from a design storm,  such as
SCS-type storms, will match observed return period pollutant loadings.  Because of this difficultly, the new water
erosion prediction (WEPP)  model of soil erosion on  agricultural watersheds  was  developed as  a continuous
simulation  model (Lane et al., 1989). Average and return period sediment yield values are determined by return
period analyses on long records of simulated sediment yield.  An attempt to  circumvent this problem was made by
Griffin and Beasley (1988).  They developed a conceptual  framework for a rainfall distribution that would allow a
single  storm simulation with WEPP match average  annual erosion values. However evidence that their conceptual
model has been completely developed to the point of application was not found.
An additional problem  related to the use of return period storms to generate loadings is that some of the trapping
functions of BMPs occur between storms and depends on the intervals  between storms.  To address the problem of
variability between storms, Driscoll et al., (1986) constructed a model of sedimentation in reservoirs and developed

                                                   4-11

-------
                                        NEW YORK,  N|W YORK
                                                ttO3-l*9l
•Alum.!, mttmvt* IN mot! $ wr» HOUR
o bee® P o o o r M » » » 8 S «
M **»»•„ f* *"* f»O O SS O O O O C

^
K
«4ta
i""H«
***
•taB
k.
-
—
-
«»
—
—
—
—
-.
-
-
-
•H)
—
—
—
_
.
~
-




**1
^>«K
-*,
























**««l



























s
•**
L
k

^























*»
*"»
"»•
«•»•
•»























ix^_
•Ox
"Xr
x^"
x^
























x^
"xT
^x.
^
^
























"X^X.
'^^xi
x^
x^

























Xs
x^
X
X

























x^
X
X

























^
X
X

















I
F#ft






k^
N^
Sk^*XJ"^
"°V
\






















— Here —
)Ue*C¥ AMtLTSIS 9V ItfTH
K£Mg WH.(/f$, AFT fit «tft





(p-
i
"^

"S^
>



















1
^v
»_ •»
\

'x


















^>
V
~^s
"V
s^

\


















WH
^
^>
*s
\
*l



















XL
N^
\,,
S
x
X



















^
s^N

\
"s
^




















\J
X
N,
\










00 OF
f*£l











,_
sx
vV*
x:










-
^
—
—
—
-
-
-
-
-
M
—
—
-
-
-
^S
^
X
mi
«-
"
-
-
-
-
-
i 10 is to M «o mm • s«tt*ien * w
MINUTES ».«...«. MWIIHI
Figure 4-3 Example of Intensity-duration-frequency (IDF) Curve for New York, New York (U.S. Weather Bureau, 1955)
procedures for estimating performance under these conditions.  This model has potential to be  used to estimate
dynamic and quiescent condition settling in reservoirs used as BMPs

An alternative to the design storm is the use of a continuous simulation model in which rainfall is typically modeled
on  a  daily basis, and runoff and loading are  predicted in response to  the  daily rainfall  as well.  Return period
information is determined by conducting many years  of simulation, typically 25 to 100 years,  and doing a return
period analysis on the predicted values. One value of using continuous simulation models is that they could capture
some  of the variability in input parameters that occur. Another value is that they could, assuming  accurate algorithms
and input data, give a good representation of lower frequency, less than 1-yr, events.

An advantage  of using continuous simulation models with pollutant loadings and particular with BMPs, is that the
inter-arrival time between storms can have a significant impact on trapping performance of the  BMP.  The WEPP
model (Lane et al,  1989) is a continuous simulation model that predicts runoff and sediment yield  from agricultural
watersheds and routes these through sediment control structures, accounting for variations in rainfall on erosion rates
in a given storm and the variations in inter-arrival times between storms in a reservoir using a continuous simulation
model for reservoirs known as WEPPSIE (Lindley et al, 1998a and b).   The SWMM model (Huber and Dickinson
                                                   4-12

-------
1988) performs similar functions for urban areas. Newman et al., (2000) found that optimizing designs of extended
detention ponds using long-term simulations with SWMM more realistically reflected actual performance, rather than
the performance for a single, design storm condition.
          Cyrva*  on thia «h«et  «r«  for
           ths  ca«»  I   =  0-2S.  no  the!
                                        5      fa      7
                                       Rainfall (P), Inches
Figure 4-4 Example of NRCS Runoff Curves (Source: USDA, 1986)
The advantages of using a continuous simulation model must be weighed against the added complexity with such an
approach. Specifically, these include:

    •  Greatly increased data set requirement for the models. The models must not only predict hydrologic and
       water quality responses, they must also predict changes in vegetative cover resulting from annual growth and
       dormancy cycles. In addition, the models must have good  climatic simulators to simulate rainfall and other
       climatic variables. Since algorithms within models are only as good as their inputs, assuring that the models
       have good predictors of watershed and climatic variables is critical.
    •  Greatly increased complexity in setting up and executing the models, thus increasing the knowledge base
       requirement of the user. The validity of a model prediction is  as much dependent on the skill of the user as it
       is on the reliability of the model algorithms. If the complexity of the model is such that an advanced degree
       in hydrology and water quality is required for its proper execution, the average user is not likely to generate
       good BMP designs from its use. Likewise, reviewers are not as likely to be competent in interpreting permit
       applications. It is important, therefore, that the modeling technique be selected with the skill of the average
       user, both in the design community as well as in the regulatory organizations.

The continuous simulation models are most appropriate for larger regional watersheds and are a necessary tool for
predicting the  effect of discharges from many BMPs on a watershed scale, whether the BMP response  is modeled
individually or in a larger watershed with many BMPs as a lumped  or composite response.  Continuous simulation
models are better at predicting the accumulation and washoff of pollutants and the inter-arrival time between  storms
that can have  a significant impact on the removal performance of the BMP.  Continuous simulation is  needed for
watershed based approaches to solve habitat and water quality issues  in urban streams  (Strecker, 2002). Continuous

                                                   4-13

-------
simulation offers possibilities for designing and managing BMPs on an individual  site-by-site basis that are not
provided by other widely used, simpler analysis methods.  Therefore its application and use should be encouraged.
Widespread adoption of continuous simulation in design and permit review may depend in part on the models
becoming sufficiently user friendly and the continued development of input guidelines so that the user community can
execute the models with confidence and competence, but also depends on acceptance by the user and regulatory
communities.
Limiting water quality analysis to design storms will not sufficiently address the smaller storms that carry a majority
of the annual pollutant load.  On the other hand, relying solely on  continuous simulation may not capture the most
severe peak flow events. Therefore, a combination of approaches may be required: continuous simulation for water
quality analysis and design storm approach for determining peak flows and flood analysis. Resolution of conflicting
results between both approaches may require implementing more than one type of BMP. Chapter 5 discusses the use
of regional, on-site and micro-scale controls.
An alternative to the above two approaches  has  been developed in the Integrated Design and Assessment for
Environmental Loadings (IDEAL), a spreadsheet tool for hydrology, sedimentology and water quality (Hayes et al.,
2001).  Using probabilities of rainfall, seasons and antecedent moisture (AMC), this  spreadsheet determines runoff
and loadings for 12 different storm sizes with seasons and AMC nested within each rainfall class. Further, the runoff
and loadings are  routing through BMPs and effluent loadings calculated.  Using  conditional probabilities, average
storm values are calculated. This approach offers a compromise between the design storm concept and the continuous
simulation model. The equations used for and examples of this approach are provided in Volumes 2 and 3.

Assessment of Peak Discharge Control Strategies
Peak discharge control is the oldest  and most widely used strategy  for controlling the impacts  of urban runoff. The
strategy is relatively straightforward and consists of a general policy or requirement that post development discharge
rates  cannot substantially  exceed  existing  or predevelopment  discharge  rates.   Both post-construction runoff
conditions (total volume and the peak discharge values) are usually much greater than predevelopment conditions.
Therefore, the peak discharge approach generally requires that storage facilities be provided to temporarily store the
additional runoff volume, which is then discharged at the allowable release rate, based on the design  storm.
Peak discharge strategies represent a flood and peak discharge control approach to control or mitigation of impacts
from urban runoff.   This level of control  is  currently being provided by many States and municipalities under the
NPDES stormwater regulatory approach.  It provides two performance criteria that are closely related:  (1) flood
control and (2) peak discharge control. Some practitioners have concluded that on a watershed-wide scale, uniform
detention  strategies  are a failure  because they do not  maintain base flows, do not necessarily do anything for water
quality and in some  cases, fail to fulfill their single explicit purpose of controlling floods (Ferguson,  1998).
A recent technology assessment for the major impact categories concluded that approaches based solely on peak
discharge control are not adequate to  address the range of impacts  associated with urban runoff issues (Clar, et. al,
2001). Following is a summary of the  assessment's findings:

    •   While this approach does provide some limited degree of flood control from moderate and large storms, it can
        in some instances actually transfer or aggravate flooding conditions downstream of the control points.
    •    This approach not only fails to provide protection for stream channel stability, but may actually aggravate and
        accelerate stream channel degradation and impacts.
    •    The approach does not address groundwater recharge issues, including lowering of water tables and
       maintenance of stream base flows.
    •    The approach does not address, but can actually aggravate, thermal impacts on receiving waters.
    •    This approach does not address or guarantee water quality  management and  pollutant removal, although both
        can be achieved if the BMPs are properly designed.
    •    This approach does not provide control  for the degradation and loss of riparian habitat.
    •    This approach does not provide control  for the degradation and loss of biological communities.

Peak discharge control  strategies used in flood and peak  discharge control with and without specified pollutant
guideline management strategies  appear unable to meet the objectives of the CWA, the Pollution Prevention Act, the
Source Water Protection Act and the habitat protection objectives of the ESA. The peak discharge  control strategies
                                                   4-14

-------
are not capable of addressing the  prevention  or  reduction of a number of hydrologic, hydraulic  and chemical
parameters that influence the ecological integrity of receiving waters, especially with respect to habitat and biological
parameters.  The limitations of these strategies  can be supplemented with volume control techniques using control
measures that include vegetated swales, infiltration trenches and bioretention cells in a treatment train approach to
achieve the goals of these legal mandates.  By including these supplemental measures using either distributed and /or
centralized controls, control strategies based solely on peak discharge could  be upgraded to water quality or multi-
parameter control approaches or even ecologically sensitive approaches.

Design Storms
The peak discharge control strategy is closely  tied to the use of design storms, typically referred to as synthetic
storms. The  selection of a specific design storm generally incorporates a number of implicit assumptions related to
the stormwater runoff impacts being controlled and thus provides a good starting point for a scientific assessment
relating to actual versus perceived benefits of this strategy.  These storms are generated to have return periods that are
consistent for every duration in the storm (i.e., a 10-yr return period storm has 15-min intensities,  30-min intensities,
45-min intensities, etc. that have a 10-yr return period).  The IDF method, the NRCS type storms and the Chicago
Hyetograph method are  examples of procedures used to generate the design storms and can readily be found in
standard texts (i.e., Haan et al., 1994). The methods generate storms that are remarkably similar, if the assumption is
made that the peak discharge is centered at the half point of the storm.  The Chicago Hyetograph  method allows the
user to develop a storm with the peak discharge in the first half, midpoint or second half.
Selection of a return period for the design storm is generally the purview of the local regulatory  authority and may
correspond to controlling discharge or runoff volume.   In general, the return periods  selected  are based on a
perception that controlling the design storm will result in some intended benefit such  as flood  control, control of
downstream damage to stream geomorphology and water quality. Examples are given in Table 4-5.
As Table 4-5  documents, a number of the assumptions implicit in the selection of a design storm in conjunction with
the peak discharge control strategies do not hold up under scientific scrutiny  and have never been validated by field
monitoring. As the table indicates, the implicit assumption that peak discharge control of the 2-yr  storm as a strategy
for channel protection is not supported by  field  monitoring data or geomorphic  science.  On the contrary,  the
geomorphic data predicts that the strategy is flawed and this is being confirmed by limited field monitoring data.
Geomorphic science also indicates that use of the 10-yr storm has no geomorphic significance within a stream valley
(not defined by bankfull stage or flood plain analysis) and is simply a carryover of the cost benefit basis for the design
of storm drainage systems (ASCE, 1984).  Watershed-based hydrologic analysis further  reveals that the downstream
flood control benefits from both the 10-  and 100-yr storms are very short-lived and that in  fact, due to the super-
positioning of hydrograph peaks, flooding problems will tend to be transferred to downstream properties (Leopold
and Maddock, 1954; Skupien, 2000;  Debo and Reese, 1995).


Peak Discharge Strategies and Control of Physical Impacts
With  respect  to the physical impact category, the major areas  of impairment or change to the use  of the receiving
waters are:

    •   increased flooding
    •   channel instability and erosion
    •   frequency and duration issues
    •   reduction in groundwater recharge and related issues
    •   increased sediment transport
    •   thermal impacts.


Table 4-6 provides a qualitative assessment of the benefits provided by peak discharge control strategies with respect
to the physical impacts category.
                                                    4-15

-------
Table 4-5 Design Storm Frequencies and Assumed Benefits
   Design
    Storm
Assumed Benefits
                                                          Comments
References
1/2 -<1 in.   Intended to capture 70-
rainfall     80% of annual runoff
           volume in an attempt to
           improve water quality.
1-in.       Intended to capture 90%
rainfall     of annual runoff volume
           in an attempt to improve
           water quality.
1-yr       Intended to capture
           sufficient runoff volume
           to improve water quality
           and provide down stream
           channel protection.

2 -yr      Intended to provide
           protection from
           accelerated channel
           erosion and for habitat
           protection.
10-yr       Intended to provide flood
           protection from
           intermediate sized storm
           events by matching post-
           disturbed peaks to pre-
           disturbed peaks.
100-yr     Used for flood control
           protection from major
           storms; also used to
           maintain 100-yr
           floodplain limits.
                                      Used by many municipalities. Some studies have shown that
                                      capturing the first 1/2 in. of runoff will control 70% of the annual
                                      runoff.

                                      Replacing 1/2 in. as basis for water quality control.  Some
                                      studies have shown that capturing the first 1 in. of runoff will
                                      control 90% of the annual runoff.

                                      Used by some municipalities for water quality management
                                      and is based on the supposition that the channel-forming
                                      event is the annual storm.  Maryland is now using for channel
                                      protection.  Studies, particularly in humid regions,  indicate
                                      that this may be insufficient to control downstream channel
                                      impacts (see next comment under 2-yr storm).
                                      Used by many municipalities. Limited field  monitoring
                                      indicates that the strategy is flawed, as increased  volume in
                                      post-development runoff results in pond discharges at flow
                                      rates near the peak discharge for much longer times than in
                                      the predevelopment state.  This results in more erosion over
                                      the storm duration which subsequently result in wider and
                                      deeper channels than in the predevelopment state, even
                                      though the peak flow rates  for pre- and post-development are
                                      equal.
                                      When used for on-site detention, flood control benefits are
                                      provided primarily to local areas with limited protection of
                                      larger downstream channels.  In some cases there is
                                      increased  potential for downstream flooding due to timing of
                                      runoff events.  There is  no geomorphic basis for the use of
                                      this storm.
                                      When used for on-site detention, flood control benefits are
                                      provided primarily to local areas with limited protection of
                                      larger downstream channels.  In some cases there is
                                      increased  potential for downstream flooding due to timing of
                                      runoff events.
                                                                                DeWiest and
                                                                                Livingston, 1999


                                                                                MDE, 2000
                                                                                MDE, 2000
                                                                                Leopold et al., 1964;
                                                                                McCuen et al., 1987;
                                                                                MacRae, 1996;
                                                                                Jones, 1997; Maxted
                                                                                and Shaver, 1997
                                                                                Skupien, 2000;
                                                                                Ferguson, 1998;
                                                                                Debo and Reese,
                                                                                1995
                                                                                Skupien, 2000;
                                                                                Ferguson, 1998;
                                                                                Debo and Reese,
                                                                                1995
Table 4-6 Qualitative Assessment of Peak Discharge Control Strategies: Physical Impact Category
  Physical Impact Category    Control Strategy
                                        Assessment
  Increased flooding
  Channel instability and
  erosion

  Reduction in groundwater
  recharge and related issues
  Increased sediment transport
  Thermal impacts
              Peak discharge control of
              10- and 100-yr storms
              Peak discharge control of
              2-yr storm

              Not addressed by peak
              discharge control
              Peak discharge control of
              2-yr storm

              Not addressed by peak
              discharge control
                                                      Peak discharge strategy provides limited downstream control.
                                                      In some cases, it aggravates downstream flooding condition.
                                                      Requires coordinated permitting at watershed scale (Skupien,
                                                      2000;  Ferguson, 1998, Debo and Reese, 1995).
                                                      Geomorphic theory and limited field monitoring indicate that
                                                      this strategy does not work (McCuen et al.,  1987, McRae,
                                                      1996).
                                                      Not Applicable

                                                      Geomorphic theory and limited field monitoring indicate that
                                                      this strategy does not work (McCuen et al.,  1987, McRae,
                                                      1996).
                                                      Not Applicable
                                                        4-16

-------
Control of Increased Flooding
Land use  changes and land development activities increase  runoff quantity and  cause  downstream flooding and
erosion, as has been recognized for several decades.  This recognition has led many States, counties, municipalities
and other government agencies to require onsite detention of this increased runoff with the objective of maintaining
peak outflows from detention basins at levels equal to the predevelopment conditions.  This requirement has become
popular, since it can be applied during the development design and review process on a case-by-case basis without
large-scale watershed analysis.  Its popularity has led to the use of onsite detention and retention basins as standard
features on many land development projects.
However, the limitations of peak discharge control strategies documented by Leopold and Maddock (1954) have been
largely ignored.  At the exact spot where a detention basin discharges through its outlet, it reduces the peak rate of
storm flow,  as can be shown conclusively from the laws of physics and applied  hydraulics.  This provides flood
protection in the channel below the structure  until the flows begin combining with other tributaries.  From there
downstream, a basin's effect on peak rate and  flooding depends partly on how its discharge combines with the flow
from other tributaries. In practice, on any given site, detention should be applied with caution and should be based on
an appropriate downstream analysis.
Ferguson (1998) has provided a good example of this condition, as  illustrated in  Figures 4-5 and 4-6. Figure 4-5
shows a small development site discharging  into the main stem of a larger watershed.  As shown in Figure 4-6, the
storm hydrograph from the development site is short and fast compared with that from the main watershed. Because
the development site's flow drains out before the main watershed's  peak  arrives, it does  not  contribute to the
magnitude of a flood downstream. But if detention is added to the developed site, outflow will be delayed, so that it
overlaps onto the peak flow in the main stream  and contributes to a new, higher combined peak flow.
One can imagine two detention basins on different sites in the same watershed constructed by different developers at
about the same time.  When hydrographs from the two basins combine downstream, their delayed flows combine in a
way that has never existed before development and a larger flood may be created.  Despite the knowledge that this
can happen,  numerous local governments are requiring every developer to reduce the peak rate during a design storm
to its predevelopment level.  The effect of this approach has been a random  proliferation of small detention basins
over urbanizing watersheds, none of which is  designed with regard to its specific location in the drainage network.
The potential conflict between a basin and its  watershed, first identified by Leopold and Maddock (1954) has been
confirmed by a number of more recent studies.  Independent modeling studies throughout the U.S., including the
studies listed below,  have all confirmed that  randomly sited basins have failed to provide downstream  flood and
channel protection:

    •  McCuen (1979) for a Maryland watershed
    •  Ferguson and Debo (1991), Ferguson (1995), and Hess and Inman(1994)  for watersheds in Colorado, Georgia
       and Virginia
    •  Debo and Reese (1992) for watersheds  in North and South Carolina
    •  Skupien (2000) for a watershed in New Jersey.
                                                   4-17

-------

Figure 4-5 A watershed where the drainage from a small development site joins the flow from large watershed (Ferguson, 1998).

Reprinted with permission of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
               Combined fsow
               without d@tent«n
                                                     Combined' >
                                                     »ith detention
    tf

    jS

    "o
    •»
    15
                                           Time, hours



Figure 4-6 Alternative hydrographs from the watershed shown in Figure 4-5 (Ferguson, 1998)

Reprinted with permission of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
                                                       4-18

-------
Enough studies have been conducted and reported that the following generalizations can be drawn from them:

    •   Some watershed-wide systems of detention basins help, in the sense that they keep downstream peak
        discharges during a given storm lower than it would be without them.
    •   Other individual basins do the opposite of lessening the discharge; they actually increase downstream peak
        discharges as a result of the overlapping of their detained volumes with mainstream peaks.
    •   No watershed-wide system of uniform basins works to the extent for which they were designed. If they were
        designed to reduce peak discharges during  a given storm to predevelopment levels then their aggregate effect,
        although it may result in a reduction in peak discharge, is usually not a reduction to the designed degree
        because of the accumulation of runoff volumes downstream.

Detention basins can reduce flood  peaks - when they are selectively located in their watersheds as explained by
Leopold and Maddock (1954).  Selective planning  of publicly financed reservoirs led to the effective flood control for
the Miami River in Ohio, when the Miami  Conservancy District (USDA, 1951)  identified specific flood hazards in
Dayton and other cities; the District then located a  combination of multiple-purpose reservoirs, levees and channels to
work in concert to reduce flood damage at those points.
In an attempt to improve the performance of dry detention basins in the control of downstream flooding, the use of
extended detention is proposed. For example, ASCE/WEF (ASCE, 1998) proposed that "mean" to the "maximized"
storm volume be stored and released slowly in order to control downstream flooding and damage to the channel.
Downstream Analysis
The issue of downstream analysis is often  not addressed by local storm water management ordinances.  Debo and
Reese (1992) conducted studies for the City and County of Greenville, SC and Raleigh, NC to demonstrate how such
a policy could be developed.  This study used a  hydrologic-hydraulic computer model to analyze the downstream
effects of storm runoff from developments of different size, shape,  physical characteristics and location within larger
drainage basins.   The study  also examined different size flood events and different types of downstream drainage
systems. The results of this study  are shown in Figure 4-7, which revealed that the effects  of the development process
stabilizes at the point where the proposed development represents 5-10% of the total drainage area, depending on the
size of the development and the amount of increased impervious area.  This analysis  was used as the basis for the
formulation of the following policy concerning downstream impacts (Debo and Reese, 1992):
   a
  t*
  CJ
  s
  tt
  t.
  a.
  o
  a.
  o
  "5
  >
  6*
  Q
  a
£0

LS

LG
0,5

2.0
_} 	
!l
~~r\—
i u ,1 ™-_____J


L E. 1 ' t j
' l i f <"
t___j____J^___t_-___a^«_^
_*__, __,_-___i,™_ r
                         1C  Percent  Location
                      IS    15   EG   25  30   35    40  45  50

                    Total  Area  / Area  Developed
Figure 4-7 Determining Downstream Analysis Limits (Debo and Reese, 1992)

Reprinted with permission, originally presented in Novatech'1992.

                                                   4-19

-------
"In determining downstream effects from stormwater management  structures  and the  development, hydrologic-
hydraulic engineering studies shall extend downstream to a point where the proposed development represents less
than 10% of the total watershed draining to that point."

In developing a downstream analysis, issues that need to be addressed include: determining an appropriate design
storm and  developing  modeling efforts that  could indicate whether the release  rate for some BMPs should be
increased above the pre-disturbed rate, or that no peak rate reduction is needed. Procedures for dealing with these
controversies would need to be developed and would vary on a case-by-case basis.  Obviously, this procedure cannot
be a blind substitute for current policy, but will need to be approached with careful planning.
Channel Instability, Bank Erosion and Sediment Transport
A related issue associated with the peak discharge control strategy is the well-documented problem of increases in the
frequency and duration of stormwater discharges.  Peak discharge control strategies using detention ponds do not
eliminate runoff, they simply delay it.  The volume discharging from a detention basin is the  same  as the inflow.
When the post development volumes from different tributaries join downstream, there is nothing to prevent them
from combining to produce inadvertently high  peak rates. In the fortunate cases in which flood peaks are consistently
reduced, the receiving streams may still erode  and become unstable because in accommodating the increased volume
of runoff, relatively high erosive flows still pass through for longer periods (McCuen, 1987). As demonstrated by
McCuen (1987), the practice of detaining the extra volume of stormwater runoff and discharging it at pre-construction
peak discharge rates until the extra volume is fully dissipated has the result of creating more in-stream erosion than if
no  stormwater control were present.   This  occurs  when  the  selected  design storm focuses predominately on
downstream flood control and not on  in-stream erosion (channel protection) and the protection of aquatic habitat and
biology.
Frequency and Duration Issues
Since land  development increases the volume of stormwater runoff, impacts to the  receiving waters can include
increased peak discharges  and volumes of runoff. The result is an increased erosion and sediment load capacity that
results in erosion within streams and the prolonged flooding of higher elevations until stream geomorphology (i.e., an
increase  in  stream cross-sectional capacity)  stabilizes with  the altered hydrology.  These  sediment  loads are
responsible for degraded  receiving water quality.  Because most regulations nationwide control water quality from
land development sites but overlook  impacts  to receiving waters, the receiving water impacts to water quality are
overlooked in land development design.
Reduction  in Groundwater Recharge and Related Issues
Peak discharge control strategies are  often referred to as end-of-pipe control strategies because  they typically make
use of small BMP ponds placed at the low topographic point on development sites.  This  approach does not usually
address groundwater recharge and related issues, such as lowering of groundwater levels and reduction or loss of base
flows in small streams. There are two exceptions to this general case.  One is where infiltration ponds are used as the
BMP.  The other exception to this condition consists of recent initiatives in the State of Florida, where stormwater
management ponds are being used as  sources of gray water for lawn watering. This initiative is in part a response to
the alarming lowering of water tables in many areas of Florida.
Thermal Impacts
A negative  consequence of the peak discharge  control  strategy and the  associated use of pond BMPs is the associated
increase in thermal warming of runoff waters.  The problem is particularly acute in regions of the country that support
cold-water habitat, particularly trout and salmon fisheries.

Peak Discharge Strategies and Control of Chemical Impacts
Table 4-7 provides a brief qualitative  assessment of the effectiveness of peak discharge strategies with respect to the
chemical impact category.  Pollutant removal is not addressed directly by peak discharge control strategies.  However,
BMPs designed for peak discharge reduction can have some impact  on removal of nutrients and other chemicals.
Water quality control designs are focused more on the annual volume of runoff rather than peak storm events. Some
water quality control can be rendered by management of the smaller storm events, such as the  1-in. rainfall events and
smaller storms that typically account for  approximately 90% of the annual rainfall and runoff volumes.  This indirect
method does not give a direct indication  of the effectiveness of controlling effluent loadings and concentrations, and
must be calibrated on a local basis if design is being made for a specific effluent load or concentration limitation. It

                                                   4-20

-------
should be pointed out, however, that many of the older detention facilities used for peak discharge control include low
flow pilot channels that allow these frequent storm events to flow through the facilities with little or no management.

Table 4-7  Qualitative Assessment of Peak Discharge Control Strategies: Chemical Impact Category
 Chemical Impact
 Category
Control Strategy
Assessment
 Sediment
 Nutrients
 Metals
 Oil and grease
 Pathogens

 Organic carbons
 MTBE
 Herbicides/pesticides
 Deicers
Pollutant removal not
addressed directly by peak
discharge control strategy,
however, pond BMPs can  be
designed to provide pollutant
removal (works better when
targeting small storms, one
in. of rainfall is optimum)
Peak discharge control is not required for pollutant removal. Volume
control and peak discharge strategies can be combined in pond
BMPs. Removal rates of 47-80% reported for ponds and wetlands.
Median effluent concentrations from 17 to 28 mg/L reported.
TP removal rates of 19-51% and effluent concentrations of 0.11 to
0.20 mg/L reported for pond and wetland BMPs. TN removal rates of
25-33% and effluent concentrations of 0.86 to 1.7 mg/L reported for
pond and wetland BMPs.
Cu removal rates of 26-57% and effluent concentrations of 5 to 9
|ig/L reported for pond and wetland BMP. Zn removal rates of 26-
66% and effluent concentrations of 30 to 98 |ig/L reported for pond
and wetland BMPs
Removal rates of 3-85% reported for  ponds and wetland BMPs.
Wetland systems controlling for peak discharge can remove some
pathogens, although removal is limited.
Removal rates of 44-78% reported for ponds and wetland BMPs.
Not Applicable.
Not Applicable.
Not Applicable.
Peak Discharge Strategies and Control of Habitat and Biological Impacts
With respect to the habitat and biological impact categories, the major areas of impairment included: impairment or
loss of habitat, reduction or elimination of biologic species, and proliferation of invasive species. Table 4-8 provides a
brief qualitative assessment of the effectiveness of peak discharge  strategies with respect to the habitat and biological
impact category.

Table 4-8 Qualitative Assessment of Peak Discharge Control Strategies: Habitat and Biological Impact Categories

 Habitat and Biological    Control Strategy          Assessment
 Impact Category
 Impairment or loss of
 habitat

 Reduction or elimination
 of biological  species
   Peak discharge of design
   storms (100-, 10-, 2-yr)

   Peak discharge of design
   storms (100-, 10-, 2-yr)
 BMP systems designed to control peak discharge are not
 protective of biological habitats. (Jones, 1997; Maxted,  1997;
 Stribling, 2001)
 BMP systems designed to control peak discharge are not
 protective of biological habitats. (Jones, 1997; Maxted,  1997;
 Stribling, 2001)
Assessment of Current Water Quality Control Strategies
Water quality control of urban runoff is still a relatively new and developing technology. Section 2 documented the
current status of regulatory requirements regarding water quality control.  The EPA does not currently have specific
concentration levels, numeric or quantitative, for water quality control for urban runoff. This situation may change in
the future as effluent limitation guidelines are promulgated.  In the interim, EPA leaves it up to the States and local
municipalities to determine the level of protection included in the SWPPPs.

During the original drafting of this document in 2001, 38 States did not have specific requirements for water quality
control in stormwater management.  The States that do have water quality control requirements usually specify one of
two: 1) control of a given volume of runoff (1/2 to 1.0 inch) or 2) a percentage removal rate for one or more pollutants
(80% SS is the most frequently used).  Typically States require that the runoff volume be computed but assume that
all approved BMPs will meet the targeted removal goals.
                                                     4-21

-------
There  are  certain situations, such  as  the  conduct of watershed-wide  water quality  management plans or the
development of water quality retrofit plans for combined sewer areas in which one would like to have a more detailed
and precise approach to designing BMPs, particularly settling facilities such as large ponds, to achieve a targeted level
of water quality management.  Specific guidance for this type of water quality design is provided in Volume 2 for
vegetative biofilters BMPs and Volume 3 for pond BMPs.

Pollutants and Sources
Land development generates pollutants from traditional point sources, such as wastewater, and from more diffuse
sources, such as stormwater runoff. The CWA has had stringent controls in force for decades to control point source
discharges through the NPDES program. The diffuse sources are controlled in part by NPDES stormwater programs,
which involve less rigorous controls.  A summary of pollutant yields on an annual basis and as EMC are given in the
following subsections.  Some of these pollutants are released at concentrations  in excess of the woodland conditions
that  existed at some time  prior to construction.  Pollutants typically include nutrients, bacteria and heavy metals.
Other pollutants are new to the receiving waters, such as  forms of volatile synthetic materials.  Various petroleum
products and additives are  also new to many receiving waters.  Additional pollutants can also include trash, sediment
loads, temperature, and even non-native and invasive biological species.
Except  for nutrients, the  summarized data show that concentration  of pollutants  in  stormwater  runoff can be
comparable to treated domestic  wastewater. When the concentration is multiplied by the large quantity of water in
runoff, the total loading from urban areas can be greater than that in treated domestic sewage.  Thus, when untreated
urban runoff is discharged directly into  receiving waters,  the pollutant loads can be  much greater than those from
treated domestic sewage and are rightfully a matter of concern (EPA, 1999).

Pollutant Concentrations and Loadings
The  BMP designer may find it helpful to develop an estimate of the pollutant concentrations and loadings for the
constituents of concern on his project. Two general situations, or a combination of the two, may be  encountered in
design. The first case occurs when a designer is planning a new facility on previously undeveloped land and wishes to
make an estimate of anticipated pollutant loads after the  development is  built. This situation will require that the
designer develop estimates on anticipated pollutant concentrations from similar land uses. This can be accomplished
by collecting data from similar land use or by using the available pollutant concentration data for similar land uses.

The  second situation occurs when the BMP design consists of a water quality retrofit for an existing developed area.
In this case one can collect actual data for the existing land uses and their runoff.   Because water quality monitoring
is very expensive and time consuming, the designer may choose to develop estimates based on available data for
similar land uses.  The designer can also use a combination of the two approaches using limited storm monitoring and
sampling to verify and calibrated modeling estimates.
There are three well-documented approaches for developing pollutant loading estimates from existing data: the NURP
studies use of EMC, the nationwide regression equation method developed by the USGS (Tasker and Driver, 1988)
and the simple method developed by the  Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments (Schueler, 1987). These
three approaches are summarized in Appendix D. The use of a process-based approach, i.e., the IDEAL spreadsheet
(Hayes et al, 2001) is discussed in further detail in Volumes 2 and 3.

Pollutant Reduction Requirements
A strategy for controlling the mass of pollutants released into receiving waters is to require that a specified amount of
the pollutant(s) of concern be removed from the stormwater runoff before it  is discharged from the  point of
compliance. The  reduction is commonly specified as a percentage reduction of the pollutant(s) of concern, and the
compliance point  will usually be the municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) or final stormwater discharge
location in the regulated subwatershed.  Municipal pollution reduction standards may apply  to the pollutant loads
from impervious areas or  from  the entire developed area  including open  space and pervious areas.   The pollution
reduction strategy requires a specific reduction in the average mass of pollutant(s) of concern in discharges from the
specified subwatershed. An example is the federal requirement to use EPA's guidance issued pursuant to the CZARA
that  specifies that urban runoff from a new and stabilized development site have 80% of the SS removed before it is
discharged from the site. The CZARA example is a voluntary program  and applies only to new land development in
municipalities not covered  by the NPDES Storm Water Program in coastal States. When calculating the average mass
of SS, the CZARA considers only discharges generated by the 2-yr, 23-hour frequency storm or smaller storms.

                                                   4-22

-------
Implementing the  pollution reduction  strategy requires knowledge of the preconstruction and post development
average mass of pollutant(s). This is usually accomplished by using pollutant loading factors from a developed site or
EMCs from sites that are comparable to a proposed development site. It is possible to conduct long-term monitoring
to determine the mass of preconstruction pollutants, but the post development masses need to be  estimated so that
stormwater  management controls can  be designed and permitted.   Post development monitoring is not  usually
required or implemented as part of the permit approval process, though some municipalities are beginning to require
post development monitoring.  The stormwater management controls that are proposed for a site development are
designed and approved by permitting agencies based on the best available knowledge.  Once the design is approved
by the permitting agency and  constructed as designed, developers are not usually expected to  retrofit stormwater
controls if monitoring determines that they do not achieve the expected pollutant reduction goal.
The pollution reduction  strategy is an effective means of reducing the mass of new  and additional  pollutants arising
from land development activities.  It also specifies a goal to be achieved without mandating the specific controls that
to are be used. The strategy is generally considered to be effective if the regulating municipality selects an achievable
pollutant reduction, and ensures that the stormwater controls are properly  selected, designed, constructed, operated
and maintained.
There are several limits to the  effectiveness of this strategy in achieving desired water quality protections.  Four of
these are presented below:
    1.   Total pollutant loads and maximum concentrations arising from a single storm event may exceed desired
        levels.
    2.   The strategy  is designed to control pollutants discharged from a development site.  It does not explicitly
        require protections at the receiving waters, so discharges from numerous development sites could combine to
        exceed desired pollutant masses in receiving waters.
    3.   The reduction goal needs to be generic to accommodate the variety of site conditions in a municipality. Pre
        construction  effluent characteristics and receiving water requirements will vary across a municipality as will
        post development characteristics.  Criteria and standards developed to control water quality pollution from the
        broad range of environmental conditions present could be too lenient in some cases and too strict in others.
    4.   The pollutant removal efficiencies of stormwater technologies are not well defined. Existing guidance on the
        design of stormwater controls typically includes a broad range of pollutant removal efficiencies that is a result
        of the monitoring methods used to collect and analyze effectiveness data, site and seasonal variability, and
        other factors. This range in reported effectiveness leads to uncertainties in the selection and design of the
        treatment processes to be used to meet the pollutant reduction goals.

Some of these concerns are being addressed by ongoing  investigations and innovative approaches that are being
developed and tested by some municipalities.  For  example, evaluating compliance with  the pollutant  reduction
strategy may  entail  a subjective judgment because monitoring  standards  and guidance  generally are not  well
documented and implemented. A continuing study jointly  funded by the ASCE and EPA seeks to provide tools that
describe stormwater control monitoring and  expand a database that can  be used to estimate stormwater  control
effectiveness. This project has resulted  in the development  of the ASCE/EPA BMP Database web site, which can be
accessed  at: http/www.bmpdatabase.com.   Some graphical results from this ongoing project  are presented in
Appendix E. Several municipalities and professional organizations are also studying the impacts of pollutant loads on
receiving water quality and aquatic biology. These studies are expected to define and refine the understanding of and
relationship between development activities, stormwater controls and receiving water responses.
Despite presently available BMP performance data that can indicate general performance levels and  ranges and active
programs  that will in time improve our understanding, pollutant reductions that will result from any particular BMP
design based on parametric models cannot be predicted with a high degree of accuracy. Emerging first principal
physics-based models may be able to better predict removals, however the input data to these models is not as well
developed as is needed.

Not-to-Exceed Concentration Requirements for New Development
Another strategy designed to prevent short- and long-term harm to humans and the environment  is to specify that
pollutants of concern in  stormwater  discharged at the   MS4s  from developed sites  cannot  exceed  specified
concentrations. A number of States and municipalities have established maximum permissible concentration criteria

                                                   4-23

-------
and standards for pollutants such as SS or turbidity, and some have also developed criteria and standards for nutrients,
oil and grease, metals and other pollutants.  While these concentrations are typically specified at the MS4 discharge
locations from developments, States or municipalities may require that the development activity not cause impacts to
receiving waters that exceed minimum concentrations of some parameters such as dissolved oxygen.

By  requiring that  pollutants in stormwater effluent not exceed  a predetermined concentration, municipalities can
control worst-case conditions.  As commonly implemented, such a requirement does not prevent the average pollutant
load released from a development site from exceeding  pre-construction conditions.   The design of structures that
achieve these controls is subject to the same degree of uncertainty as described above for the percentage reduction
strategy, but the not-to-exceed concentration strategy gives the governing municipality a  ready means (i.e., effluent
monitoring) of ensuring that its goal is met and puts the responsibility on the developer to properly design and retrofit,
if necessary, the stormwater controls needed to achieve the effluent concentration requirements. Another drawback to
the  strategy is that establishing concentration limits is based on the  existing understanding of how water  quality and
aquatic biology respond to changes in pollutant loads. The current understanding is an estimate of both the ability of
the  receiving water to accommodate changes in pollutant loads and the impacts that aquatic biology can withstand in
the  short- and long-terms.

Water Quality  Control Strategies and Control of Physical Impacts
In the physical impact category, the major areas of impairment or change to the use of the receiving  waters are:

    •   increased flooding
    •   channel  instability and erosion
    •   reduction in groundwater recharge and related issues
    •   increased sediment transport
    •   thermal impacts.

Table 4-9 provides a brief qualitative  assessment of the effectiveness of water quality control strategies with respect
to the physical impact category.

Table 4-9 Qualitative Assessment of Water Quality Control Strategies in the Physical Impact Category
Physical Impact Category
Increased flooding
Channel instability and
erosion
Control Strategy
Not a water quality control
strategy
Not a water quality control
strategy

Not applicable
Not applicable
Assessment

  Reduction in groundwater
  recharge and related issues


  Increased sediment
  transport


  Thermal impacts
Capture and treat first flush, or 1-
yr, 2-yr or larger design storm
volumes using infiltration practices

Percentage load  reduction or
maximum effluent limits

Capture and treat first flush, or 1-
yr, 2-yr or larger design storm
volumes
Generally designed for groundwater or peak
discharge control, but can be effective in removal of
phosphorus, particulate matter, some pathogens
and other pollutants.
Effectively reduces sediment loads of overland flow,
with effectiveness decreasing as finer particle loads
increase.
Increased exposure to warm, impervious surfaces
and solar radiation of retained stormwater increases
water temperatures.
Water Quality Control Strategies and Control of Chemical Impacts
In the chemical impact category, the major areas of impairment or change to the use of the receiving waters are:

    •   sediment
    •   nutrients
    •   metals
    •   oil and grease
    •   pathogens
    •   organic carbon compounds
    •   MTBE.
                                                    4-24

-------
Table  4-10 provides a brief qualitative  assessment of the effectiveness of water quality control strategies in the
chemical impact category.

Water Quality Control Strategies and Control of Habitat and Biological Impacts
In the habitat and biological impact category, the major areas of impairment  or change to the use of the receiving
waters are:

    •   impairment or loss of habitat
    •   reduction or elimination of biologic species
    •   invasive species.

Table 4-11 provides a brief qualitative assessment of the effectiveness of peak discharge strategies with respect to the
habitat and biological impact categories.

Table 4-10  Qualitative Assessment of Water Quality Control  Strategies in the Chemical  Impact Category
 Chemical Impact
 Category
                      Control
                      Strategy
                                  Assessment
 Sediment


 Nutrients


 Metals

 Oil and grease

 Pathogens
 Organic carbon
 compounds
 MTBE

 Herbicides and
 pesticides
 Deicers
                  First flush,
                  design storm
                  volume,
                  percentage
                  reduction and/or
                  maximum
                  effluent
                  limitations, and
                  pollution
                  prevention
Pollutant loads are reduced by these methods, though generally not to predevelopment
conditions; the BMPs chosen can have a wide range of effectiveness based on treatment
technology and site conditions.
See above. Biological processes that remove pollutants can be affected by seasonal
changes. Attraction of pet and wildlife to some water control structures can increase
nutrient loads.
Similar to sediment control, effective in removing particulate metals but not dissolved
metals, unless cation filtering processes are employed.
Structural BMP applications, such as oil/water separators, are ineffective due to lapses in
maintenance and operation.
Not generally a focus of stormwater controls other than through pollution prevention
techniques and disconnection of illicit discharges, which can effectively protect human
health if consistently applied.
Total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) and hazardous material contaminants are controlled
by other regulations and, except for TPH, are generally not present in stormwater runoff in
large quantities. Pollution prevention techniques are effective at reducing but not
eliminating this pollutant.
Not readily removed by standard control strategies and breakdown products can be more
detrimental than MTBE.
See organic carbons.  In high concentrations, these pollutants can degrade or remove
biological processes that remove other pollutants, such as nutrients and organic carbons.
Not effective in removing roadway deicers, which are highly soluble materials. Recovery
systems such as those used at airports are effective but not applicable to most urban
runoff situations.
Table 4-11  Qualitative Assessment of Water Quality Control Strategies in the Habitat and Biological Impact Categories

                             Control Strategy                             Assessment
Habitat and Biological
   Impact Category
 Impairment or loss of
 habitat

 Reduction or elimination
 of biological species.

 Invasive species
                        First flush, design storm
                        volume, percent
                        reduction and/or
                        maximum effluent
                        limitations, and pollution
                        prevention
             Water quality is a component of habitat and species stress.
             Treatment processes are available to treat most on-site pollutants
             of concern (nutrients, metals and sediment). Deicers require
             special pollution prevention practices that are not common on
             highway treatment systems.
                                                       4-25

-------
                                Section 5  BMP Types and Selection
This section provides a brief review and summary of the major BMP types and the factors that govern the selection of
the appropriate BMP for a specific site. Guidance is provided on the following elements of BMP selection:

    •   BMP types
    •   removal processes occurring in treatment BMPs
    •   BMP selection
    •   impact area and design objectives
    •   on-site versus regional
    •   watershed factors
    •   terrain factors
    •   physical suitability factors
    •   community and environmental factors
    •   location and permitting factors.

BMP Types
BMPs for control of urban runoff can be generally grouped into two major categories that include; 1) source control
BMPs and 2) treatment control BMPs.  Source control BMPs are practices that prevent pollution by reducing potential
pollutants at their sources before they  come into contact with stormwater,  while  treatment controls, as the name
implies, are methods to treat or  remove pollutants from stormwater  (ASCE,  1998).  Table 5-1 provides a listing of
source control BMPs, and Table 5-2 provides a listing of treatment control BMPs and whether or not guidelines are
provided in this series of documents.

Table 5-1 Listing of Source Control  BMPs
 MAJOR CATEGORIES
SOURCE CONTROL PRACTICE
 A- Public Education

 B - Planning and
 Management
 C - Materials Handling
 D - Street/Storm Drain
 Maintenance

 E - Spill Prevention and
 Cleanup
 F - Illegal Dumping Controls

 G - Illicit Connection Control
 H - Stormwater Reuse
Al - Public Education and Outreach
B1 - Better Site Planning
B2 - Vegetative Controls
B3 - Reduce Impervious Areas
C1 - Alternative Product Substitution
D1 - Street Cleaning
D2 - Catch Basin Cleaning
D3 - Storm Drain Flushing
E1 - Above Ground Tank  Spill Control

F1 - Storm Drain  Stenciling
F2 - Household Hazardous Waste Collection
G1 - Illicit Connection Prevention
G2 - Illicit Connection Detection and
Removal
H1 - Landscape Watering
B4 - Disconnect Impervious Areas
B5 - Greenroofs

C2 - Housekeeping Practices
D4 - Road and Bridge Maintenance
D5 - BMP Maintenance
D6 - Storm  Channel and Creek Maintenance
E2 - Vehicle Spill Control

F3 - Used Oil Recycling
F4 - Illegal Dumping Controls
G3 - Leaking Sanitary Sewer Control
H2-Toilet Flushing

-------
Table 5-2 Treatment BMPs

A



B
C



D


E



F

MAJOR CATEGORIES
- PONDS



- WETLANDS
-INFILTRATION



- VEGETATIVE BIOFILTERS


-FILTERS



-OTHER

TREATMENT BMPS
A1 - Extended Detention Basin (Dry)
A2 - Retention Pond (Wet)
A3 - Wetland Pond
A4 - Infiltration Pond
See A3
C1 - Infiltration Trench
C2 - Infiltration Pond (See A4)
C3 - Permeable Pavements
C4 - Bioretention
D1 - Grass Swales (Wet, Dry)
D2- Filter Strip /Buffer
D3 - Bioretention
E1 - Sand Filter
E2 - Perimeter Filter
E3 - Media Filter
E4 - Underground Filter
F1 - Inlet Filters
F2 - Others
GUIDELINES
PROVIDED
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
A combination of source controls and one or more treatment BMPs, i.e. a treatment train approach, may be needed to
meet design objectives, depending on the stormwater management goals and objectives identified for a specific site or
area. The distinction between source controls and treatment controls is very clear in some cases, but less so in others.
Street sweeping for pollutant removal is one BMP that could be considered either source control or treatment control.
The use of vegetation to disconnect directly impervious surfaces such as rooftops, driveways, parking lots and streets,
is another example of a BMP that could be a considered source or treatment control. Some of the newer concepts for
urban runoff management, such as better site planning techniques (CWP,  1998) and LID technology (EPA, 2000a,b),
focus on the use of planning techniques and micro scale integrated landscape based practices to prevent or reduce the
impacts of urban runoff at the very point where these impacts would be  generated. These approaches tend to have
very close overlap between preventative source control approaches and small-scale treatment approaches that blur the
distinction between these two types of BMPs.
This three-volume guidance  document is focused primarily at  selected  treatment-type BMPs.   Specifically, these
guidance documents address two major groupings of treatment BMPs: 1) ponds and 2)  vegetative biofilters.  The
ponds  are clearly treatment  BMPs,  whereas by their  nature some of the vegetative biofilters, particularly  the
vegetative buffer or filter strip, is one of the BMPs that bridges the definitions of source and treatment controls.
Historically stormwater management technology has focused more on the treatment type of BMPs, particularly pond
BMPs.  However the  current trend in BMP  technology, spurred by our growing awareness  of the range and
complexity of issues associated with our overall goals of maintaining the ecological integrity of our receiving waters,
as mandated by the CWA, leans toward the use  of integrated stormwater management approaches that include one or
more source controls, as well as one or more treatment (i.e., treatment train) controls.


Removal Processes Occurring in Treatment BMPs
Several treatment technologies are used to treat nonhazardous stormwater runoff (runoff that is not controlled by the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act [CERCLA], Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act [RCRA], Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act [FIFRA], Oil Pollution Act [OPA] or
related hazardous and controlled substances acts). The processes occurring in treatment BMPs (Table 5-3) include:
settling, sorption, filtration, infiltration, biodegradation/bioassimilation, nitrification/denitrification, volatilization and
phytoremediation. One or more of these treatment processes may occur in the treatment BMP systems to remove
pollutants.
                                                   5-2

-------
Table 5-3 Removal Processes Occurring in Treatment BMPs
Pollutant
Constituents
Heavy Metals
Toxic Organics
Nutrients
Solids
Oil and Grease
BOD5
Pathogens
Pond
Sorption
Settling
Sorption
Biodegradation
Settling
Phytovolatilization
Bioassimilation
Settling
Sorption
Settling
Biodegradation
Settling
UV (sunlight)
Predation
Treatment BMP Type and Process Mechanism
Wetland Infiltration Biofilter
Sorption
Settling
Phytoremediation
Sorption
Biodegradation
Settling
Phytovolatilization
Bioassimilation
Phytoremediation
Sorption
Settling
Sorption
Settling
Biodegradation
UV (sunlight)
Predation
Sorption
Filtration
Adsorption
Filtration
Sorption
Sorption
Filtration
Sorption
Biodegradation
Filtration
Sorption
Filtration
Phytoremediation
Settling
Sorption
Filtration
Settling
Phytovolatilization
Sorption
Bioassimilation
Phytoremediation
Sorption
Filtration
Settling
Sorption
Settling
Biodegradation
Filtration
Settling
Sand Filter
Sorption
Filtration
Sorption
Filtration
Sorption
Filtration
Sorption
Biodegradation
Filtration
Settling
Settling or sedimentation occurs when particles have a greater density than the surrounding liquid.  The settling
process in stormwater management is determined by the particle size and settling velocity, turbulence or short-
circuiting, peak flow-through rate  and volume of water (Stahre and  Urbonas, 1990).  Soil particles and SS are
removed primarily through settling. In addition, because many of the other pollutants including nitrogen, phosphorus,
metals and bacteria are attached or sorbed to the soil particles, these pollutants they are also removed from the water
column.
Particle size directly affects the pollutant settling ability: the smaller the particle size, the longer it takes to settle.
Conversely, the larger the particle, the faster its settling velocity is.  Particle size, however, is not the only factor in
settling ability.  This relationship also depends on the difference between the density of the fluid  suspending the
particle and the density of the particle.  Large, dense particles, such as sand, will fall through fluid at a faster rate than
smaller, less dense particles, such as clay.  The volume of particles suspended within the fluid also factors into this
process.  Stahre and Urbonas (1990) indicated that the more particles suspended within the fluid, the faster the rate of
settling but at some point, the rate of settling will bottom out.
Turbulence, eddies, multilayered flows, circulation currents and diffusion at inlets and outlets  affect the settling
ability of particles.  Each of these factors can  resuspend particles into the water column.  Kuo (1976) found that
sedimentation would improve as  flow-through rate  and surface loading decreases.  The difference was  most
significant for larger particles; however, this study did not go  beyond the laboratory.  Actual field conditions must
take into account the particle settling velocity and surface loading rates during  runoff conditions.  Sediment removal
under these conditions varies with storm intensity. The size of the body of water relative  to  stormwater runoff will
also determine the  settling ability of sediment.  The larger  the stormwater loading  rate, the lower the removal of
sediment by settling.   Settling also occurs after stormwater is trapped and ponded between storms.  Because the
intervals between storm  events are a random process, understanding the  effective ratio of storage volume to mean
runoff rate and the ratio of sediment volume  removed  to  mean  runoff rate  is essential to predicting long-term
averages.
                                                     5-3

-------
The most widely used stormwater management practices that employ the sedimentation process are retention and
detention structures such as ponds and constructed wetlands. These can be designed to effectively remove sediment
from  stormwater.   Several  factors are considered during the design processes:  retention  or detention features,
detention time, storm intensity and duration, and return period of storms.
As described more fully in Volume 3, stormwater management basins with a permanent pool of water have a removal
percentage of SS of about 50-90% (Wotzka and Oberts, 1988; Yousef et al, 1986; Cullum, 1985; Driscoll, 1983,
Driscoll et al.,  1986; MWCOG, 1983; OWML, 1983; Holler, 1989;  Martin, 1988; Dorman et al.,  1989; City of
Austin,  1990).  Extended detention ponds have a similar percentage of removal (MWCOG, 1983; City of Austin,
1990; OWML, 1987).  Some researchers  have  found, however, that detention ponds will have  lower sediment
removal efficiency over the long term than retention ponds. This is because an opportunity exists for new storm flows
to resuspend sediments deposited on the detention pond bed from previous storm events.
The typical detention time for detention basins in the U.S. is from 6 to 48 hours.  The longer the detention time, the
more time particles have to settle before the  stormwater is discharged to the receiving water. The detention time must
be long enough for the desired particulates to settle from the stormwater, yet the full volume of storage should also be
available for the next storm event.  Thus a 2-day period for the temporary storage and treatment of stormwater is the
typical maximum  period since this seems to balance the pollutant removal goals with the between-storm interval
during the rainy season in many locations.
As mentioned earlier, the settling process can remove particulate materials and those dissolved materials that may
sorb to  settleable  particles.   However, the  removal  rate by settling of pollutants other than sediment particles is
inconclusive.  Part of the confusion  is related to which removal process in a stormwater management structure is
responsible for removing a pollutant.  In  retention  ponds, for example, several processes  occur simultaneously:
settling, biological uptake, volatilization,  infiltration to  groundwater and sorption. While nitrogen, phosphorus and
bacteria may be removed to some extent by  sorption  to larger  particulates, this is not expected to be a primary
mechanism for their treatment.  Metals,  however, are  present in particulate and dissolved form and some metals
species can be removed by coagulation and sedimentation.

With respect to speciation, recent runoff data from a heavily traveled highway site in Cincinnati, OH, indicate that, in
general, cadmium, copper and zinc  can  be found substantially in dissolved  form,  depending on the storm event
(Sansalone et al., 1994).  For a series of five storm events, the event mean dissolved fraction ranged  from 0.535 to
0.955 mg/L for zinc, from 0.446  to 0.964 mg/L for cadmium and from 0.310 to 0.713 mg/L for copper.  In contrast,
lead tends to be in the particulate form; the dissolved fraction ranged  from 0.179 to 0.451 mg/L. Factors cited by
Sansalone et al.,  (1994) that affect event-to-event variation in the dissolved fraction include  rainfall  pH and the
average residence time of the runoff.
With respect to particle size  fractions, a number of researchers have found that the smaller particles tend to be more
mobilized during storm events and  the concentration of metals to increase with decreasing particle size (Sartor et al.,
1974). Recent highway runoff particle fraction data show that the surface area per unit of mass within different size
fractions increases with decrease in particle size (Sansalone et al., 1994); thus metal concentrations would similarly
increase with the  smaller sized  particles.  On the basis of 13 monitored events from the  highway  runoff site in
Cincinnati, the median particle diameter was about 570 • m (Sansalone et al., 1994).

Filtration
The filtration process can remove  sediment and other  pollutants  as stormwater  passes through a filtering system.
Existing media filtration practices  commonly  use trenches filled  with  sand or peat. Typically, stormwater filters
remove particulates and adsorbed pollutants, such as sediment, organic carbon, phosphorus and many trace metals.
Particulate pollutants are trapped by cation/anion exchange or are prevented from moving beyond the filter.  In some
cases, the filtration process can increase the pollutant level of stormwater. Filters that inadvertently become anaerobic
and nitrify organic nitrogen can release ammonia and  nitrate into stormwater.  Once the treatment volume is achieved
during a given storm the excess runoff bypasses the filter and is untreated.

Sorption
The clay and organic particles in soil hold negative charges. The ability of soil and organic matter to hold cations,
such as phosphorus and aluminum,  represent the soil's cation exchange capacity.  This process is most readily used to

                                                    5-4

-------
filter pollutants from storm water. Organic matter, such as peat or leaf matter, in the filter media bind pollutants to the
filter via cation exchange  capacity.  The  treatment of all runoff through filter media (Stewart, 1992) and biofilters,
such as the bioretention cell (Clar and Green, 1993 and Clar et al., 1993), are  other examples of cation exchange
processes.  A shallow basin collects the runoff and gradually discharges through a filter media filled with planting
soil, peat or composted leaf media.  The media trap particulates (through filtration)  and sorb  organic  chemicals,
removing up to 90% of solids, 85% of oil  and grease and 82-98% of heavy metals (through cation exchange from leaf
decomposition) of stormwater that passes through the filter.
The extent to which a given metal is adsorbed is affected by a number of factors, including the competitive effects of
other ionic metals, the presence of iron and manganese oxides, the presence of organic carbon and especially pH
(Maidment,  1993).  Treatment  trains  that include  adsorptive media may provide effective treatment for dissolved
metals.   Such  media include compost, granulated activated carbon or diatomaceous earth, all of which  work on a
cation exchange principle.  Pilot laboratory testing of different filter media conducted by Robert Pitt at the University
of Alabama/Birmingham show the following removal efficiencies (Pitt et al., 1995):

    •   sand filter-45% (zinc)
    •   composted leaves-88% (zinc),  67% (copper)
    •   peat moss-80% (trace metals in general).

Phytoremediation
Plants break down  organic pollutants through their metabolic processes.  Aquatic plants have been used to treat
wastewater and constructed wetlands have been used to treat farming effluent and mining runoff.  Phytoremediation
refers to the use of plants  to degrade,  sequester and stabilize organic and metal pollutants in stormwater.  Plants are
able to  volatilize contaminants (volatile organic compounds) from soil  or water via phytovolatilization.  More
recently, the bacterial activity associated with the roots  of grasses and other plants has  been explored for its organic
degradation potential. The efficiency  of phytoremediation varies and depends on the depth of soil and the type and
species of pollutants in water that are most available for plant uptake.

Designing Using Treatment Train BMPs
Targeted effluent  quality from BMPs can usually be achieved using a series of BMPs in a treatment train. This can
apply to new designs as well as  to retrofit existing BMP facilities. An example of a four stage design is to have filter
strips drain to swales that convey the stormwater to a retention pond that has a forebay.
A treatment train BMP  process should be capable of achieving  the targeted effluent quality  concentration or
degradation  in the designed treatment system. Effectiveness may  be assessed in terms of a specific  stressor of
concern (e.g., flow, nutrients, pathogens, sediment or toxics) or groups of pollutants.  If there are no existing pollutant
removal or water quality  control measures currently  being implemented, and the planned BMP provides a certain
degree of treatment, the  BMP  system may be considered effective by default.  Furthermore, the designed BMP
treatment train (or multi-tiered approach)  should achieve a minimum level of pollutant  reduction to produce effluent
water quality parameters  that comply the regulatory requirements.   Otherwise the recommended BMP treatment
system should not be considered effective.
Pretreatment is recommended where the site has sufficient space to  reduce incoming velocities and capture coarser
sediment particles in order to  extend the design  life  and reduce replacement maintenance of the  primary BMP
downstream.   The  pretreatment method may include  a  vegetative filter strip, swale  or  may  incorporate other
techniques to aid  in extending the design life of the primary BMP.  Historically, the primary purpose of vegetated
filter strips has been to enhance  the quality of stormwater runoff on small sites in a treatment system approach, or as a
pretreatment device for another  BMP.  The dense vegetative cover facilitates conventional pollutant removal through
detention, filtration by vegetation, sediment deposition, infiltration and adsorption in the soil (Yu and Kaighn, 1992).
Vegetated filter strips may be  used as a pretreatment  BMP  in conjunction  with a primary BMP.  Retention and
detention basins should be designed to promote sediment deposition near the point of inflow.  A forebay with a
volume  equal to approximately  10% of the total design volume can help with maintenance of the basin and extend the
service life of the  remainder of the basin.  Pretreatment reduces the sediment and particulate pollutant load that could
                                                    5-5

-------
reach the primary BMP, which,  in turn, reduces the BMP's maintenance costs and enhances its pollutant removal
capabilities.
The extended detention concept  was introduced to overcome the limitations of early  detention pond strategies and
provide more and better control of the smaller and more frequent storm events that were unaffected and just passed
through the basin.  Basically, extended detention refers to designing or retrofitting the outlet so that these smaller
storms that pass through ponds designed for larger storms without being detained are now detained for longer periods
than they would otherwise be held.  With relatively simple modifications to the outlet control structure, trapping of
particles with significant settling velocities  could  be enhanced. The extended  detention approach  can  provide
extended detention of 6, 12,  24 or 48 hours, which provides longer holding times, increased removal for particulates
with lower  settling velocities, and thus higher pollutant removal performance.   The ASCE/WEF design manual
recommends emptying the entire  volume over a 24 to 48 hour time period (ASCE/ WEF, 1998); the longer emptying
time increases SS removal.
Because of the poorly documented stormwater pollutant control effectiveness of flood control detention basins, these
controls cannot themselves be recommended as viable water quality control measures (Moffa et al., 2000).  However,
detention basins can be very  effective when used in conjunction with other stormwater  control  practices.  At a
minimum, a two-stage basin is preferable for extended detention basins. The lower stage typically has  a micropool
that fills frequently. This reduces the periods of standing water and sediment deposition in the remainder of the basin.
This recommendation does not necessarily apply to large, regional extended detention basins, and the impact of these
considerations varies with climate and soil types.


BMP Selection
There are a number of factors and considerations that can help to identify the appropriate  BMP or combination of
BMPs to address the design objectives for a given site or watershed. These factors can be organized into  a number of
groupings that are listed below:

    •    impact area and design objectives
    •    onsite versus regional controls
    •    watershed factors
    •    terrain factors
    •    stormwater treatment suitability
    •    physical feasibility factors
    •    community and environmental factors
    •    locational and permitting factors.

Some general guidance for each of these major groupings is provided in Section 5.3.


Impact Area and Design  Objectives
Section 1 of this volume identified and grouped the major impact areas associated with urban stormwater  runoff.
These major areas of impact included:

    •    physical impact areas
            •   flooding
            •   channel erosion
            •   ground water recharge and base flow maintenance
            •   thermal (increase in stream temperatures)
    •    chemical impact area
    •    habitat and biological impact areas.

In addition, in  Section  3, the requirements of the  Federal,  State and local agencies were summarized.   Clearly
different regions of the U.S.  and the local governments within these regions have  differing needs and issues that lead
them  to adopt  stormwater management goals and objectives that are  appropriate for their  specific  needs. This
                                                    5-6

-------
document does not attempt to define what an appropriate level of stormwater management is for any given area, or
what design goals and objectives should be used.  Rather, this manual recognizes that different levels of stormwater
management performance goals and objectives exist and tries to provide guidance on how to address and select the
BMPs that are appropriate for a given design objective.  A series of tables, Table 5-4 thru 5-8, summarize the
available data either qualitative or quantitative that documents the ability of major BMP groups listed in Table 5-2, to
address the technical issues associated with the three major impact areas (Clar et al., 2001). It should be noted that
most BMPs currently in place and evaluated were not designed to address geomorphic criteria, thermal impacts or
specific habitat or biological impacts, so it should come as no surprise that the older BMPs are not accomplishing
these goals.

Table 5-4 Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category A- Stormwater Ponds
 BMP
Chemical Impacts
Physical Impacts
Habitat and Biological Impacts
Wet (Retention)    Over 33 studies reporting on the
Pond             effectiveness of wet ponds at
                  reducing/removing SS, TP, TN, OP,
                  NO3, metals, bacteria (ASCE, 2000;
                  CWP, 2000)
Extended          Over 24 studies reporting on the
Detention Basin    effectiveness of dry/extended
                  detention basins at reducing/
                  removing SS, TP, TN, OP, NO3,
                  metals, bacteria (ASCE, 2000;
                  CWP, 2000)
                               Implementation of BMPs has
                               been largely ineffective in
                               controlling the physical impacts
                               on the stream channel resulting
                               from urbanization.  Ponds
                               usually do not provide
                               groundwater  recharge. Ponds
                               can provide peak discharge
                               control, but sometimes
                               increase downstream flooding.
                           Structural stormwater practices
                           have little or no ability to mitigate
                           the adverse impacts of urban
                           stormwater runoff on the macro
                           invertebrate community. Ponds
                           pose a risk to cold water systems
                           because of their potential for stream
                           warming.
On-Site Versus Regional Controls
The decision of whether to use an on-site or a regional approach can have a strong influence on the selection of the
BMP type. Some treatment BMPs, such as ponds and wetlands, can be used either as stand-alone on-site treatment
controls or as part of regional controls for stormwater management. Others, including swales, filters strips, infiltration
and percolation, media filters, oil and  water separators, are designed only for on-site use. Within the on-site use
group, there is a new subset of emerging practices referred to as micro-scale multi-functional management practices
that are intended to be integrated into a site's landscape. Many of the onsite practices such as the swale and  filter
strips fall within this group, as well as some new biofilter practices such as the bioretention cell.
                                                     5-7

-------
Table 5-5  Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category B - Stormwater Wetlands
 BMP
Chemical Impacts
        Physical Impacts
Habitat and
Biological
 Pond-        11 studies reporting on the effectiveness of
 Wetland      pond/wetland system at reducing/removing SS, TP, TN,
 System       NO3, metals, bacteria (ASCE, 2000; CWP, 2000)
 Extended     5 studies reporting on the effectiveness of pond/wetland
 Detention     system at reducing/removing SS, TP, TN, NO3, metals,
 Wetland      bacteria (ASCE, 2000; CWP, 2000)
 Shallow      11 Studies reporting on the effectiveness  of
 Marsh        pond/wetland system at reducing/removing SS, TN, TP,
              NO3, metals, bacteria (ASCE, 2000; CWP, 2000)
 Submerged   1 study reporting on the effectiveness of pond/wetland
 Gravel        system at reducing/removing SS, TP, TN, NO3, metals,
 Wetland      bacteria (ASCE, 2000; CWP, 2000)
                                                   Wetlands can be designed for
                                                   flood control by providing flood
                                                   storage above the level of the
                                                   permanent pool, but are
                                                   subject to the same limitations
                                                   as ponds. Wetlands are
                                                   ineffective at protecting
                                                   channels. Wetlands usually do
                                                   not provide groundwater.
                                     Wetlands pose
                                     a risk to cold
                                     water systems
                                     because of
                                     their potential
                                     for stream
                                     warming.
Table 5-6  Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category  C - Infiltration
 BMP
Chemical Impacts
Physical Impacts
Habitat and
Biological
 Infiltration     Very little information is available; one study
 Basin        reported that an infiltration basin sized to treat
              runoff form 1-in. storm is effective at removing
              SS (75%), P (60 to 70%), N (55-60%), metals
              (85 to 90%), bacteria (90%) (Schueler 1987;
              ASCE, 1999; CWP, 2000).
 Infiltration     Infiltration trench sized to treat runoff form 1-in.
 Trench       storm is effective at removing SS (75%), P (60-
              70%), N (55 to 60%), metals (85-90%) and
              bacteria (90%) (Schueler, 1987; ASCE, 1999;
              CWP, 2000).
 Pervious     A study in Prince William VA (Schueler, 1987)
 and          recorded pollutant removal effectiveness for
 Modular      SS (82%), TP (65%), TN (80%).
 Pavement    A study in Rockville, MD ( Schueler, 1987)
              recorded pollutant removal effectiveness for
              SS (95%), TP (65%), TN (85%), COD (82%),
              metals (98-99%) (ASCE, 1999; CWP, 2000).
                                            Full infiltration basins will control post-
                                            development peak discharge rates at or
                                            below predevelopment levels. Basins
                                            are effective at recharging groundwater.
                                            Infiltration basins effectively reduce the
                                            increase in post-development runoff
                                            volume produced from small and
                                            moderate sized storms.
                                            Effective at recharging groundwater
                                            Effective at recharging groundwater
                                            (approximately 70-80% annual rainfall)
                                            (Gburek and Urban, 1980)
                                      No information
                                      available
                                      No information
                                      available
                                      No information
                                      available

-------
Table 5-7 Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category D - Biofilters
 BMP
             Chemical Impacts
Physical Impacts
   Habitat and
   Biological
 Bioretention  The Davis (1998) study reported the effectiveness of
              bioretention at removing TP (81%), TN (43%), NH4
              (79%), metals (93-99%). The Yu (1999) study
              reported the following performance parameters; SS
              (86%), TP (90%), COD (97%), oil and grease (67%).
                                                               Bioretention practices are being      Field data
                                                               designed to provide water quality,     information
                                                               flood control, channel protection      not available
                                                               and groundwater recharge (Clar,
                                                               2000).
 Grassed     Three studies have reported on the effective ness of
 Swales      grassed channels at removing SS, TP, TN, NO3,
              metals and indicator bacteria.  Four studies have
              reported on the effective ness of dry swales at
              removing SS, TP, TN, NO3 and metals. Two studies
              have reported on the effective ness of wet swales at
              removing SS, TP, TN, NO3 and metals. Seven studies
              have reported on the effective ness of drainage
              channels at removing SS, TP, TN, NO3 and metals
              (ASCE, 1999; CWP, 2000).
 Grassed     1 study has reported on the effectiveness of 75 ft and
 Filter Strips   150 ft grassed filters strips at removing SS (54%,
              84%), nitrate, nitrite (-27%, 20%), TP (-25%, 40%),
              lead (-16%, 50%) and zinc (47%, 55%) (ASCE,  1999;
              CWP, 2000).
                                                               Grassed swales can be used to
                                                               reduce peak discharges for small
                                                               storm events and provide
                                                               groundwater recharge (MDE,
                                                               2000).
                                                               Grassed filter strips do not have the
                                                               capacity to detain large storm
                                                               events,  but can be designed with a
                                                               bypass system that routes these
                                                               flows around the toe of the slope.
                                                               Grassed filter strips can provide a
                                                               small amount of groundwater
                                                               recharge.
                                 Field data
                                 information
                                 not available
                                 Field data
                                 information
                                 not available
Table 5-8 Summary of Studies on Environmental Impacts for Post-Construction BMPs Category E - Filters
       BMP
                                    Chemical Impacts
           Physical Impacts
   Habitat and
   Biological
 Sand Filters
                  1 study reporting on the effectiveness of sand filters at
                  removing SS (87%), TN (44%), N03 (-13%), metals (34-
                  80%), bacteria (55%)
                  1 study reporting on the effectiveness of peat sand filters at
                  removing SS (66%), TN (47%), NO3 (22%), metals (26-75%)
                  2 studies reporting on the effectiveness of compost filter
                  systems at removing SS, NO3 and metals
                  3 studies reporting on the effectiveness of multi-chamber
                  treatment trains at removing SS and metals
                  3 studies reporting on the effectiveness of perimeter sand
                  filter at removing SS, TP, TN NO3 and metals
Surface Sand Filter 6 studies reporting on the effectiveness of surface sand filter
                  at removing SS, TP, TN NO3, indicator bacteria and metals
Vertical Sand Filter 2 studies reporting on the effectiveness of vertical sand filter
                  at removing SS, TP, TN NO3 and metals
 Peat/Sand Filters

 Compost Filter
 System
 Multi-chambered
 Treatment Train
 Perimeter Sand
 Filter
        Some groundwater
        recharge is possible with
        the exciter design,
        however, other sand
        filter designs cannot
        provide recharge.
        These systems are not
        expected to have
        significant  role in
        preventing channel
        degradation or providing
        peak discharge control.
No field data
information
available.
Some systems
may help prevent
thermal impacts.
These systems
are not expected
to have significant
role in preventing
habitat and
biological
impairment
resulting from
channel
degradation.
On-Site Controls
Three schools of thought have emerged in stormwater management technology, each of which reflects one of the
three applications identified above.  The most widespread approach being  used nationwide is the  use of on-site
controls where structural treatment practices on individual sites are designed to provide peak discharge control. While
this approach has many flaws, it is often selected because of the  ease of application and implementation. For many
jurisdictions, the  use  of on-site controls is perceived to be the only practical institutional and political alternative.
                                                       5-9

-------
Any site that meets the minimum area requirements is required to provide on site controls.  Many of the technical
problems associated with this approach were discussed in Section 4. Some of the concerns expressed by public works
practitioners include (ASCE and WEF, 1998):

    •   Because large numbers of on-site controls, sometimes exceeding several hundred or even several thousand,
        can eventually be installed within an urban watershed, it becomes difficult to reliably quantify their
        cumulative effects on receiving waters
    •   Large numbers of on-site controls complicate quality assurance during design and construction because they
        are typically designed by a variety of individuals and constructed by a variety of different contractors under
        varying degrees of quality control
    •   In addition, onsite BMPs may be maintained and operated in a variety of ways impossible to anticipate or
        control
    •   The major issue, however, as pointed out in Section 3, stems from the fact that unless these on-site controls
        are coordinated at a watershed scale, which typically they are not, they not only fail to provide downstream
        protection for peak discharge, but in many instances will accelerate the  rate of channel degradation.

Regional Controls
The second school of thought on stormwater management takes the position that regional controls serving 32  to 240
ha (80 to 600 ac) offer a more rational approach than on-site controls (ASCE,  1998). The proponents of the regional
approach site the following advantages:

    •   Regional controls eliminate the uncertainty of large numbers of on-site controls
    •   Regional controls can use multistage outlets to "throttle" and release small runoff events in 12 to 24 hours and
        empty the total water quality capture volume in 24 to 48 hours
    •   Regional controls are perceived to be more cost effective because fewer controls are  less expensive to build
        and maintain than a large number of on-site controls (Wiegand et al., 1986)
    •   Another benefit assigned to regional controls is that because they serve  larger drainage areas, and the outlet
        works are larger and easier to design, build, operate and maintain
    •   Regional controls are generally under the jurisdiction of a public agency and are therefore more likely to
        receive ongoing maintenance
    •   Regional controls can provide treatment for existing and new developments, and typically will capture all
        runoff from public streets, which is often not addressed by on-site controls
    •   Because regional controls cover large land areas, this allows other compatible uses such as recreation,
        wildlife habitat or aesthetic open space to occur within their boundaries.

The regional  approach to  stormwater management is currently being successfully utilized  by  a number  of
metropolitan  areas, including  the  Denver Metropolitan area.   Some other areas  of the U.S., however, have
experimented with regional controls and found them to be unacceptable. Prince George's County (PGC) in Maryland
is such an example. The local jurisdiction was requested by the permitting agencies to conduct a cumulative impact
assessment of its regional facilities program as a condition for continued issuance  of permits.  During the course  of
the cumulative impact assessment, PGC identified so  many fatal flaws associated with its regional facilities program
that it decided to abandon the regional approach and identify viable alternatives. Some of the fatal flaws associated
with the regional approach identified by PGC included:

    •   The regional controls that are typically a peak discharge control strategy failed to provide downstream
        protection of stream channels.
    •   The regional facilities typically failed to provide significant flood relief for downstream properties, and where
        such relief was provided, the downstream controls were very limited. (PGC ultimately adopted a floodplain
        management program that includes early flood warning, flood insurance, flood proofing, and the purchase
        and removal of flood-prone structures).
    •   Maryland is in a humid region of the U.S., receiving over 40 in. of annual rainfall. Regional facilities not
        only did not solve the targeted problems, they exacerbated them by introducing additional environmental
        problems, as follows:

                                                    5-10

-------
            •   Created fish passage blockages that were unacceptable to the permitting agencies.
            •   Tended to be located in perennial streams and their construction tended to create wetland impacts that
               were unacceptable to the permitting agencies.
            •   Resulted in increased stream temperatures that were unacceptable in cold fisheries streams.
            •   Left feeder streams unprotected, which often exposed them to severe accelerated erosion.  This
               accelerated erosion delivered large volumes of sediment to the regional facilities, which greatly
               accelerated the maintenance program.
            •   Disposal of pond and lake sediments in urban settings became extremely expensive.

Other problems with implementing regional approaches have been identified and include (ASCE, 1998):

    •   The regional facility approach requires advanced planning and up-front financing.
    •   Lack of financing early in the watershed's land development process, before sufficient developer
        contributions are available, can preclude their timely installation.

Micro-scale, Landscape Based Control
The third school of thought relating to stormwater management technology, unlike the two approaches above that
have been in use  for  over thirty years, is still in its  early development and is  largely unknown to most local
jurisdictions. This approach, which is more commonly known as LID technology, was pioneered by Prince George's
County,  Maryland, after having applied both on-site  and regional approaches.  Its proponents  cite the following
benefits of the LID approach (PGC, 1997; EPA, 2000 a, b; Coffman, et al, 1998; Clar, 2000):

    •   Use of these techniques helps to reduce off-site runoff and ensure adequate groundwater recharge.
    •   Since every aspect of site development affects the hydrologic response of the site, LID  control techniques
        focus  mainly on  site hydrology.   Hydrologic functions such  as infiltration, frequency and volume  of
        discharges, and groundwater recharge can be maintained by utilizing reduced impervious surfaces, functional
        grading, open channel sections, disconnection of hydrologic flowpaths and bioretention/filtration landscape
        areas.
    •   LID also incorporates multi-functional site design elements  into the  stormwater management plan.  Such
        alternative stormwater management practices as on-lot micro-storage, functional landscaping, open drainage
        swales, reduced imperviousness, flatter grades,  increased runoff travel time and depression storage can be
        integrated into a multifunctional site design.
    •   Specific LID  controls called Integrated Management Practices (IMPs) can reduce runoff by integrating
        stormwater controls throughout the site in many small, discrete units.
    •   IMPs are distributed in a small portion of each lot, near the source of impacts, virtually  eliminating the need
        for a centralized BMP facility such as a stormwater management pond.
    •   LID designs can also significantly reduce development costs through smart site design by:
             •   Reducing impervious surfaces (roadways), curb and gutters.
             •   Decreasing the use of storm drain piping, inlet structures.
             •   Eliminating or decreasing the size of large stormwater ponds.
    •   In some instances,  greater lot yield can be obtained using LID techniques, increasing returns to developers
        (Clar, 2000).
    •   Reducing site development infrastructure can also reduce associated project bonding and maintenance  costs.
    •   LID  techniques such  as  bioretention cells can be  used as a water quality control  technique  for infill
        development (Clar, 2000).
    •   LID techniques can also be used as a water quality retrofits for existing urban areas (Clar, 2000).
    •   The LID approach can be used as a volume control method to provide downstream peak discharge protection
        for major storm events (Clar, 2000).
    •   The LID approach can be an improvement in protecting water supply reservoirs,  as demonstrated in the High
        Point, NC Case Study (Tetra Tech, 2001 and Clar and Coffman, 2001).
    •   The LID approach can be  used to address total impervious area limitations (Clar, 2000).
                                                    5-11

-------
Some practitioners have found LID's site oriented micro-scale control approach to be controversial, as it sometimes
conflicts with building codes, challenges conventional stormwater management paradigms and is perceived by some
to accommodate urban sprawl.  Retaining the excess water from each lot on-site as policy requires that the property
owner understand the engineering and policy aspects of the measure.  Landscaping to solve a problem must be
maintained at the design level, for instance the land owner must understand the nature  and purpose of the design
features i.e. that the dry lowland in his backyard is a designed dry  retention pond, is supposed to flood during  rain
events and can not be filled in.  This can be  accomplished through deed restrictions. A recent critique of the LID
approach questioned the use of the term "low impact" and also  critiqued the adequacy  of the hydrological design
procedures utilized to substantiate the effectiveness of the techniques (Strecker, 2002).

Integration of Approaches
Clearly the discussion above reveals that there is no clear consensus  on which school of thought is the right approach.
It appears that perhaps no single approach is adequate for all cases  and that the one  size  fits all approach is not the
way to proceed.  The appropriate  approach  for a semi-arid mountain region  such as  Colorado or Utah may be
considerably different from the approach selected in humid climates such as  are found in the Mid Atlantic or Pacific
Northwest. In addition, within a specific State or region, the appropriate approach for an existing degraded urban area
may be considerably different from the approach selected to protect a high quality rural area.  Ultimately, each region
or municipality will need to identify its watershed and water resources protection goals and objectives and select the
approach or combination of approaches that are appropriate to meet these goals.


Watershed Factors
Design of urban BMPs can be strongly influenced by the nature of the downstream water body that will be receiving
the stormwater discharge.  Consequently, designers should determine the "use designation" of the watershed in which
their project is located prior to design. In some cases, higher pollutant removal or environmental performance may be
needed to fully protect aquatic resources and/or human health and safety within a particular watershed or receiving
water. Therefore, a shorter list of BMPs may need to be considered for selection within  these watersheds or zones.
The areas of concern are summarized in Table 5-9 and include:

    •  coldwater streams
    •  sensitive streams
    •  wellhead protection
    •  shellfish/beach.


Coldwater Streams
Cold and cool  water streams have habitat qualities capable of supporting trout and other sensitive aquatic organisms.
Therefore,  the  design objective for these streams is to maintain  habitat quality by preventing stream warming,
maintaining natural recharge, preventing bank and  channel  erosion, and preserving the natural riparian corridor.
Techniques for accomplishing these objectives may include:

    •  minimizing the creation of impervious surfaces
    •  minimizing surface areas of permanent pools
    •  preserving existing forested areas
    •  bypassing existing baseflow and/or springflow
    •  providing shade-producing landscaping.

Some BMPs can have adverse downstream impacts on cold-water streams, so their use is highly restricted.
                                                   5-12

-------
Table 5-9 Treatment BMPs for Specific Watershed Factors (Modified from MDE, 2000)

                                              WATERSHED FACTORS
BIVIKS
Ponds and
Wetlands
Infiltration


Vegetative
Biofilters
Filters (Sand,
Perimeter,
Underground)
Cold Water
Restricted due
to thermal
impacts, offline
design
recommended
Yes, if site has
suitable soils


OK
OK for small
volumes
Sensitive
Stream
May be limited or
require additional
volume for
channel erosion
impacts
Yes, if site has
suitable soils


OK, if channel
protection
volume is met
Ok for water
quality, no
channel
protection
Aquifer
Protection
May require liner if
HSG A soils are
present, pre-treat
hot spots
Requires safe
distance from
wells and water
table, pre-treat hot
spots
OK
OK for water
quality, no
recharge
Reservoir
Protection
May be limited
due to channel
erosion and
may require
additional
volume control
Requires safe
distance from
bedrock and
water table
OK
OK for water
quality
Shellfish/Beach
May require use of
permanent pools
to increase
bacteria removal
Yes, but needs
safe distance to
water table

OK, but wet swale
has poor bacteria
removal
OK, moderate to
high bacteria
removal
Sensitive Streams
Sensitive streams are defined as streams with a watershed impervious cover of less than 15%.  These streams may
also possess high quality cool water or warm water aquatic resources. The design objectives are to maintain habitat
quality through the same techniques used for cold water streams, with the exception that stream warming is not as
severe a design constraint.  These streams may also be specially designated by local authorities.

Wellhead Protection
Areas that recharge existing public water supply wells present a unique management challenge.  The key design
constraint is to prevent possible groundwater contamination by preventing infiltration of hotspot runoff. At the same
time, recharge of unpolluted storm water is needed to maintain flow in streams and wells during dry weather.

Reservoir Protection
Watersheds  that deliver surface runoff to a public water supply reservoir  or impoundment are of special concern.
Depending on the treatment available at the water intake, it may be necessary to achieve a greater level of pollutant
removal for the pollutants of concern such as bacteria pathogens,  nutrients,  sediment or metals.  One particular
management concern for reservoirs is ensuring that stormwater hotspots are adequately treated so that they do not
contaminate drinking water.

Shellfish/Beach Protection
Watersheds  that drain to specific shellfish harvesting areas or public swimming beaches  require a higher level of
BMP treatment to prevent closings caused by bacterial contamination from stormwater runoff.  In these watersheds,
BMPs are explicitly designed to maximize bacteria removal.

Other Criteria
Designers should consult with the appropriate  review authority to determine if their development project is subject to
additional stormwater BMP criteria as a result of an adopted local watershed plan or protection zone. A summary
assessment of the suitability  of the treatment practices listed  in Table  5-2 with respect to the watershed factors
discussed above is provided below (see Table 5-11).
                                                   5-13

-------
Terrain Factors
Three  key terrain factors to consider are low-relief, karst and mountainous terrain.  Special geotechnical testing
requirements may be needed in karst areas (see Appendix F).  Table 5-10 summarizes the key issues that need to be
considered for each BMP type with respect to the three terrain factors.
Table 5-10 BMP Selection for SpecificTerrain Factors (Modified from MDE, 2000)

                                                   TERRAIN FACTOR
                              Low Relief                    Karst
BMPs
                                                                         Mountainous
 Ponds

 Wetlands

 Infiltration

 Vegetative Biofilter

 Filter
              May be limited by depth to
              water table

              OK
Geotechnical testing
required, may require       Embankment heights
liner, ponding depth may    restricted
be limited
              Minimum distance to water table   May be prohibited by local   Maximum terrain slope
              of 2 ft* depending on soil type     authority                 15%
             OK

             Some designs limited by head
             required
OK

Liner required
Swales may be limited by
steep slopes

OK
 * ASCE/WEF Manual (1998) recommends 4 ft. Other local guidance may vary.

The type of structure used can be affected by terrain factors. For example, in very flat areas, it is difficult to construct
a basin with a dam as would be possible in a steeper watershed. In the case of the flatter areas, it may be necessary to
construct the basin by excavation.  Also, the type of outlet can be controlled by the terrain with drop inlets being
useful in steeper slopes, but with weir and open channel outlets favored for flat terrain.


Physical Suitability Factors
The watershed and terrain factors should enable the BMP designer to reduce the BMP list to a manageable length and
proceed to consideration of the physical suitability factors that characterize the physical conditions at a site. Table 5-
11 cross-references testing protocols needed to confirm physical conditions at the site.   The six primary physical
suitability factors include:

    •   soils
    •   water table
    •   drainage area
    •   slope
    •   head
    •   urban centers

Soils
The key evaluation factors are based on an initial investigation of the USDA hydrologic soils groups at the site.  Note
that more detailed geotechnical tests are  usually  required for infiltration feasibility and  during design to confirm
permeability and other factors.  Specific soils requirements for each BMP type are provided  in Volumes 2 and 3.

Water Table
This column indicates the minimum depth to the  seasonally high water table from the bottom or floor of a BMP.

Drainage Area
This column indicates the recommended minimum or maximum drainage area that is considered  suitable  for  the
practice.  If the drainage area present at a site is  slightly  greater than  the maximum allowable drainage area  for a
practice, some leeway is permitted or more than one practice can be installed.  The minimum drainage areas indicated
for ponds and wetlands are flexible, depending  on water availability (baseflow or groundwater)  or the mechanisms
                                                     5-14

-------
employed to prevent clogging. Drier parts of the country may require a larger minimum tributary area. Appendix C
of Volume 3 provides a shortcut method for wetland drawdown assessment.

Table 5-11 BMP Selection for Physical Suitability Factors (Modified from MDE, 2000)
BMP
Ponds
-Wet
- Dry
Wetlands
Infiltration
- Trench
- Basin
Biofilters
- Bioretention
- Swales
- Filter strip
SOILS
"A" soils may
require liner;
"B" soils may
require testing
"A" soils may
require liner
0.52 in/hr
minimum


Uses made soil

WATER
TABLE1 (ft)
4ft if hots pot or
aquifer
4ft if hots pot or
aquifer
4 ft (2 ft for
flatter areas)



2
DRAINAGE
AREA (acre)
25 minimum2 for
wet pond
25 minimum2 for
wet pond
5 maximum
10 maximum

2 maximum
5 maximum
N/A
SLOPE
None
None
15%
maximum


None
4%
10%
HEAD
(ft)
6-8
3-5
1
3

5
4
None
URBAN
CENTERS
Not practical;
requires too
much area to be
functional
Same as above
Yes
Not practical

OK
Not practical
Not practical
 Filters
 - Sand
 - Perimeter
 - Underground
OK
None
OK
                             10 maximum
                             2 maximum
                             2 maximum
          5
          2-3
          5-7
 Notes: OK = not restricted
 1 = Separation distance to the seasonally high water table elevation - local guidance may require more.
 2 = Unless adequate water balance and anti-clogging device installed.
Drainage Area
This column indicates the recommended minimum or maximum drainage area that is considered suitable for the
practice.  If the drainage area present at a site is slightly greater than the maximum allowable drainage area for a
practice, some leeway is permitted or more than one practice can be installed. The minimum drainage areas indicated
for ponds  and wetlands  are flexible, depending on water availability (baseflow or groundwater) or the mechanisms
employed  to prevent clogging. Drier parts of the country may require a larger minimum tributary area. Appendix C
of Volume 3 provides a shortcut method for wetland drawdown assessment.

Slope Restriction
This column evaluates the effect of slope on the practice.  Specifically, the slope restrictions refer to how flat the area
the practice is located in may be.

Head
This column provides an estimate of the elevation difference needed at a site (from the inflow to the outflow) to allow
for gravity operation within the practice.

Urban Sites
This column identifies BMPs that work well in the highly impervious downtown urban centers, where space is limited
and original soils have been disturbed. Where appropriate, these BMPs can be used at redevelopment sites.
Community and Environmental Factors
Another group of factors that should be considered by the BMP designer includes the community and environmental
factors. This group of factors includes the following four factors:

                                                   5-15

-------
    •   ease of maintenance
    •   community acceptance
    •   construction costs
    •   habitat quality

Table 5-12 employs a comparative index approach indicating whether the BMP has a high or low benefit.

Table 5-12  BMP Selection for Community and Environmental Factors (Modified from MDE, 2000)
BMP
Ponds
Dry
Wet
Wetlands
Infiltration
Trench
Basin
MAINTENANCE
EFFORT

Easy
Medium
Medium/High

High
Medium
COMMUNITY
ACCEPTANCE

Medium
High
Medium

High
Low
COST

Low
High
Medium/High

High
Medium
HABITAT
QUALITY'

Low/Medium
High
High

Low
Low
OTHER FACTORS



Trash and debris can be a
problem
Limited depth

Avoid large stones,
pooling


frequent
 Biofilters

 Filters
Low/Medium

High
High

Mixed
Medium

High
Medium

Low
Landscaping

Out of sight, traffic bearing
filter media
   Habitat quality refers to ability to provide habitat quality in the BMP facility
Maintenance Effort.
This column assesses the relative maintenance effort needed for  a BMP in terms of three criteria:  frequency of
scheduled maintenance, chronic maintenance problems (such as clogging) and reported failure rates.  It should be
noted that all BMPs require routine inspection and maintenance.

Community Acceptance
This column assesses community acceptance  as measured by three factors: market and preference surveys, reported
nuisance problems, and visual  aesthetics.  It should be noted that a low rank can often be improved by a better
landscaping plan.

Construction Cost
The BMPs are ranked according to their relative construction cost per impervious acre treated as determined from
cost surveys and local experience.

Habitat Quality
BMPs are evaluated  on their ability to  provide wildlife or wetland habitat, assuming that an effort is  made to
landscape them appropriately. Objective criteria include size, water features, wetland features and vegetative cover of
the BMP and its buffer.

Other Factors
This column indicates other considerations in BMP selection.
Location and Permitting Factors
The checklist in Table 5-13 provides a condensed summary of current BMP restrictions as they relate to common site
features that may be regulated under local, State or federal law.  These restrictions fall into one of three general
categories:
                                                    5-16

-------
    •   Locating a BMP within an area that is expressly prohibited by law.
    •   Locating a BMP within an area that is strongly discouraged and is only allowed on a case-by-case basis.
        Local, State and/or federal permits shall be obtained and the applicant will need to supply additional
        documentation to justify locating the BMP within the regulated area.
    •   BMPs must be set back a fixed distance from the site feature.

This checklist is only intended  as a general guide to location and permitting requirements as they relate to siting
stormwater BMPs. Consultation with the appropriate regulatory agency is the best strategy.
                                                     5-17

-------
Table 5-13 Permitting Checklist (Modified from MDE, 2000)
 FEATURE
LOCATION AND PERMITTING GUIDANCE
 Water Wells
 Utilities

 Structures
 Stream
 Channels
 Stream Buffer
 Sinkholes
 Septic Drain
 Fields
 Roads
 Jurisdictional
 Wetland
 Forest
 Conservation
 Critical Areas
 100-yr
 Floodplains
     100-ft setback for stormwater infiltration
     50-ft setback for all other BMPs
     water appropriation permit needed if well water used for water supply to a BMP
     note the location of proposed utilities to serve development
     BMPs are discouraged within utility easements or rights of way (public or private)
     consult local review authority for BMP setbacks from structures
     stream channels should be delineated  prior to design
     instream ponds may require review and permit
     instream ponds may be restricted or prohibited in cold water streams
     may need to implement measures that reduce downstream warming
     consult local authority for stormwater policy
     BMPs are strongly discouraged in the stream-side zone (within 25 ft of streambank)
     consider how outfall channel will cross buffer to reach stream
     BMPs can be located within the outer portion of a buffer
     infiltration or pooling of stormwater near sinkholes is prohibited
     geotechnical testing may be required within karst areas
     consult local health authority
     recommended setback is a minimum of 50 ft from drain field edge
     consult local DOT or DPW for any setback requirement from local roads
     obtain approval for any discharges to local or State-owned conveyance channel
     wetlands should be delineated prior to  siting stormwater BMPs
     use of wetlands for stormwater treatment strictly discouraged and requires federal permit
     BMPs require 25-ft setback from wetlands
     buffers can be used as nonstructural filter strip
     stormwater must be treated prior to discharge into a wetland
     check with local regulatory agency for applicable forest conservation requirements
     BMPs are strongly discouraged within Priority 1 Forest Retention Areas
     BMPs must be setback at least 25-ft from the critical root zone of specimen trees
     designers should consider the effect of more frequent inundation on existing forest stands
     BMP buffers are acceptable as reforestation sites if protected by conservation agreement
     check with local regulatory agency for applicable critical area requirements
     BMPs w/in the Critical Area shoreline buffer may be prohibited unless a variance is
     obtained from the local review authority
     BMPs are acceptable within mapped buffer exemption areas
     grading and fill for  BMP construction is strongly discouraged within the ultimate 100-yr
     floodplain, as delineated by FEMA flood insurance rate, FEMA flood boundary and
     floodway, or local floodplain maps
     floodplain fill cannot raise floodplain water surface elevation more than a tenth of a foot
                                                        5-18

-------
                                    Section 6  REFERENCES


American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 1984. Final Report of the Task Committee on Stormwater Detention
Outlet Structures, ASCE, New York, NY.

American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) and Water Environment Federation (WEF), 1992. Design and
Construction of Urban Stormwater Management Systems. ASCE, Manuals and Report of Engineering Practice No.
77, New York, NY and WEF, Manual of Practice No. FD-20, Alexandria, VA.

American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) and Water Environment Federation (WEF), 1998. Urban Runoff
Quality Management, ASCE, Manuals and Report of Engineering Practice No. 87, Reston, VA and WEF, Manual of
Practice No. 23, Alexandria, VA.

American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 2000. National Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMP)
Database, prepared by the Urban Water Resources Research Council of ASCE for the EPA, Office of Science and
Technology, Washington, DC (http://www.bmpdatabase.org/).

Barfield, B. J., J.  C. Hayes, A. W. Fogle and K. A. Kranzler, 1996. The SEDIMOT III Model of Watershed
Hydrology and Sedimentology.  Proceedings of Sixth Federal Interagency Sedimentation Conference, Las Vegas,
NV, March, 1996.

Bannerman, R., A. Legg and S. Greb, 1996. Quality of Wisconsin Stormwater 1989-1994. USGS Open File Report
96-458. U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, VA.

Barrett, M., R. Zuber, E. Collins and J. Malina, 1995. A review and evaluation of literature pertaining to the quantity
and control of pollution from highway runoff and construction.  Center for Research in Water Resources (CRWR)
Online Report 95-5.  Available at: (http://www.ce .utexas.edu/centers/crwr/reports/online .html)

Bell, W., L. Stokes, J. Gavan and T. Nguyen, 1995. Assessment of the pollutant removal efficiencies of the Delaware
Sand filter BMPs. Final Report. Department of Transportation and Environmental Services, Alexandria, VA.

Booth, D., 1991.  Urbanization and the natural drainage  system-impacts, solutions and prognoses. Northwest
Environmental Journal. 7(1): 93-118.

Booth, D. and L.  Reinelt, 1993. Consequences of Urbanization on Aquatic Systems-Measured Effects. Degradation
Thresholds and Corrective Strategies. Proceedings Watershed Management 93: A National Conference on Watershed
Management. Alexandria, VA, March 21-23, 1993, p. 545-550.

Brown, W. and T. Schueler,  1997. National Pollutant Removal Performance Database for Stormwater BMPs.  Center
for Water shed Protection. Chesapeake Research Consortium. 220 pp.

Brush, S., M. E. Jennings, P.J. Young and H.C. McWreath, 1995. "NPDES Monitoring - Dallas - Ft. Worth, Texas
Area". \nStormwater NPDES Related Monitoring Needs. Proceedings of an Engineering Foundation Conference.
Harry Torno (Ed.), ASCE, New York, NY, pp.115-143.

-------
Burton, G.A. and R.E. Pitt, 2002, Stormwater Effects Handbook: A Toolbox for Water shed Managers, Scientists, and
Engineers. Lewis Publishers, CRC Press Co., Boca Raton, FL.

Camp, Dresser and McKee, Inc., Larry Walker Associates, Uribe & Associates and Resources Planning Associates,
1993. California Best Management Practices - Construction Activity Handbook, for the California Storm Water Task
Force, California State Water Resources Council Board, Alameda, CA.

Caraco D. S., 2000. Stormwater strategies for arid and semi-arid watersheds. Watershed Protection Techniques. 3
(3). Center for Watershed Protection, Ellicott City, MD.

Center for Watershed Protection (CWP), 1998. Better Site Design: A Handbook for Changing Development Rules in
Your Community.  Center for Watershed Protection, Ellicott City, MD.

Center for Watershed Protection (CWP), 2000. National Pollutant Removal Database for Stormwater Treatment
Practices, 2nd Edition, prepared by the Center for Watershed Protection, Ellicott City, MD for Tetra Tech, Inc.,
Fairfax, VA and the EPA Office  of Science and Technology, Washington, DC.

Chang, G., J. Parrish and C. Souer, 1990. The first flush of runoff and its effect on control structure design.
Environmental Resource Management Division. Department of Environmental and Conservation Services, City of
Austin, Austin, TX, pp. 18  (http://www.ci.austin.tx.us/watershed/firstflush.pdf).

Chesapeake Research Consortium (CRC), 1996. Design of Stormwater Filtering Systems, prepared by the Center for
Watershed Protection, prepared for the Chesapeake Research Consortium, Solomons, MD.

City of Austin, TX, 1990. Removal efficiencies of Stormwater control structures. Final report. Environmental
Resource Management Division, Austin, TX, 36 pp.

City of Austin, TX, 1988. Water Quality Management.  In Environmental Criteria Manual. Environmental and
Conservation Services. Austin, TX.

Clar, M. L. and R. Green, 1993. Design Manual for  Use ofBioretention in Storm  Water Management, prepared for
the Department of Environmental Resources, Watershed Protection  Branch, Prince George's County, MD. Prepared
by Engineering Technologies Associates, Inc. Ellicott City, MD and Biohabitats, Inc., Towson, MD.

Clar, M., L.  Coffman, R. Green and S. Bitter, 1993. Development ofBioretention Practices for Storm water
Management, paper presented at the 20th Anniversary Conference of the Water Resources Planning and Management
Division of the ASCE, Seattle, WA, May, 1993.

Clar, M., 2000. Applications of Low Impact Development Techniques in Maryland, paper presented at the Conference
on Ecological Approaches to Urban Water Resources Design, Harvard, MA.

Clar, M. and L. Coffman, 2001. "Low Impact Development Applications for Ultra Urban Areas, " paper presented at
the World Water and Environmental Congress, sponsored by the Environmental and Water resources Institute
(EWRI) of the ASCE, Orlando , Florida, May 20-24, 2001.

Claytor, R. A. and T. R. Schueler, 1996. Design of Stormwater Filtering Systems. Center for Watershed Protection,
Silver Spring, MD, prepared for the Chesapeake Research Consortium, Inc. with supplemental funding of U.S. EPA
Region 5.

Collins, J., M. Clar, H. Loftin, A. Butler and D. Mosso, 2001. "Compilation of Regulatory Requirements for
Stormwater Runoff", paper presented at the Conference on Linking  Stormwater BMP Designs and Performance to
Receiving Water Impacts Mitigation, Snowmass, CO, United Engineering Foundation, New York, NY.

Coffman, L. and M. Clar, 1998. Low-Impact Development (LID) for Storm Water Management, paper presented at
                                                   6-2

-------
the 25th Annual Meting of the Water Resources Planning and Management Division, ASCE, Chicago, IL, June 9-12,
1998.

Corbitt, R. A., 1990. Standard Handbook of Environmental Engineering, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, NY.

Cullum, M., 1985. Stormwater Runoff Analysis at a Single Family Residential Site. University of Central Florida at
Orlando. Publication 85-1: 247-256.

Crawford, J. and D. Lenat, 1989. Effects of land use on water quality and the biota of three streams in the Piedmont
Province of North Carolina U.S. Geological Survey, Water Resources Investigations Report 89-4007. Raleigh, NC,
67pp.

Crunkilton, R., J. Kleist, J. Ramcheck, B. DeVita and D. Villeneuve, 1996. Assessment of the response of aquatic
organisms to long-term in situ exposures of urban runoff.  In: Effects of Watershed Development and Management
on Aquatic Ecosystems: Proceedings of an Engineering Foundation Conference.  Snowbird, UT.

Davis, A.., M. Shokouhian, H. Sharma and  C. Henderson, 1997. Bioretention Monitoring - Preliminary Data
Analysis. Environmental Engineering Program of the University of Maryland, College Park, MD.

Debo, T. and A. J. Reese, 1992. "Downstream Impacts of Detention", Proceedings NOVATECH 92, Nov. 3-5, 1992,
Lyon, France.

Debo, T. N. and A. J. Reese, 1995. Municipal Storm Water Management, Lewis publishers, CRC Press, LLC, Boca
Raton, FL.

Delzer, G.C., 1996. Occurrence of the gasoline oxygenate MTBE and BTEX compounds in urban stormwater in the
United States, 1991-95: U.S. Geological Survey Water-Resources Investigation Report, WRIR 96-4145.

Denver Regional Council of Governments (DRCOG), 1983. Urban runoff quality in the Denver region. Prepared for
EPA NURP Program,  Denver, CO, 240 pp.

DeWiest, D. R. and E.  H. Livingston, 1999. The Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector's
Manual. Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Stormwater/Nonpoint Source Management Section, in
cooperation with Florida Department of Transportation.

Doppelt, B., M. Scurlock, C. Frissell and J.  Karr, 1993. Entering the Watershed, Pacific Rivers Council, Island Press,
Inc., Washington, DC.

Dorman, M., J. Hartigan, R. Steg and T. Quaserbarth, 1989. Retention, detention and overland flow for pollutant
removal from highway stormwater runoff. Federal Highway Administration ,Vol. 1, Research Report FHWNRD
89/202 179pp.

Driscoll, E. D., 1983. Performance of Detention Basins for Control of Urban Runoff Quality, Proc. International
Symposium on Urban Hydrology, Hydraulics and Sediment Control, Univ. Kentucky, Lexington.

Driscoll, E. D., D. DiToro, D. Gaboury and P. Shelly, 1986. Methodology for Analysis of Detention Basins for
Control of Urban Runoff Quality.  Report No. EPA 440/5-87-01 (NTIS No. PB87-116562), U.S. EPA, Washington,
DC.

Driscoll, E. D. and W.  James, 1987. Evaluation of Alternate Distributions, in Pollution Control Planning in Ontario.
W. James (Ed.), Computational Hydraulics, Inc., Guelph, Ontario, Canada, p. 139.

Driscoll, E. D., G. E. Palhegyi, E. W. Strecker and P. E. Shelley, 1989. Analysis of Storm events, Characteristics for
Selected Rainfall Gauges Throughout the United States. EPA, Washington, DC.
                                                   6-3

-------
Driver, N. E. and G. D. Tasker, 1990. Techniques for Estimation of Storm-Runoff Loads, Volumes, and Selected
Constituent Concentrations in Urban Watersheds in the United States. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper
2363, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington, DC.

Dunne, T. and L. B. Leopold, 1978. Water in Environmental Planning, W.H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco, CA.,
818p.

Emerson, C. H., C. Welty and R. Traver, 2003. "Application of HEC-HMS to Model the Additive Effects of Multiple
Detention Basins over a Range of Measured Storm Volumes." World Water and Environmental Resources Congress,
ASCE, June 23-26, 2003.

Evaldi, R, R. Burns and B. Moore, 1992. Stormwater data for Jefferson County, Kentucky, 1991-1992: U.S.
Geological Survey Open File Report 92-638.

Feldman, A. D. (Ed.), 2000. Hydrologic Modeling System HEC-HMS Technical Reference Manual. U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers, Hydrologic Engineering Center, Report No.  CPD-74B, March, 2000.

Ferguson, B. K.,  1998. Introduction to Stormwater: Concept, Purpose, Design. John Wiley& Sons, Inc., New York,
NY.

Ferguson, B. and T. Debo, 1991. On-site Stormwater management-applications for landscape and engineering. 2nd
edition. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York. 270 pp.

Ferguson, B. K.,  1995. Downstream Hydrographic Effects of Urban Stormwater Detention and Infiltration, in
Proceedings of the 1995 Georgia Water Resources Conference. Kathryn J. Hatcher (Ed.), pp!28-131, Athens,
University of Georgia Institute of Government.

GburekW. J.and J.  B. Urban, 1980. "Storm Water detention and Groundwater Recharge Using Porous Asphalt -
Experimental Site", Proceedings of an International on Urban Storm Runoff, U. of Kentucky, Lexington, KY

Galli, J., 1991. Thermal impacts associated with urbanization and Stormwater management best management
practices. Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments. Maryland Department of Environment. Washington,
DC, 188pp.

Griffin, M. L. and Beasley, D. B.,  1988. Procedure to generate CREAMS precipitation data for average annual
erosion predictions from overland area: the design storm methodology: IN Modeling Agricultural Forest, and
Rangeland Hydrology.  Proceedings of 1998 International Symposium. American Society of Agricultural Engineers,
St. Joseph, MI.

Grizzard, T. J., C. W. Randall, B. L. Weand and K. L. Ellis, 1986. "Effectiveness of Extended Detention Ponds,"
Urban Runoff Quality - Impacts and Qualitv Enhancement Technology, B. Urbonas and L. Roesner (Ed.), ASCE,
New York, NY,  1986.

Guo, C.Y. and B. R. Urbonas, 1995. Special Report to the Urban Drainage and Flood Control District on Stormwater
BMP Capture Volume Probabilities in United States, Denver, CO.

Hayes, J. C., B. J. Barfield, K. F. Holbrook and B. Bates, 2001. Loading and Best Management Model for South
Carolina Office of Coastal Resource Management. Report submitted to SCOCRM by Woolpert,  Inc. of Charlotte,
NC, December 31,2001.

Heaney, J.P., W. C. Huber, M. A. Medina, M. P. Murphy, S. J. Nix and S. M. Hasan, 1977. National Evaluation of
Combined-sewer Overflows and Urban Stormwater Discharges - Volume II: Cost Assessment and Impacts. EPA
Cincinnati, OH,  EPA-600/2-77-064b (NTIS PB 266 005).

                                                  6-4

-------
Herricks, E. E., 2001. "Observed Stream Responses to Changes in Runoff Quality" Proceedings of an Engineering
Foundation Conference Linking Stormwater BMP Designs and Performance to Receiving Water Impacts Mitigation,
Snowmass Village, CO, ASCE, p. 145-157.

Holler, J. D., 1989. Water Quality Efficiency of an Urban Commercial Wet Detention Stormwater Management
System at Boynton Beach Mall In South Palm Beach County, FL. Florida Scientist. Winter 1989. Vol. 52(1): 48-57.

Horner, et al., 1996. "Watershed Determinates of Ecosystem Functioning". In: Effects of Watershed Development and
Management on Aquatic Ecosystems.  L. A. Roesner (Ed.). Engineering Foundation Conference, Snowbird, UT,
August 4-9, 1996.

Huber, W. C. and R. E. Dickinson, 1988. Storm Water Management Model Version 4, User's Manual. EPA 600/3-
88/00la) Environmental Protection Agency, Athens GA.

Hydrologic Engineering Center (HEC), 1977. Storage, treatment, overflow, runoff model, STORM, User's Manual.
U.S. Army  Corps of Engineers. Davis, CA.

Jones, J. E., 1997. Urban Runoff Impacts on Receiving Waters. In: Urban Runoff'Quality. -Impact and Quality.
Enhancement Technology. B. Urbonas and L. Roesner (Ed.), ASCE, New York, NY.

Jones et al., 1996. Bioassessment of the BMP Effectiveness in Mitigating Stormwater Impacts on Aquatic Biota. In:
Effects of Watershed Development and Management on Aquatic Ecosystems.

Jones, R. and C. Clark. 1987. Impact of Watershed Urbanization on Stream Insect Communities. American Water
Resources Association, Water Resources Bulletin, 15(4).

Kjelstrom, L., 1995. Data for and adjusted regional regression models of volume and quality of urban Stormwater
runoff in Boise and Garden City, Idaho, 1993-94. United States Geological Survey Water Resources Investigations
Report 95-4228.

Klein, R., 1979. Urbanization and stream quality impairment. American Water Resources Association, Water
Resources Bulletin, 15(4).

Kuo , C., 1976. Sedimentation Routing in an In-Stream Settling Basin. Proceedings of the National Symposium on
Urban Hydrology, Hydraulics, and Sediment Control, University of Kentucky.

Lane, L. J. and M. A. Nearing, 1989. Water erosion prediction project: Hillslope profile model documentation.
NSERL Report No. 2. National Soil Erosion Research Laboratory, West Lafayette, IN.

Lane, E. W., 1955.  The importance of fluvial geomorphology in hydraulic engineering. Proceedings American
Society of Civil Engineering, 81: 1-17.

Leopold, L. B.  and T. Maddock, Jr., 1954. The Flood Control Controversy, The Ronald Press Cop., New York, 1954.

Leopold, L. B., M. G. Wolman and J. P. Miller, 1964. Fluvial Processes in Geomorphology. Dover Publications,
Inc., Mineola, NY.

Leopold, L. B., 1968. Hydrology for Urban Land Planning: -A Guide Book on the Hydrologic Effects of Urban Land
Use. U.S. Geological Survey, Water Supply Paper 1591-C.

Lindley, M. R., B. J. Barfield, J. C. Ascough II, B. N. Wilson and E. W. Stevens, 1998a. Hydraulic simulation
techniques incorporated in the surface impoundment element ofWEPP. Applied Engineering in Agriculture,
14(3):249-256.

                                                   6-5

-------
Lindley, M. R., B. J. Barfield, J. C. Ascough II, B. N. Wilson and E. W. Stevens, 1998b. The surface impoundment
element for WEPP. Transactions of the ASAE 14(3):249-256.

Livingston, E., E. McCarron, J. Cox, P. Sanzone, 1988. "The Florida Development Manual: A Guide to Sound Land
and Water Management," Florida Department of Environmental Regulation, Nonpoint Source Management Section,
Tallahassee, Florida.

Livingston, E. H. et al., 1995. Use of Sediment and Biological Monitoring. In: Stormwater, NPDESRelated
Monitoring, Needs. H.C. Torno (Ed.), Engineering Foundation, ASCE, New York, NY, 375.

Lopes, T., K.  Possum, J. Phillips and J. Marical, 1995. Statistical summary of selected physical, chemical, and
microbial contaminants and estimates of constituent loads in urban stormwater in Maricopa County, Arizona. U.S.
Geological Survey, Water Resources Investigations Report 94-4240.

MacRae, C. R., 1996. Experience from morphological research on Canadian streams: is control of the two year
frequency runoff event the best basis for stream channel protection? pp. 144-162 in Effects of Watershed
Development and Management on Aquatic Ecosystems. Engineering Foundation. New York, NY.

Madison, F., J. Arts, S. Berkowictz, E. Salmon and B. Ragman,  1979. Washington County Project. EPA 905/9-80-
003, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chicago, IL.

Maidment, D.R, 1993, Handbook of Hydrology, McGraw-Hill, Inc. New York, NY.

Martin, E., 1988. Effectiveness of an Urban Runoff Detention Pond/Wetland System. ASCE Journal of Environmental
Engineering. Vol. 114(4): 810-827.

Maryland Department of Natural Resources.  1984. Maryland standards and specifications for stormwater
management infiltration practices. Annapolis, MD.

Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE), 2000.  Maryland Stormwater Design Manual: Volume 1 and 2.
Maryland Department of the Environment, Annapolis, Maryland. Available:
 Accessed August 2000.

Masterson, J.  P. and R. T. Bannerman, 1994. Impacts of stormwater runoff on urban streams in Milwaukee county,
Wisconsin. National Symposium on Water Quality. American Water Resources Association.

Maxted, J. and E.Shaver, 1997. The Use of Retention Basins to Mitigate Stormwater Impacts on Aquatic Life. L. A.
Roesner (Ed.), Effects of Watershed Development and Management on Aquatic Ecosystems, ASCE, New York, NY.

May, C., R. Homer, J. Karr, B. Mar and E. Welch, 1997.  Effects of Urbanization on Small Streams in the Puget
Sound Lowland Ecoregion. Watershed Protection Techniques, 2(4): 483-494. Center for Watershed Protection,
Ellicott City, MD.

McCuen, R.H., G. Moglen, E. Kistler and P.  Simpson, 1987. Policy Guidelines for Controlling Stream Channel
erosion with Detention Basins, prepared by the Department of Civil Engineering, University of Maryland, College
Park, MD, prepared for the Water Management Administration, Maryland Department of the Environment,
Baltimore, MD.

McCuen, R. H., 1989 (2nd Edition 1997).  Hydrologic Analysis and Design. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

McPherson, M. B., 1969. Some notes on  the rational method of storm drain design, Technical memorandum No. 6,
ASCE Urban  Water Resources Research Program. ASCE, New York (Available from NTIS PB184-701).

Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments (MWCOG),  1992. Watershed Restoration Sourcebook.
                                                   6-6

-------
Department of Environmental Programs, MWCOG, Washington, DC.

Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments (MWCOG), 1983. Urban runoff in the Washington metropolitan
area, Final Report. Washington, DC area Urban Runoff Project. Water Resources Planning Board. 168 pp.

Minton, G.R, 1998. Stormwater Treatment Northwest, Vol. 4, No. 3, August.

Newman, T. L., T. A. Omer and E. D. Driscoll, 2000. "SWMM Storage-Treatment for Analysis/Design of Extended-
Detention Ponds." In: Applied Modeling of Urban Water Systems, Monograph 8 in the Series. William James (Ed.),
Proceedings of the Conference on Stormwater and Urban Water Systems, Modeling, Toronto, Ontario, February,
1999.

Oberts, G., 1994. Influence of Snow me It Dynamics on Stormwater Runoff Quality. Watershed Protection Techniques
1(2): 55-61.

Oberts, G. L., 1989. Pollutants Associated with Sand and Salt Applied to Roads inMinnesota. Water Resources
Bulletin, 22, 3, 479.

Occoquan Watershed Monitoring Laboratory, 1983. Final Report: Metropolitan Washington Urban Runoff Project.
Prepared for the Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments. Manassas, VA,  460 p.

Occoquan Watershed Monitoring Laboratory, 1987. Final Report: London Commons Extended Detention Facility.
Urban BMP Research and Demonstration Project. Virginia  Tech University. Manassas, VA, 68 p.

Pechter, R, 1978. "Design of Storm Water Retention Basins," NORDSFRSK Report (in Swedish). Seminar on
Detention Basin, Marsta, November 7-8, 1978.

Pechter, R., 1978. "Dimension of Storm Water Retention Basins According to Modern Rain Evaluation," Koncept (in
German), 1978.

Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection, 2000. Fact Sheet. Controlling Accelerated Soil Erosion and
Preventing Sediment Pollution. www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/deputate/watermgt/wgpAVQPWWEC/Facts/fsl841.htmv.

Pitt, R., 1994. Small storm hydrology. University of Alabama - Birmingham. Unpublished manuscript. Presented at
Design of Stormwater Quality Management Practices. Madison, WI, May 17-19, 1994.

Pitt, R. and M. Bozeman,1982.  Sources of Urban Runoff Pollution and Its Effects on an urban Creek.  EPA-600/S2-
82-090, EPA, Cincinnati, OH.

Pitt, R., R. Field, M. Lalor and M. Brown, 1995. Urban Stormwater toxic pollutants: assessment, sources, and
treatability. Water Environment Research, 57(3):260-275.

Pitt, R. and J. McLean, 1986. Toronto area watershed management study. Humber River Pilot Watershed Project.
Ontario Ministry of Environment.

Pitt, R., S. Clark, K. Gordon, E. Schwarz and R. Field, 1995. The use of special inlet devices, filter media, and filter
fabrics for the treatment of Stormwater. Stormwater NPDES Monitoring Needs, Lewis Publishers. Conference
Proceedings, ASCE, Crested Butte, CO August 7 -12, 1994.

Pitt, R. and P. Barren, 1989. Abatement of Urban and Industrial Stormwater Runoff Toxicity and the
Evaluation/Development of Treatment for Runoff Toxicity  Abatement-Phase I. Report for EPA. Storm and Combined
Sewer Program, Edison. NJ.

Pitt, R. and J. Voorhees, 1989.  Source load and management model - an urban nonpoint source water quality model:
                                                   6-7

-------
Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources, v. I-III, PUBL-WR-218-89.

Pitt, R., J. Lantrip, R. Harrison, C. L. Henry and D. Xue, 1999. Infiltration through Disturbed Urban Soils and
Compost-amended Soil Effects on Runoff Quality and Quantity. EPA, Office of Research and Development,
Cincinnati, Ohio, EPA 600/R-00/020 (NTIS PB2000-102012).

Pope, L. M. and L.G. Hess, 1988. Load-Detention Efficiencies in a Dry Pond Basin.  In: Design of Urban Runoff
Quality Controls. L.A. Roesner, B. Urbonas and M. B. Sonnen (Ed.), ASCE, New York, NY, p. 258-267.

Prince George's County (PGC), Maryland, 1997.  Low-Impact Development Design Manual, Department of
Environmental Resources, Prince George's County, MD.

Rabanal,  F.I. and T.J. Grizzard,  1995. "Concentrations of Selected Constituents in Runoff from Impervious Surfaces
in Four Urban Catchments of Different Land Use," Proceedings  of the 4th Biennial Conference on Stormwater
Research, 18-20 October, 1995, Southwest Florida Water Management District, Clearwater, FL, pp. 42-52.

Randall, C. W. et al., 1982. Comparison of Pollutant Mass Loads  in Precipitation and Runoff in Urban Area. In
Urban Sormwater Quality, Management and Planning. B. C. Yen (Ed.), Water Resources Publications, Littleton, CO,
29.

Roesner,  L. A., B. Urbonas and M. A. Sonnen (Ed.), 1989. Current Practices in Design of Urban Runoff Quality
Facilities, Proceedings of an Engineering Foundation Conference, July, 1988 in Potosi, MO, ASCE, New York, NY,
1989.

Roesner,  L.A., et al,  1991. Hydrology of Urban Runoff Quality Management, Proceedings 18th National Conference
on Water Resources Planning and Management, Symposium on  Urban Water Resources, ASCE, New Orleans, LA.

Rosgen, D. L., 1996. Applied River Morphology, Wildland Hydrology, Pagosa Springs, CO.

Roesner,  L., B. P. Bledsoe and R. W. Brashear, 2001.  Are Best-Management-Practice Criteria Really
Environmentally Friendly?, Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management, Vol. 127, No. 3, May/June 2001,
p. 150-154.

Sansalone, J. J., S. G. Buchberger and M. T. Koechling, 1994. Correlations Betwen Heavy Mate Is and Suspended
Sploids in Highway runoff- Implications for Control Stategies, Department of Civil and Engineering, University of
Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH.

Sartor, J., G. Boyd and J. Agardy, 1974. Water pollution aspects of street surface contaminants. Journal Water
Pollution Control Federation. Part 1. 46(3): 458-467. Washington,  DC.

Sauer, V. B., W.  O. Thomas, Jr., V. A. Strieker and K. V. Wilson,  1983. Flood Characteristics of Urban Watersheds
in the United States. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 2207. Prepared by the U.S. Geological Survey in
cooperation with U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration.

Scharffenberg, W. A., 2001. Hydrologic Modeling System HEC-HMS User's Manual Version 2.1. U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers, Hydrologic Engineering Center, Report No. CPD-74A, January, 2001.

Schiff, K., 1996.  Review of existing stormwater monitoring programs for estimating bight-wide mass emissions from
urban runoff. SCCWRP Annual Report 1996.

Schueler, T., P. Kumble and L. Herson, 1992. A current assessment of urban best management practices.
Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments, Washington, DC, 115 pp.

Schueler, T. ,1992. Design of stormwater wetland systems. Anacostia Restoration Team. Metropolitan Washington
                                                  6-8

-------
Council of Governments, Washington, DC.

Schueler, T., 1987. Controlling urban runoff: a practical manual for planning and designing urban BMPs. Appendix
A. Department of Environmental Programs. Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments, Washington, DC.

Schueler, T., 1996. Irreducible Pollutant Concentrations Discharged from Urban BMPs, Watershed Protection
Techniques, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 369.

Skupien, J. J., 2000. "Establishing Effective Development Site Outflow Rates," paper presented at the Delaware
Sediment and Stormwater Issues for a New Millennium, Conference 2000, University of Delaware, Newark, DE.

Smullen, J. and K. Cave, 1998.  Updating the U.S. Nationwide Urban Runoff Quality Database. 3rd International
Conference on Diffuse Pollution. Scottish Environment Protection Agency, Edinburg Scotland,. August 31-
September4, 1998.

Snodgrass, W.  L., et al., 1996. Can Environmental Impacts of Watershed Scale Development Be Measured? In Effects
of Watershed Development and Management on Aquatic Ecosystems. L. Roesner (Ed.), ASCE, New York, NY.

Snodgrass, W.J., B.W. Kilgour, L. Leon, N. Eyles, J. Parish and D.R. Barton, 1998. Applying ecological criteria for
stream biota and an impact flow model for evaluation sustainable urban water resources in southern Ontario. In:
Sustaining Urban Water Resources in the 21st Century.  Proceedings for an Engineering Foundation Conference. A.
C. Rowney, P.  Stahre and L. A. Roesner (Ed.), Malmo, Sweden, September 7 - 12, 1997.

Stahre, P.  and B. Urbonas, 1990. Stormwater Detention For Drainage,  Water Quality, and CSOManagement.
Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

Stern, D.,  1996. Initial investigation of the sources and sinks of Cryptosporidium and Giardia within the watersheds
of the New York City water supply system. In Proceedings of a Symposium on New York City Water Supply Studies.
McDonnel et al. (Ed.), TPS-96-2 184pp. American Water Resources Association. Herndon, VA.

Steuer, J.,  W. Selbig, N. Hornewer and J. Prey, 1997. Sources of Contamination in an Urban Basin inMarquette,
Michigan and an Analysis of Concentrations, Loads and Data Quality. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Resources
Investigations Report 97-4242, pp. 25.

Stewart, W., 1992. Compost Stormwater treatment system. W&H Pacific Consultants. Draft report. Portland, OR, pp.
38.

Strecker, E., 2002. "Low-Impact Development (LID): Is it Really Low or Just Lower." Proceedings of an Engineering
Foundation Conference Linking Stormwater BMP Designs and Performance to Receiving Water Impacts Mitigation,
Snowmass Village, CO, ASCE, p. 210-222.

Strecker, E., M. M. Quigley and B. R. Urbonas, 2000. Determining Urban Stormwater BMP Effectiveness. National
Conference on Tools for Urban Water Resources Management and Protection Proceedings. Chicago, Illinois. Feb. 7-
10, 2000.  EPA/625/R-00/001, July 2000.

Strecker, E., B. Urbonas, M. Quigley, J. Howell and T. Hesse, 2002. Urban Stormwater BMP Performance
Monitoring A Guidance Manual for Meeting the National Stormwater BMP Database Requirements. OW, U.S. EPA,
Washington, DC, EPA-821-B-02-001.

Stribling, J. B., 2001, "Relating Instream Biological Condition to BMP Activities in Watersheds", paper presented at
the Conference on Linking Stormwater BMP Designs and Performance to Receiving Water Impacts Mitigation,
Snowmass, CO, United Engineering Foundation, New York, NY.

Tasker, G. D. and N. E. Driver, 1988. Nationwide Regression Models for Predicting Urban Runoff Water Quality at
                                                   6-9

-------
Unmonitored Sites, Water Resources Bulletin, vol. 24, no. 5, pp. 1091-1101.

Taylor, B., K. Ludwa and R. Horner, 1995. Urbanization effects on wetland hydrology and water quality.
Proceedings of the Third Puget Sound Research Meeting, Puget Sound Water Quality Authority, Olympia, WA.

Terrene Institute, 1995. "Local Ordinances: A Users Guide". Terrene Institute in cooperation with EPA. Terrene
Institute, 4 Herbert St., Alexandria, VA.

Terstriep, M. L. and J. P. Stall. 1974. The Illinois Urban Drainage Area Simulator, ILLUDAS. ISWS-74-Bul 58.
State of Illinois Department of Registration and Education, Urbana, IL.

Tetra Tech, Inc., 2001, Effluent Limitations Guidelines, Draft Report, prepared by Tetra Tech, Inc., for Office of
science and Technology, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

Thomas, P. and S. McClelland, 1995. NPDESMonitoring -Atlanta, Georgia Region. In: Stormwater NPDES Related
Monitoring Needs. Proceedings of an Engineering Foundation Conference. Harry Torno (Ed.), ASCE, New York,
NY.

Urban Drainage and Flood Control District,  1999.  Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual, Volume 3 - Best
Management Practices, Urban Drainage and Flood Control District, B. Urbonas (Ed.), Denver, CO, 1992, revised and
updated 1999.

Urbonas. B., 1994. Parameters to Report with BMP Monitoring Data. In Stormwater NPDES Monitoring Needs.
H.C. Torno (Ed.), ASCE, New York, NY.

Urbonas, B. R. and L. A. Roesner, 1992. Hydrologic Design for Urban Drainage and Flood Control. In: Handbook of
Hydrology. D. R. Maidment (Ed.). McGraw-Hill. Inc.. New York, NY.

Urbonas, B. and L. A. Roesner (Ed.), 1986. Urban Runoff Quality - Impacts and Quality Enhancement Technology,
Proceedings of an Engineering Foundation Conference in June  1986 in Henniker, NH. ASCE, New York, NY.

Urbonas, B. R. and P. Stahre,  1993, Stormwater - Best Management Practices Including Detention., Prentice Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

Urbonas, B. R., C.Y. Guo and S. Tucker, 1990. Optimization of Stormwater Quality Capture Volume, In Urban
Stormwater Quality Enhancement - Source Control, Retrofitting, and Combined Sewer Technology. ASCE, New
York, NY.

U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), 1951. Engineering Handbook, Hydraulics Section 5, USDA, Soil
Conservation Service, Washington, DC.

U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), 1982. Project Formulation - Hydrology. Soil Conservation Service,
Engineering Division. Technical Release 20 (TR-20).

U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), 1985. National Engineering Handbook.  Section 4, Chapter?. National
Resources Conservation Service, http://www.wcc.nrcs.usda.gov/water/quality/common/neh630/630ch7.pdf

U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), 1986. Urban Hydrology For Small Watersheds.  Soil Conservation Service,
Engineering Division. Technical Release 55 (TR-55).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 1971. Stormwater Management Model. EPA 11024DOOC 07/71 to
1102DOCIO/71. Washington, DC.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), (1983) Results of the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program, Volume I,
                                                 6-10

-------
Final Report. NTIS PB84-185552, EPA, Washington, DC.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), (1990). "Biological Criteria: National Program Guidance for Surface
Waters," EPA, Office of Water,  S.K.M. Marcy (Ed.), Report No. EPA-440/5 -90-004.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2000a. Low Impact Development Design Strategies: An Integrated
Design Approach. Prepared by Tetra Tech, Inc., Fairfax, VA prepared for Department of Environmental Resources,
Prince George's County, MD, funding provided by the EPA, Washington, DC. Report No. EPA-841-B-00-003.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2000b. Low Impact Development Hydrologic Analysis. Prepared by
Tetra Tech, Inc., Fairfax, VA prepared for Department of Environmental Resources, Prince George's County, MD,
funding provided by EPA, Washington, DC. Report No. EPA-841-B-00-002.

U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1999. Pesticides detected in urban streams during rainstorms and relations to retail
sales of pesticides in King County, Washington. USGS Fact Sheet 097-99.

U.S. Weather Bureau, 1955. Rainfall Intensity-Duration-Frequency Curves, U.S. Department of Commerce, Weather
Bureau, Washington, DC, Technical Paper No. 25.

von den Herik, A. G., 1976. "Water Pollution by Storm Overflow From Mixed Sewer Systems," Berichte der ATV.
No.28, Bonn, (in German).

Wiegand, C., T. Schueler, W. Chittendren and W. Jellick, 1986. Cost of Urban Runoff Controls. Urban Runoff
Quality: Impact and Quality Enhancement Technology, B.  Urbonas and L. Roessner (Ed.), ASCE, NY.

Wilson, B. N., B. J. Barfield and I. D. Moore, 1982. A Hydrology and Sedimentology Watershed Model. Part I.
Modeling Technique.  Department of Agricultural  Engineering, University of KY, Lexington, KY.

Wolman, M.G. and J.P.  Miller, 1960. Magnitude and frequency offerees in geomorphic processes. Journal of
Geology, 68, 54-74.

Wotzka, L. and G. Oberts, 1988. The Water Quality Performance of a Detention Basin Wetland Treatment System in
an Urban Area. In Nonpoint Source Pollution: Economy, Policy, Management and Appropriate Technology,
American Water Resources Association.

Yoder C., 1991. The integrated biosurvey as atool for evaluation of aquatic life use attainment and impairment in
Ohio surface waters. In Biological Criteria:  Research and Regulation.

Yoder, C.O., 1995. Incorporating ecological concepts and biological criteria in the assessment and management of
urban nonpoint source pollution. National Conference on Urban Runoff Management: Enhancing Urban Watershed
Management at the Local,  County and State Levels. EPA, Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH.
EPA/625/R-95/003, pp. 183-197.

Yoder, C and E.T. Rankin, 1997. Assessing the condition and status of aquatic life designated uses in urban and rural
watersheds.  In: Effects of Watershed Development and Management on Aquatic. L. Roesner (Ed.), ASCE, New York,
NY., pp. 201-227.

Yoder, C., R. Miltner and D. White, 2000. Using biological criteria to Assess and Classify Urban Streams and
Develop Improved Landscape Indicators. National Conference on Tools for Urban Water Resource Management &
Protection. EPA, Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH. Report No. EPA/625/R-00/001.

Yousef, Y. A., T. Hvitved-Jacobsen, M. Wanielista and R.  Tolbert, 1986. Nutrient Transformation in
Retention/Detention Ponds Receiving Highway Runoff. Journal of the Water Pollution Control Federation, 58, 8, pp.
838-844.
                                                  6-11

-------
                        Appendix A Summary of Large Storm Hydrology

The computational procedures for large storm hydrology consist of techniques for estimating or modeling runoff
hydrographs from larger storm events typically ranging from the 1-yr to the 100-yr storm.  The procedures for
conducting these analyses are well documented at both the national and regional levels.


Federally Funded Models
At the national level, a variety of models that simulate rainfall-runoff processes for watersheds and the design of
BMPs are available and well documented. Selection of the appropriate modeling technique will often depend on the
level of detail and rigor required for the application and amount of data available  for setup and testing of the model
results. However, in many instances local regulatory agencies may specify which models are acceptable for design
and review purposes.  For example, in the  state of Maryland, the state regulatory authority, the Maryland Department
of the Environment, requires that BMP design be performed using the NRCS TR-55 and TR-20 models.
Detailed guidance on the use of these models is beyond the scope of this manual.  A brief overview of the following
national models is provided here:

    •   HEC- 1/HEC-HMS Flood Hydrograph Package
    •   HSPF - Hydrologic Simulation Program - FORTRAN
    •   SWMM - Storm Water Management Model
    •   TR-55/TR-20
    •   WMS - Watershed Modeling System

HEC-1/HEC-HMS Flood Hydrograph Package
HEC-1 was developed by the Hydrologic Engineering Center of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers to simulate the
surface runoff response of a watershed to rainfall events.  Although it is a DOS-based program, it is still considered
by many in the engineering and regulatory communities to be the leading model for major drainage system
applications such as Flood Insurance Studies and watershed master planning. HEC-1 is accepted  by the Federal
Emergency Management Agency and therefore is the most widely used model for major drainage system analyses.
In HEC-1, the watershed is represented in the model as an interconnected system of hydrologic (i.e., subbasins,
reservoirs, ponds) and hydraulic (i.e., channels, closed conduits, pumps) components. The model computes a runoff
hydrograph at each  component, combining two or more hydrographs as it moves downstream in the watershed. The
model has a variety of rainfall-runoff simulation methods, including the popular NRCS Curve Number methodology.
The user can define rainfall events using gage or historical data, or HEC-1 can generate synthetic  storms. Hydrograph
generation is performed using the unit hydrograph technique.  Clark, SCS Dimensionless and Snyder Unit
Hydrographs are the available methodologies. Several common channel and storage routing techniques are available
as well. HEC-1 is not considered a "design tool." The program has limited hydraulic capabilities. It does not account
for tailwater effects and cannot adequately simulate many urban hydraulic structures such as pipe networks, culverts
and multi-stage detention pond outlet structures.  However, there are other hydrologic applications developed within
HEC-1 that have been utilized with much success. Multiplan-multiflood analyses allow the user to simulate a number
of flood events for different watershed situations  (or plans). The dam safety option enables the user to analyze the
impact dam overtopping or structural failure on downstream areas. Flood damage analyses assess the economic
impact of flood damage.
Because it is not a Windows-based program, HEC-1 does not have easy to use input and output report generation and
graphical capabilities, and therefore is generally not considered a user-friendly program. Because of its wide
acceptance, however, several software development companies have incorporated the source code into enhanced
"shells" to provide a user-friendly interface and graphical input and output capabilities. Examples of these programs
include Graphical HEC-1, developed by Haested Methods and WMS, developed by the Environmental Modeling
Research Laboratory.
The Corps of Engineers has developed a user-friendly, Windows-based Hydrologic Modeling System (HEC-HMS)
intended to replace the DOS-based HEC-1 model. The new program has all the components of HEC-1, with more
                                                  A-l

-------
user-friendly input and output processors and graphical capabilities. HEC-1 files can be imported into HEC-HMS.
Version 2 of this model has been released. Information regarding these two programs cab be obtained from the U.S
Army Corps of Engineers at the following address:
               Corps of Engineers
               Hydrologic Engineering Center
               609 Second Avenue
               Davis, California 95616
               Tel: 530-756-1104
               Website: http: //www .hec .usace. army .mil/

Hydrologic Simulation Program - FORTRAN (HSPF).
The HSPF model was developed by the EPA for the continuous or single-event simulation of runoff quantity and
quality from a watershed. The original model was developed from the Stanford Watershed Model, which simulated
runoff quantity only.  It was expanded to include quality components and has since become a popular model for
continuous non-point  source water quality simulations. Non-point source conventional and toxic organic pollutants
from urban and agricultural land uses can be simulated, on pervious and impervious land surfaces and in streams and
well-mixed impoundments. The various hydrologic processes are represented mathematically as flows and storages.
The watershed is divided into land segments, channel reaches and reservoirs. Water, sediment and pollutants leaving
a land segment move laterally to a downstream land segment, a stream or river reach or reservoir. Infiltration is
considered for pervious land segments.

HSPF model output includes time series information for water quality and quantity, flow rates, sediment loads, and
nutrient and pesticide  concentrations. To manage the large amounts of data associated with the model,  HSPF includes
a database management system. To date, HSPF is still a DOS-based model and therefore does not have the useful
graphical and editing options of a Windows-based program. Input data requirements for the model are extensive and
the model takes some  time to learn. However the EPA continues to expand and develop HSPF, and still recommends
it for the continuous simulation of hydrology and water quality in watersheds.

At this time, this model can be used to develop runoff hydrographs and water quality loadings from watersheds, but
currently cannot be used for BMP design.

The U.S. Geological Survey has become the point of contact for the operation, maintenance and distribution of this
model. Information can be obtained at the following location:

        U.S. Geological Survey
        Hydrological  Analysis Software Support Program
        437 National Center
        Reston,VA20192
        email: h2osoft@usgs.gov
        website: http://water.usgs.gov/software/

EPA SWMM- Storm Water Management Model
EPA SWMM (Huber and Dickinson, 1988) was developed by the EPA to analyze storm water quantity and quality
problems associated with runoff from urban areas. EPA SWMM has become the model of choice for simulation of
minor drainage systems primarily composed of closed conduits. The model can simulate both single-event and
continuous events, and has the capability to model both wet and dry weather flow. The basic output from SWMM
consists of runoff hydrographs, pollutographs, storage volumes and flow stages and depths.
SWMM's hydraulic computations are link-node based and are performed in separate modules, called blocks. The
EXTRAN computational block solves complete dynamic flow routing equations to simulate backwater, looped pipe
connections, manhole surcharging and pressure flow.  It is the most comprehensive model in its capabilities to
simulate urban storm flow and many cities have used it successfully for storm water, sanitary or combined sewer


                                                  A-2

-------
system modeling.  Open channel flow can be simulated using the TRANSPORT block, which solves the kinematic
wave equations for natural channel cross-sections.
SWMM has both hydrologic and water quality components. Hydrologic processes are simulated using the RUNOFF
block, which computes the quantity and quality of runoff from drainage areas and routes the flow to major sewer
system lines.  Pollutant transport is simulated in tandem with hydrologic and hydraulic computations, and consists of
calculation of pollutant buildup and washoff from land surfaces, and pollutant routing, scour and in-conduit
suspension in flow conduits and channels.
EPA SWMM is a public domain model; version IV is currently available and a newer version V is to be released. For
large watersheds with extensive pipe networks, input and output processing can be tedious and confusing.  Because of
the popularity of the model, commercial, third-party enhancements to SWMM have become more common, making
the model a strong choice for minor system drainage modeling. Examples of commercially enhanced versions of
EPA SWMM include MIKE SWMM, distributed by BOSS International, XPSWMM by XP-Software, and
PCSWMM by Computational Hydraulics Inc. (CHI). CHI also developed PCSWMM GIS, which ties the SWMM
model to a GIS platform.
General  Description of SWMM
The original SWMM program consisted of the following six blocks (see Figure A-l); runoff, transport, extended
transport (EXTRAN), storage/treatment, receiving water and executive.
   Compilation

Graph
Executive
block
j
* '
i
i
i . 	 	
* •
1
I
i _
k A ,
I
i
1
A
1
1
L A
I
i
	 	 	 1




                    block |     [  block  J      [
               block
           treatment
             block
             waters
              block
                    Data
Data
Data
Data
Data
Figure A-1 SWMM Program Blocks
These blocks are not used simultaneously.  Only the blocks best suited for a specific task are used at any given time.
Output from one block can be used as input for another.  This provides SWMM great flexibility and a staged
approach to modeling complex systems.

Runoff Block. The Runoff Block is used to estimate stormwater runoff from various subwatersheds and its output can
be used as input to the transport, EXTRAN, storage/treatment or receiving blocks. Initial storm runoff calculations are
based on sheet flow kinematic wave principle for the water that is not lost due to infiltration and surface retention.
Any temporal and spatial distribution of rainfall can be used as input. Sheet flow, including the simulated pollutant
load, is intercepted by trapezoidal gutters and circular pipes, which are then combined with flow and pollutants in
other gutters and pipes.  All flows and pollutants are eventually routed to specified discharge points. It is not
necessary, however, to simulate pollutant runoff in order to use the runoff block.

Transport Block. The Transport Block simulates the flow and pollutant transport in the major sewers of the system.
Input data for the Transport Block consists  of the output from the Runoff Block. This block can also simulate
detention facilities at any point in the system. The calculations are based on the normal depth and continuity
principle, which means they do not account for backwater effects or surcharge. If the inflow into any sewer segment
                                                   A-3

-------
exceeds its pipe full capacity, the excess is temporarily stored at the upstream end of the pipe segment.  This
algorithm has a tendency to underestimate needed detention volumes.

Extended Transport Block (EXTRAN). By replacing the Transport Block by EXTRAN, it is possible to account for
backwater effects in the flow conveyance system. The pressure gradient can go up to the ground surface at the nodes
of the model. When the  incoming flows surcharge the system so that it reaches the surface, the excess flows are not
returned to the system. As a result, continuity is not maintained when a sewer system is surcharged excessively.
EXTRAN also provides  for the simulation of certain standard facilities such as overflows, pumping stations, detention
facilities, etc.

Storage/Treatment Block. This block allows for simplified simulation of a single treatment plant in the system. The
plant, however, has to be located at the downstream end of the sewer network.  The treatment plant can include a
single detention storage basin.

Receiving Water Block. The Receiving Water Block was originally designed to simulate the hydraulics and the fate of
pollutants in the receiving bodies of water such as rivers, lakes, estuaries, etc. This block was not updated with later
versions of SWMM and  is typically no longer used due to the availability of other receiving water models. The
loadings generated from SWMM can be imported to other receiving water models, e.g. WASP.

Executive Block.  This block has the task of coordinating the information and transferring data between all of the other
blocks in SWMM.

Detention Calculations in Transport Block
The Transport Block in SWMM can be used to approximate in-line and off-line detention storage in the sewer system.
At most, two storage basins can be simulated by this block (see Figure A-2). If there are more than two basins, the
system has to be  broken up into smaller subsystems that can be simulated sequentially using the results of the upper
network as input into the lower sewer network.  The input data needed for storage calculations will include the
following:
    •   Type of outlet structure. The choices provided by the model include bottom orifice outlet, constant rate pump
        and a spillway.
    •   Depth-area relationship for up to 11 different water levels. This may be simplified in the case of a storage
        basin having the shape of an inverted circular truncated cone, in which case the user inputs only the bottom
        area and the slope of the walls.
    •   The  maximum water level.
    •   The  water level and the discharge rate at the start of the simulation.
                                                    A-4

-------
                                                Maximum storage volume
                                               — Maximum permissible water level
  Inflow
            Storage area at
          11  different levels
Figure A-2 Detention facility as defined in Transport Block

The following three equations are used to describe the discharge through each type of outlet:

Bottom Orifice Outlet:  Q = AxK1xH1/2

Spillway:              Q = LxK2x(H- h)3'2
Constant Rate Pump:    Q = K3

Where:
                                                                                        Pump or
                                                                                        controlled
                                                                                        outlet
                                                                                             (A-l)

                                                                                             (A-2)
                                                                                             (A-3)
       Q = discharge rate,
       H = depth of water above basin bottom,
       A = area of the orifice outlet,
       KI = constant dependent on orifice configuration,
       L = length of spillway,
       K2 = constant dependent on spillway configuration,
       h = height of spillway crest above basin bottom, and
       K.3 = constant pump capacity.

When the pump option is used, it is also necessary to input the levels at which the pump is turned on and off. If the
water level in the storage basin during simulation rises above the maximum permissible level, the excess is not routed
through the storage basin. Instead, it is accounted as excess volume in the printout of the simulation. This way, the
modeler is aware of how much the basin may have been overloaded.
The pollutants in the system can also be routed through the storage basin. The program can estimate the removal of
the settleable pollutants within the storage basin.  This simulation can be performed at the user's discretion using plug
flow or total mixed flow assumptions. As a result, the program provides the modeler with a simulated hydrograph
and a pollutograph after they are routed through the detention basin.  Also, for each time step, the output provides the
water depth and storage volume. The program does not provide a hydrograph of the water that may exceed the
storage capacity of the  facility and may spill as uncontrolled overflow.
                                                  A-5

-------
Detention Calculations in Storage/Treatment Block
The SWMM program permits simulation of a treatment plant located at the downstream end of the system.
Simulation of the following treatment plant components and processes is possible: gratings, swirl concentrator, sand
trap, flotation, strainer, sedimentation, filtration, biological treatment and chlorination.

The modeler excludes those treatment steps that are not applicable and provides the necessary basic parameters for
the processes to be used. A storage facility can be located in-line or off-line to the sewer pipe entering the plant (see
Figure A-3).  It is possible to use connection schemes of detention and treatment plant other than those shown in this
figure. For example, when the storage is connected off-line, it is possible to route or pump the water from the storage
basin to the plant.
Simulation of detention in this block is done using the same mathematic equations as used in the transport block
described earlier. The only difference is that in the Storage/Treatment Block, the user has to  specify the treatment
efficiency for pollutant removal in the detention storage facility.
Detention Calculations in the EXTRAN Block
In the EXTRAN Block, the sewer network is represented by a series of links that are connected to each other at nodes.
The modeler provides geometry, roughness and invert elevations for each pipe.  The user also has to provide the
ground surface elevation at each node (i.e., manhole).  Detention is simulated simply by providing the geometry of a
pipe that best describes the storage vs. volume relationship of the installation. If the storage facility has an unusual
shape, its characteristics can be approximated using any combination of pipes connected in parallel and series.  The
pipe sections  supplied by the program are illustrated in Figure A-4. The user may, however,  describe additional pipes
having any desired geometry.
It is possible to simplify the initial testing of a potential detention storage site without going into great geometric
detail of the facility.  This  is done by defining node storage basins.  All that is needed is to input the water surface
area available at the node  in question. EXTRAN assumes that the surface area remains constant as the water rises and
falls and calculates the volume being stored at the node.
The outflow from a storage basin in EXTRAN is described by either giving the dimensions of the outlet pipe or one
of the following  flow regulating elements: overflows, outlet orifices, pumps and high-water gates.
When these regulation elements are used to describe the discharge characteristics between two nodes, the user has to
enter their hydraulic characteristics, i.e., discharge coefficients, spillway lengths, pumping rates, etc. An example of
how a detention basin can be simulated using links, nodes and flow regulating elements is illustrated in Figure A-5.
The output from the EXTRAN block can provide for each time step the flow velocities in all  the pipes and water
levels at all the nodes in the sewer network.  At each of the detention sites, the inflow hydrograph, the outflow
hydrograph and the water levels are interdependent, and are calculated simultaneously for each time step. This block
is not simple to use, since all the component parts of the sewer system have to be described in detail and the
calculations tend to become unstable if the element lengths are too short.  It is a powerful tool for analysis of an
existing system and for testing proposed designs. It is not, however, the block that one would use for the general
screening of many alternatives during planning.
                                                    A-6

-------
                                                     Bypass
                                                    Bypass



Figure A-3 Treatment processes simulated by Storage Treatment Block of SWMM
                                                   A-7

-------
                                              G2
                                  G1
                                               G1
       Circular
    Rectangular
                                                                            Basket-shaped
       Oval
Horseshoe
  shaped
                                                                                                G3
G2
                                                                              Trapezoidal
Figure A-4 Standard pipe sections provided in EXTRAN Block.
Summary of SWMM Model Description
Detention calculations can be performed by the SWMM program in the following blocks: Transport Block, Extended
Transport Block (EXTRAN) and Storage/Treatment Block.

The same mathematical equations are used in detention calculations in the Transport Block and the Storage/Treatment
Block.  The latter block only permits the simulation of detention at a treatment facility. Backwater effects are not
considered in the Transport Block. If backwater effects are of significant concern, the Transport Block can be
replaced by EXTRAN, which accounts for water surface levels in the entire system.

Using SWMM, one can simulate most of the urban storm runoff and routing processes. SWMM is a comprehensive
and powerful model and can be an extremely valuable tool in experienced hands.  However, the model is complicated
and imposes many requirements on the user. It is not a model of choice for casual investigation of what detention
requirements may be needed at a single site. It is the model of choice for analyzing the performance of complete
storm sewer systems, which may include detention facilities within such systems.
                                                  A-8

-------
                                                  Spillage
                                                      t
      Inflow
                                    Storage
                                                                  Outlet
                                                          Node3
                                                        } Regulating element
                        Node 1
Node 2
                      Node 2                Node 3

Figure A-5 Example of how detention can be described using links, nodes and flow regulators in EXTRAN Block

TR-55/TR-20
TR-55 - Technical Release 55
The TR-55 model is a DOS-based software package used for estimating runoff hydrographs and peak discharges for
small urban watersheds.  The model was developed by the NRCS (formally SCS) and therefore uses SCS hydrograph
methodology to estimate runoff. No other methodology is available in the program. Four 24-hr regional rainfall
distributions are available for use. Rainfall durations less than 24-hr cannot be simulated  Using detailed input data
entered by the user, the TR-55 model can calculate the area-weighted CN, time of concentration and travel time
Detention pond (i.e., storage) analysis is also available in the TR-55 model and is intended for initial pond sizing
Final design requires a more detailed analysis.
                                                 A-9

-------
TR-55 is easy-to-use, however because it is DOS-based it does not have the useful editing and graphical capabilities
of a Windows-based program. Haestad Methods, Inc., included most of the TR-55 capabilities in its PondPack, which
is available commercially.
TR-20 Watershed Hydrology Model
TR-20 (Technical Release Number 20, Computer program for Project Formulation - Hydrology) had existed for 16
years in draft status . In the fall of 1997, the newly formed TR-20 work group made the momentous decision to revise,
modernize and finalize the program. The TR-20 Watershed Hydrology model is a rewritten and expanded version of
the older TR-20.
TR-20 Watershed Hydrology Model is a USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service system of computer models
developed to predict the runoff resulting from rainfall over a watershed. The model is also part of the TR-20 User
System, an umbrella that includes pre- and post processing functions in addition to the actual model. The TR-20
model is written in ANSI standard Fortran 90 and developed in a WindowsNT programming environment using the
DEC Visual Fortran 6.0 compiler. This programming effort also includes changing the philosophy of data input,
developing a Windows input interface and output post-processor and adding GIS capability to the program.  A
converter program will reformat old input data sets so they can be run in the new program version.
The system of TR-20 computer programs consist of: (1) input generation and editing, (2) GIS based data generator,
(3) old data set converter, (4) TR-20 HEC-RAS rating, (5) main program, (6) output files and (7) post processing
programs.
The system of TR-20 and TR-55 computer programs is available from the National Water and Climate Center website
(http://www.wcc.nrcs.usda.gov).


WMS- Watershed Modeling System
WMS was developed by the Engineer Computer Graphics Laboratory of Brigham Young University.

WMS is a Windows-based user interface that provides a link between terrain models and GIS software, with industry
standard lumped parameter hydrologic models, including HEC-1, TR-55, TR-20 and others.  The hydrologic models
can be run from the WMS interface. The link between the spatial terrain data and the hydrologic model(s) gives the
user the ability to develop hydrologic data that is typically gathered using manual methods from within the program.
For example, when using NRCS methodologies, the user can delineate watersheds and subbasins, determine areas and
curve numbers, and calculate the time of concentration at the computer.  Typically, these computations are done
manually, and are laborious and time-consuming. WMS attempts to utilize digital spatial data to make these tasks
more efficient.
Watershed Modeling
The Watershed Modeling program was developed to compute runoff and design flood control. The program can run
inside the MicroStation CAD system. Like WMS, this feature enables the program to delineate and analyze the
drainage area of interest. Area, curve number, land use and other hydrologic parameters can be computed and/or
catalogued for the user, removing much of the manual calculation typically performed by the hydrologic modeler.
Watershed Modeling contains a variety of methods to calculate flood hydrographs, including NRCS, Snyder and
Rational methods. Rainfall can be synthetic or user-defined, with any duration and return period. Rainfall maps for
the entire U.S.  are provided to help the user calculate IDF relationships. Several techniques are available for channel
and storage routing. The user also has a wide variety of outlet structure options for detention pond analysis and
design.
                                                  A-10

-------
Regional Models
A number of large storm models have also been developed by local and regional government. Some of these models
include:

    •  PSRM - The Penn State Runoff Model (Aron et al., 1992), which is used widely in Pennsylvania and Virginia
    •  ILLUDAS - The Illinois Urban Area Simulator, which was developed by the Illinois State Water Survey and
       is widely used in Illinois and neighboring mid-western states.
    •  UDFCD - The Urban Drainage and Flood Control District model, developed by the Denver Urban Drainage
       Flood Control District (UDFCD, 1999).  This model is used widely in Colorado and adjoining states.
    •  The Santa Barbara Urban Runoff Hydrograph, developed for the City of Santa Barbara California.  This
       model is widely used in California and other pacific coast states (Oregon and Washington).

A brief description of these large storm regional hydrologic models is provided below.


PSRM- The Penn State Runoff Model
The Penn State Runoff Model (PSRM) and PSRM-QUAL are the most recent modifications of the Penn State Runoff
Model (Aron et al., 1992) and is available from the Pennsylvania State University Department of Civil and
Environmental Engineering (telephone: 814-865-8391). This model incorporates both runoff quantity and water
quality routines, and is widely used in Pennsylvania and Virginia for the design of SWM BMPs.
Components of the quantity model include overland runoff, stream/pipe flow, surcharging, routing through channels
and reservoirs, and multiple storm considerations. The quality modeling routine includes methods for determining
contaminants in urban runoff and their effects.
The quantity algorithm simulates the runoff and pollutant transport as a cascade of sheet flows from consecutive
terraces along the flow path.  The model includes overland, tributary and reservoir routing techniques, as well as
surcharging (excess  runoff beyond the capacity of the main channel or drain pipe) and observed hydrograph input.
The quality algorithm calculates the buildup and washoff of sediments from the land surface. Various sediment sizes
are simulated, with expected percentages of pollutants associated with the sediment sizes (a high percentage of these
are associated with smaller sediment sizes).  The model simulates toxicants, nutrients and sediments.
PSRM and PSRM-QUAL is an easy to use, menu-driven program written in QUICK-BASIC. Data entered by the
user is written to a file and may be edited. Help screens are available to the user.
Once an input file is created, the run option executes the program.  Output may be displayed on the monitor or printed
out in summary form.  Sensitivity runs can easily be performed by modifying input parameters through the use of a
multiplier. Output from PSRM-QUAL may be plotted for both the quantity and quality routines.

ILLUDAS- The Illinois Urban Drainage Area Simulator
ILLUDAS stands for Illinois Urban Drainage Area Simulator. It has an option for sizing storm sewers given the basin
runoff characteristics, design rainstorm and layout of the sewer network. If the sewer sizes are already known, such
as in an existing system, the program will calculate the flows within the entire sewer network. This model was first
developed during the 1960s at the Road Research Laboratory in England and was referred to as the RRL method. It
was further developed and enhanced by the Illinois State Water Survey and, since it was in public domain, it was
made available by the state of Illinois to anyone upon request. In recent years, this model was converted to a PC
version by two individuals working for the Illinois Water Survey and is being distributed as a proprietary model
outside of Illinois.
ILLUDAS includes routines for estimating detention storage volumes. One of these routines is a simplification of the
flood routing process occurring at a stormwater detention facility.  This simplified routing option in ILLUDAS should
only be considered for preliminary pre sizing of volumes before serious and more detailed studies are initiated. We
refer to this preliminary routing procedure whenever ILLUDAS is discussed. For more information on the model and
its capabilities, contact the Illinois State Water Survey.
                                                  A-ll

-------
Detention design using ILLUDAS is performed using certain simplifying assumptions. Of these, the most significant
is that the outflow from the detention facility is held constant during the entire detention process, namely, during
filling and emptying.  This simplification limits the use of ILLUDAS to preliminary systems planning.  Figure A-6
illustrates a hypothetical installation that approximates the detention model used by ILLUDAS.
                                                              Operation

                                                              Q = Qfun when pipe is full

                                                              Q = Q when pipe is not full

                                                              Qin = Q-Qfull Qfu[|)

                                                                  = Qfull ~  Q 
-------
    •  diversion facilities (based on Flow in Main Flow Element vs. Diverted Flow rating table) and
    •  out-of-basin inflow hydrographs (based on Time vs. Flow table).

Also, like the MRD version of the Runoff Block, UDSWM offers a single program block with many of the options
frequently used in urban stormwater hydrology. In its current version, it has no capability to estimate the runoff and
transport of urban runoff pollutants. If storm runoff water quality needs to be modeled, the EPA version of SWMM,
despite its shortcomings in simulating pollutant loads, is the model of choice at this time. A feature was recently
added to the new version of UDSWM that can automatically design the size of circular storm sewers.
Detention calculations can be performed in two ways using UDSWM. The first option is an informal one and is
similar to the methodology in the ILLUDAS model.  The user can obtain preliminary detention volume requirements
by merely specifying a circular pipe of known flow capacity.  The model will route the flows through the pipe until its
pipe-full  capacity is reached.  Any excess flow is then held back in storage until the  flows decrease and capacity in the
pipe again becomes available to carry off the stored excess. The volume held back this way is reported along with the
flow hydrograph and as the maximum volume stored in a summary table.  Backwater effects and surcharge in the
pipes are not considered in the calculations.  As with ILLUDAS, the informal option produces estimated volumes that
tend to be on the low side.
The second and formal detention option of UDSWM permits the user to define the outflow vs. storage characteristics
for up to  25 detention facilities.  The outflow vs. storage input data are used by the program only after the outlet pipe
capacity is exceeded. In other words, the program will satisfy the normal depth capacity of the pipe element first
before utilizing the outflow vs. storage tables provided by the user. This option permits an experienced user
considerable flexibility in testing storage scenarios.
To simulate a surcharged outlet, the user enters the Storage-Outflow table and the characteristics for a very small pipe
element that has virtually no flow capacity to satisfy. To approximate an off-line detention facility, the user specifies
the pipe size equal to the bypass  pipe and then enters the  volume outflow table for the flows that exceed its pipe full
capacity. UDSWM2- PC is a single event model and will handle one storm event a time. Continuous modeling is not
a currently available option.
The formal detention option calculates the storage  in the basin using a Modified Pulse flood routing procedure. The
time increment used is the user specified time increment of integration for all flow routing calculations in the model.
The output consists of a printout that lists all the storage and discharge values throughout the run and the maximum
discharge rate and volume stored throughout the storm. Full hydrograph values are printed only for the user specified
flow routing elements. A summary table of peak discharge rates and volumes stored, along with their respective
times of occurrence, are printed for all routing elements within the model.
UDSWM is a modified version of the  SWMM Runoff Block that will run on a PC. The modifications allow the user
a variety  of flow routing options, including detention facilities. Detention calculations can either be performed
informally in a manner similar to how ILLUDAS handles them or formally using the Modified Pulse flood routing
procedure.  In the latter case, the user can specify up to 500 separate detention facilities anywhere in the flow routing
network.


The Santa Barbara Urban Runoff Hydrograph
The Santa Barbara Urban Hydrograph (SBUH) method was developed by the Santa Barbara County Flood Control
and Water Conservation District to determine a runoff hydrograph for an urbanized area.  It is a simpler method than
some other approaches, as it computes a hydrograph directly without going through  intermediate steps (i.e., a unit
hydrograph) to determine the runoff hydrograph.

The SBUH method is a popular method for calculating runoff, since it can be done with a spreadsheet or by hand
relatively easily.The SBUH method depends on several variables:

    •  Pervious and impervious land areas
    •  Time of concentration calculations
    •  Runoff curve numbers applicable to the site
    •  Design storm,

                                                   A-13

-------
Other Models

SLAMM - Source Loading and Management Model
The SLAMM model (Pitt and Voorhees, 1989) was originally developed as a planning tool to model runoff water
quality changes resulting from urban runoff pollutants. The model has been expanded to include simulation of
common water quality BMPs such as infiltration, wet detention ponds, porous pavement, street cleaning, catchbasin
cleaning and grass swales.
Unlike other water quality models, SLAMM focuses on small storm hydrology and pollutant washoff, which is a
large contributor to urban stream water quality problems.  SLAMM computations are based on field observations, as
opposed to theoretical processes. SLAMM can be used in conjunction with more commonly used hydrologic models
to predict pollutant sources and flows.


P8 - Urban Catchment Model Program for Predicting Polluting Particle Passage thru Pits, Puddles, &
Ponds
This model was prepared for IEP, Inc.  & Narragansett Bay Project EPA/RIDEM by William W. Walker, Jr. in 1990
and there have been several versions since, the latest being 2.4 in February, 2000.
P8 is a model for predicting the generation and transport of stormwater runoff pollutants in urban watersheds.
Continuous water-balance and mass-balance calculations are performed on a user-defined system consisting of the
following elements:

    •   Watersheds (nonpoint source areas, up to  192 in Version 2.4)
    •   Devices (runoff storage/treatment areas or BMP's, up to 48 in Version 2.4)
    •   Particle Classes (up to 5)
    •   Water Quality Components (up to 10).

Simulations are driven by continuous hourly rainfall and daily  air temperature time series.  The model was developed
for use by engineers and planners in designing and evaluating runoff treatment schemes for existing or proposed
urban developments.  The model is initially calibrated to predict runoff quality typical of that measured under the
EPA's NURP for Rhode Island rainfall patterns. Predicted water quality components include SS (five size fractions),
total phosphorus, total Kjeldahl nitrogen, copper, lead, zinc and total hydrocarbons.
Primary applications include site BMP design to achieve SS removal efficiencies (70% or 85%) recommended by the
Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management.  Simulated BMP types include detention ponds (wet, dry,
extended), infiltration basins, swales and buffer strips. Hydrologic components of the program are calibrated and
tested against six years of daily streamflow data from the 15,000-acre Hunt-Potowomut watershed, Rhode Island.
The model is used to examine the water quality implications of alternative treatment objectives.
Inputs are structured in terms that should be familiar to planners and engineers involved in hydrologic evaluation.
Several tabular and graphic output formats are provided.  The computer program runs on IBM-PC compatible
microcomputers. A companion report (P8 Urban Catchment Model - User's Manual, IEP Inc., 1990) provides an
overview and several example applications.  Information obtained from: http://www.wwwalker.net/p8/index.html.
                                                  A-14

-------
                                 Appendix B Small Storm Hydrology

Water quality control designs are focused more on the annual runoff volume rather than peak storm events. Typically
smaller storm events account for the majority of annual rainfall and runoff volumes.  The following describes three
approaches based on varying assumptions and subsequently varying levels of complexity to calculate water quality
volumes, VWQ, capture for small storm hydrology.  These methods use storage volume as a surrogate for water
quality, which is strictly a hydraulic issue and is the limitation of these methods.  If the objective is to improve water
quality and receiving  water quality that may require more complex methods of analysis that include pollutant removal
mechanisms, and not  throughput detention volume alone.

Basic Procedure for Optimization of Water Quality Capture Volume
Urbonas, et al, (1990) reported that an investigation of sizing stormwater quality facilities for maximized capture of
stormwater runoff events and their performance in removing settleable pollutants revealed that simplified design
guidelines are possible. These guidelines can be developed using local or regional rain gauge records.
The procedure for developing these simplified guidelines uses a runoff volume point diagram (RVPD) method to
approximate a continuous simulation process in combination with an optimization routine. This procedure was
converted by the authors into a computer software.
Using the Denver rain gauge for testing this procedure, a figure was prepared that relates a watershed's runoff
coefficient, required capture volume and the drain time for this volume.  The authors described a procedure that
consists of the following five steps:
    1.  Reduce the recorded rain gauge record (preferably hourly or 15-minute record) to a rain point diagrams
       (RPD) using several storm separation periods.
    2.  Transform these RPD into a RVPD by multiplying the individual rainfall depths by the watershed's runoff
       coefficient (C). This can be done for three or more values of C, such as C = 0.1, 0.5 and 1.0 to provide
       several points on the final design curves.
    3.  Process the RVPD through the optimization procedure described earlier using several capture volumes and
       brim-full storage volume drain times.  A RVPD  that was prepared using a time of storm separation equal to
       one-half of the desired brim-full drain time is suggested.
    4.  Plot all of the results on a figure  similar to Figure B-4 (described below) for the specific precipitation gauge
       being used.
    5.  Perform  sensitivity analysis and  if appropriate offer options for sizing capture volume for several levels of
       capture probability and/or TSS removal.

The procedure described by Urbonas et al. (1990) is reproduced below.


Background
The size of runoff event to be captured and treated is a critical factor in the design of stormwater quality BMP
facilities. For example, if the design runoff event is too  small, the effectiveness will be reduced because too many
storms will exceed the capacity of the facility.  Or if the  design event is too  large, the  smaller runoff events will tend
to empty  faster than desired for adequate settling of pollutants. Thus the larger basins may not provide the needed
retention  time for the  predominant number of smaller events. A balance between the  storage size and water quality
treatment effectiveness is needed.  Grizzard et al. (1986) reported results from a field  study of basins with extended
detention times in the Washington, DC area.  Based on their observations they suggested that these basins provide
good levels of treatment when they are sized to have an average drain time of 24 hr, which equates to a 40-hr drain
time for a brim-full basin.
EPA (Driscoll et al., 1986) suggested an  analytical methodology for estimating the removal efficiencies of sediments
in ponds that have surcharge storage above a permanent  pool. Subsequently, Schueler (1987) suggested that the
surcharge volume be equivalent to the average runoff event volume. Analysis by the  authors in Denver using the EPA

                                                   B-l

-------
analysis technique indicates that wet ponds can be very effective in removing settleable pollutants (i.e., annual TSS
removal rates in excess of 80%).  However, this analysis was limited to ponds that have brim-full surcharge volume
equal to one-half inch of runoff from the tributary impervious surfaces, with this volume being drained in 12 hr.
Nevertheless, there remains little rationale for sizing the capture volume that results in reasonable pollutant load
removal while providing reasonably sized cost effective facilities.
Until recently, the primary interest was in drainage and flood control.  As a result, the focus was on larger storm
events such as the 2- to 100-yr floods. Although drainage and flood control engineers traditionally consider the 2-yr
event as small, at least in the Denver area it is larger than 95% of all the runoff events that typically occur in an urban
watershed. Also, experience and monitoring data have revealed that a detention facility designed to control a 100-yr,
or even a 2-yr flood has little,  if any, effect on water quality.  Thus, focusing on the traditional drainage design  storms
is not practical or desirable when considering storm water quality.
The method described below can be used to find a point of diminishing returns for sizing water quality detention
facilities.  It utilizes rainstorm records as  its base instead of synthesized design storms. An example based on the
National Weather Service long-term precipitation record in Denver is used to illustrate the suggested methodology.


Rain Point Diagram
In 1976, von den Herik (1976) suggested in Holland a rainfall data-based method for estimating runoff volumes.  This
method is based on a long-term record of total rainfall and duration of storms. Subsequently, Pecher (1978 & 1979)
suggested modifications to von den Herik's work to use in sizing detention facilities through the use of a RPD.
Urbonas et al., (1990) modified the original method to transform the RPD to a RVPD by multiplying the individual
rainstorm depths on the RPD by the runoff coefficient of the tributary watershed.
The RVPD method approximates continuous modeling without setting up a continuous model. The method requires
combining individual recorded hourly or  15 minute rainfall increments in a given period of record into separate storm
depth totals. Separate storms are identified by a period of time when no rainfall occurs. Very small storms that are
not likely to produce runoff can then be purged from the  record. Rainfall storm totals are then converted to runoff
depths (i.e., volumes) by multiplying the  rainfall depth by the watersheds' C.
The RVPD assumes an empty basin for each event.  Because the RVPD procedure does not take into account the
effects of several successive rainstorms, it would have a tendency to underestimate the capture effectiveness of
detention facilities that have very low release rates.  This is because the volume captured during one storm may not be
fully drained before the next storm occurs.
The procedures used to develop the RVPD method and a case study using the Denver rain gage  data will be discussed
subsequently. However, to illustrate the use of the RVPD, a plot of 63 storms is shown in Figure B-l, where the
individual storm runoff depth  in inches is plotted against storm duration. A runoff capture envelope is also plotted on
this same figure. This captured storage envelope is based on the "brim-full" volume of the detention facility and its
emptying time.  In Figure B-l  the runoff capture envelope is based on a detention basin that has a brim-full capacity
of 0.3 watershed in., which can be emptied through the outlet in 12 hr  (sometimes called draw down time).
All the points above the capture volume envelope line represent individual storms that have sufficient  runoff to
exceed the available storage volume (i.e., brim-full volume) of the detention facility. A software package was
developed to perform this task.
While this procedure is a simplification of a continuous modeling process, the results are considered sufficiently
accurate for general planning purposes. This conclusion is supported by the fact that the true accuracy of hydrologic
calculations is significantly less than the precision implied by stormwater hydrology models (ASCE, 1984) that are
commonly used.

To compensate for storms that may be closely spaced, Urbonas et al. (1990) used a storm separation interval equal to
one-half of the emptying time  of the brim-full volume. In other words, a storm was defined as separate from a
previous storm when this separation condition was satisfied between the end of the last recorded rainfall increment
and the beginning of the next one.
The sensitivity of the storm separation period was tested  using a storm separation period equal to the brimfull volume
emptying time.  Virtually no difference was found in the  capture volume effectiveness between the separation set at
                                                    B-2

-------
brim-full and one-half of the brim-full emptying time. Such sensitivity tests are suggested whenever other
precipitation data are used for this procedure
              OC
              ID
              h—
              Q_
              
-------
The actual runoff volume captured and processed for quality improvement through the basin for a given storm is equal
to Vr, namely storm runoff volume, when Vr is less than Vm, otherwise it is equal to Vm with the excess runoff volume
assumed to overflow without any treatment. Adding the volumes captured for all the storms occurring during the
record period gives the total volume captured and treated, VT, within the period.  Thus, the volume capture ratio for
the period of rainfall record  is defined by equation B-4:

               RC=VT/VR                                                                    (B-4)

where:  RC = volume capture ratio for the record period,
        VT = total volume captured during the period, and
        VR = total runoff volume during the same period.

Similarly, the runoff event capture ratio is defined by equation B-5:

               Re=Nr/N                                                                    (B-5)

where:  Re = runoff event capture ratio for the period,
        Nf = number of runoff events that are less than or equal to Vm in runoff volume, and
        N = total number of runoff events.


For the total set of runoff events in the record there is a detention volume that will capture all of the runoff events of
record.  For practical reasons this maximum pond volume, Pm, was defined to be equal to the 99.9% probability
runoff event volume for the  record period.  For the Denver raingage period of record studied (1944-1984) this is equal
to the runoff from 3.04 in. (77.2 mm) of precipitation or 6.9 times the precipitation of an average runoff producing
storm for this period of record.  This 99.9% value, namely Pm, was then used to normalize all pond sizes being tested
using the equation B-6:

               Pr=P/Pm                                                                     (B-6)

where:  Pr = relative pond size normalized to Pm ,
        P = pond size being tested, and
        Pm = maximum runoff volume (i.e., 99.9% probability).

The maximization procedure incrementally increases the relative (i.e., normalized) pond size and calculates the runoff
volume  and event capture ratios (i.e., Rv and Re) using the RVPD method. Figure B-2 illustrates an example of the
results of such an analysis using the precipitation record at the Denver gage between 1944 and 1984.  In this example,
the capture volume was maximized using storms defined by a 6-hr period of separation, 12-hr emptying time for the
brim-full basin and C = 0.5 for the watershed.
The maximized pond size occurs where the 1:1 slope is tangent to the runoff capture rate function. Before this  point
is reached the capture rate increases faster than the relative capture volume size.  After this point is reached, the
increases in the capture rate  become less than the corresponding increases in relative capture volume size.  In other
words, when the point of maximization is passed, diminishing returns are experienced if the capture volume is
increased any further. In Figure B-2 example, the maximized point occurs when the relative detention volume is
equal to 0.18.  At this point approximately 82% of the entire runoff depth that has occurred during the 40 year study
period is captured in total and released slowly. This relative capture volume is then converted to actual volume using
Equation B-6, in which, 0.5  is the watershed's runoff coefficient and Pt = 3.04 in. (77.2 mm), namely the depth of rain
during the 99.9% probability storm:

        P = pr pm = pr (CxPt) = (0.18)(0.5x3.04) = 0.27in.(7.0mm)
                                                   B-4

-------
   o
   I—<
   I—
   <
   OL
   LU
   ce
   ID
   I—
   Q_
   <
   O
   LU
   21
   ID
   —I
   O
Poiiit
                              0.2        0.4        0.6        0.8
                            RELATIVE  DETENTION   VOLUME
                                           1.0
Figure B-2 Maximizing Capture Volume (Urbonas et al., 1990) (Reprinted with permission from ASCE)

Case Study Using Denver Rain Gauge Data
Urbonas et al. (1990) investigated the Denver gauge precipitation data using several storm separation periods, which
has been defined as the time between the end of one storm and the beginning of the next. A statistical summary of
rainfall characteristics for all storms that exceeded a total of 0.1 in. is given in Table B-l. A  0.1 in. "filter" was used
to eliminate from the record the very small storms, of which most are likely not to produce runoff. The urban rainfall
and runoff data in the Denver area indicate that approximately 0.08 to 0.15 in. of rainfall depth is the point of incipient
runoff.

Table B-1 Denver rain gauge hourly data summary 1944 -1984, storms larger than  0.1 in.
Separation
Basis for New
Storm (hr)
1
3
6
12
24
48
Number of
Storms
1131
1091
1084
1056
983
876
Average
Depth (in.)
0.39
0.42
0.44
0.46
0.51
0.58
Average Storm
Duration (hr)
7
9
11
14
23
43
Average Time
Between Storms
(hr)
267
275
275
280
293
310
Number of
Storms Smaller
Than Average
802
782
766
748
686
613
Percent of
Storms Smaller
Than Average
70.9
71.7
70.7
70.8
69.8
70.0
A skewed statistical distribution exists with more than two-thirds of the storms having less precipitation than the 40-yr
average storm depths.  Apparently in the Denver area the average runoff producing rainstorm depth is a relatively
large event.

The distribution of all (i.e., unfiltered) storms vs. total storm precipitation depth when individual storms are defined
by a six hour separation period is shown in Figure B-3. Note that 60% of the precipitation events produced 0.1-in or
                                                 B-5

-------
less of rainfall depth. Over 90% of all recorded storms had 0.5-in. or less of rainfall depth. This indicates that the
focus, at least in the Denver area should be on the smaller, more frequently occurring storms whenever water quality
is being considered.
   oo
   z:
   or
   o
   i_ Q
   CO C£
      CD
   LL. «j
   O LU
   LU
   CO
1800

1600
1400

1200
1000
  800
  600
  400
  200
      0
                          0.1         .5-1             2-3           4-5

                                .1-.5           1-2           3-4

                                 STORM  DEPTH   IN  INCHES

Figure B-3 Number of Storms in Denver vs. Storm Depth (Urbonas et al., 1990) (Reprinted with permission from ASCE)

Once the precipitation and runoff probabilities were understood, an attempt was made to find a simple yet reasonably
accurate relationship for approximating the maximized capture volume of water quality detention basins. As
described earlier, the maximized point was defined when additional storage resulted in rapidly diminishing numbers
of storms or in the storm runoff volume being totally captured.  The final result of this analysis is illustrated in Figure
B-4, which relates the maximized capture volume to the watershed's runoff coefficient. Separate relationships are
shown for the brim-full storage volume emptying time of 12-, 24- and 40-hr.


The captured volume ratio for this relationship exceeds 80% and the storm event capture ratio exceeds 86%.  The
storm event capture  ratio is of greater importance to the receiving waters because it is the frequency of the shock loads
that has the greatest  negative effect on the aquatic life in the receiving streams. On the other hand, examination of the
precipitation records (i.e., Figure B-3) indicates that the volume capture ratio is influenced significantly by the very
few very large storms. During these very large runoff events catastrophic flooding rather than stormwater quality is
likely to be of primary concern.  It should also be noted that even in these larger events some degree of capture and
treatment occurs, although at somewhat reduced efficiency since the detention capacity is exceeded.
                                                 B-6

-------
         0.8
         0.6
   E    0.4
   CQ
   LU
   CU
   
-------
  -a
   a>
   x
   ro
   T3
   OJ
   CL
   O
   
-------
   UJ
   o
   •a:
   CD
   C3
   
-------
  o
  o
                  0
20          40          60          80
    PERCENT  IMPERVIOUS
100
Figure B-7 Runoff Coefficient Based on NURP Data (Urbonas et al., 1990) (Reprinted with permission from ASCE)

Example of Basin Sizing
An example is used next to demonstrate how to determine a "maximized" capture volume for an extended detention
basin. A 100-acre (40.5 hectares) multi-family residential tributary watershed that has 60% of its area covered by
impervious surfaces is used as the example conditions.
Using Figure B-7 the runoff coefficient for the watershed, C = 0.4, is estimated.  A well performing extended
detention basin, according to Grizzard et al. (1986), needs to capture approximately the mean seasonal runoff and
release it over a 24 hr period, which they suggested could be accomplished if the brim-full volume is drained in 40 to
48 hr. Thus, using the 80th percentile curve on Figure B-6 and a brim-full drain time of 40 hr a design volume of 0.22
watershed in. is obtained. This is the runoff from a 0.55 in. storm and equates to 1.8 acre ft of storage.


ASCE/WEF Regression Equation for Maximized Water Quality Capture Volume
The American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) and the Water and Environment Federation (WEF) (1998). have
provided a regression equation to maximize the water capture volume that builds upon the  earlier work by Urbonas et
al. (1990). The procedure is summarized below.

Long Term Rainfall Characteristics.
Figure B-8 presents the cumulative probability distribution of daily precipitation data for 40 years in Orlando, FL and
Cincinnati, OH.  These data were screened to include only precipitation events 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) or greater in
Cincinnati and 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) or greater in Orlando. Cumulative occurrence probabilities were computed for
values ranging from 2.5 to 51mm (0.1 to 2.0  in.).
                                                 B-10

-------
Examination of Figure B-8 reveals most of the daily values to be less than 25 mm (1 in.) in total depths.  In Orlando,
which averages 1,270 mm (52 in.) of rainfall per yr, 90% of these events produce less than 36 mm (1.4 in.) of rainfall.
In Cincinnati, which has 1016 mm (40 in.) per yr of precipitation, 90% of the events produce less than 20 mm (0.8 in.)
of rainfall. By contrast, the 2-yr, 24-hr storm produces precipitation of 127 mm (5.0 in.) in Orlando and 74 mm (2.9
in.) in Cincinnati. This suggests that capturing and treating runoff from "smaller" storms should capture a large
percentage of the runoff events and runoff volume that occur in the urban landscape. Also, a water quality facility
capable of capturing these smaller storms would also capture the "first flush" portion of the larger, infrequently
occurring runoff events.

Capture of Stormwater Runoff.
Long-term simulations of runoff were examined for six U.S. cities by Roesner et al. (1991) using the Storage,
Treatment, Overflow, Runoff Model (STORM). The six cities were Butte, MT; Chattanooga, TE; Cincinnati, OH;
Detroit, MI; San Francisco, CA; and Tucson, AZ.  STORM is a simplified hydrologic model that translates a time
series of hourly rainfall to runoff then routes the runoff through detention storage.

Hourly precipitation records of 40 to 60 years were processed by Roesner et al. (1991) for a variety of detention basin
sizes for the six cities. These simulations were performed using the characteristics of the most typically  occurring
urban developments found in each city. Table B-2 lists the average annual rainfall and the area-weighted runoff
coefficient at each of the study watersheds.  Runoff capture efficiencies of detention basins were tested using an
outflow discharge rate that emptied or drained the design storage volume in 24 hours based on field study findings by
Grizzard et al. (1986). The findings by Roesner et al. (1991) are illustrated in Figure B-9.
            0,1   0.2   C.3   CA  0.5   0,5   0.7   0.8
                                      Da;»y .'24-oj  Pair-fa-1'  s
1,2   1.4   2
Figure B-8 Cumulative probability distribution of daily precipitation for two cities in the U.S. (in. X 25.4 = mm) (Roesner et al.
1991) (Reprinted with permission from ASCE)
                                                    B-ll

-------
Table B-2  Hydrologic parameters used at six study watersheds (Roesner et al., 1991)

      	City	Average annual rainfall, in. ( mm)	Watershed runoff coefficient, C
        Butte, MT
        Chattanooga, TN
        Cincinnati, OH
        Detroit, Ml
        San Francisco, CA
        Tucson, AZ	
 14.6(371)
 29.5 (749)
39.9(1,013)
 35.0 (889)
 19.3(490)
 11.6(295)
0.44
0.63
0.50
0.47
0.65
0.50
One way to define a cost-effective basin size is to represent it as that which is located on the "knee of the curve" for
capture efficiency.  This "knee" is evident on the six curves in Figure B-9 (Roesner et al., 1991) defined this "knee" as
the "optimized" capture volume and reported on a sensitivity study they performed relative to this volume for the
Denver, Colorado, area. Later, Urbonas and Stahre (1993) redefined this "knee" as the "maximized" volume because it
is the point at which rapidly diminishing returns in the number of runoff events captured begin to occur. For each of
the six study watersheds previously described, the maximized storage volume values are listed in Table B-3.  The
sensitivity investigation by Urbonas et al. (1990) also  estimated the average annual stormwater removal rates of total
suspended sediments using the maximized volume as the surcharge storage above a permanent pool of a retention
pond. Estimates of total suspended sediment removals were performed using the procedure reported by Driscoll
(1983). Similarly, the runoff capture and total suspended sediment removal efficiencies were estimated for capture
volumes equal to 70% and 200% of the maximized volume. These findings are summarized in Table B-4.
     100
      90-
  -d  801
  2
  J3

  8  ™
  a=
  o
      60-
  QC
  §  50
  C
      401
      30
                      Butte, Mont.

                      Chattanoogajenn.

                   x  Cincinnati, Ohio

                   ••- Detroit, Mich.

                   x  San Francisco, Calif.

                      Tucson, Ariz.
           —I	1	,	1	1	1	1	1	1	1        r
            0.02   0.1    0.2    0.3     0.4    0.5    0.6    0.7    0.8    0.9      1
                                Unit Basin Storage Volume, in.

Figure B-9 Runoff capture rates versus unit storage volume at six study sites (Roesner et al., 1991) (Reprinted with permission
from ASCE)

Review of Table B-4 shows that a doubling of the maximized capture volume results in a very small increase in the
total annual runoff volume captured and an insignificant increase in the average annual removal of total suspended
sediments. When 70% of the maximized volume is used, only a moderate decrease occurs in the volume of runoff
captured and an insignificant decrease in the annual total suspended sediment load removed. Based on these findings,
the Denver, Colorado,  municipal area adopted an 80th percentile runoff event (that is, 95% of the maximized event)
as the basis for sizing stormwater quality BMPs. This 80th percentile runoff event is viewed as the design event that
                                                   B-12

-------
achieves maximum extent practicable (MEP) definition under the CWA, but is not considered by the municipalities in
this semiarid region of the U.S. as cost effective for stormwater quality management.
Although the MEP event is not clearly defined by the regulations, insight into to the appropriate MEP design event
can be gained by performing an analysis of local long-term hourly rainfall data similar to those reported in Tables B-2
through B-4. These analyses form a basis for making a rational decision in defining sizing criteria for various BMPs.
As an example, the maximized unit runoff volume for a watershed in Denver, Colorado, with C = 0.5 is 0.28
watershed in. (7.0 mm) or 0.023 ac-ft/ac (70 m3/ha).  This compares well with the maximized storage volumes listed
in Table B-3 for Butte, MT and Tucson, AZ, namely, the two semiarid communities on that list.
                                                   B-13

-------
Table B-3 Maximized unit storage volume at six study watersheds (Roesner et al., 1991) (Reprinted with permission from ASCE)

 CITY                                            MAXIMIZED STORAGE VOLUME3

Butte, MT
Chattanooga, TN
Cincinnati, OH
Detroit, Ml
San Francisco, CA
Tucson, AZ
in. (mm)
0.25 (5.4)
0.50(12.7)
0.40(10.2)
0.30 (7.6)
0.30 (7.6)
0.30 (7.6)
Ac-ft/ac (rrT/ha)
0.021 (63.5)
0.042(127)
0.033(102)
0.025 (76.2)
0.025 (76.2)
0.025 (76.2)
 a Based on the ratio of runoff volume captured from all storms


Table B-4 Sensitivity of the best management practice capture volume in Denver, Colorado (Urbonas et al., 1990).

      Capture volume to        Annual runoff volume        No. of storms        Average annual TSS
   maximized volume ratio _ captured (%) _ completely captured _ removed (%)
0.7
0.7
2.0
75
85
94
27
30
33
86
88
90
As can be seen from Figure B-9 and Tables B-3 and B-4, most runoff-producing events occur as a result of the
predominant population of smaller storms, namely, less than 0.5 to 1.0 in. (13 to 25 mm) of precipitation.  To be
effective, stormwater quality management should be designed based on these smaller events.  As a result, detention
facilities, wetland basins, infiltration facilities, media filters, grass swales and other treatment BMPs should be sized
to accommodate runoff volumes and flows from such storm events to maximize pollution control benefits in a cost-
effective manner.

Estimating a Maximized Water Quality Capture Volume
Whenever local resources permit, the stormwater quality capture volume may best be found using continuous
hydrologic simulation and local long-term hourly (or lesser time increment) precipitation records. However, it is
possible to obtain a first-order estimate of the needed capture volume using simplified procedures that target the most
typically occurring population of runoff events.

Figure B-10 contains a map of the contiguous 48 states of the U.S. with the mean annual runoff-producing rainfall
depths superimposed (Driscoll et al., 1989a).  These mean depths are based on a 6-hr interevent time to define a new
storm event and a minimum depth of 0. 10 in. (2.5 mm) of precipitation for a storm to produce incipient runoff.  After
an extensive analysis of a number of long term precipitation records from different meteorological regions of the U.S.,
Guo and Urbonas (1995) found simple regression equations to relate the mean precipitation depths in Figure B-10 to
"maximized" water quality runoff capture volumes (that is, the knee of the cumulative probability curve).

The analytical procedure was based on a simple transformation of each storm's volume of precipitation to  a runoff
volume using C. To help with this transformation, a third-order regression equation, Equation B-7 (Urbonas et al.,
1990) was derived using data from more than 60 urban watersheds over a 2-yr period (EPA, 1983).

               C = 0.858 i3 - 0. 78 i2 + 0. 774i + 0.04                                           (B-7)

Where: C = runoff coefficient, and
        / = watershed imperviousness ratio; namely, percent total imperviousness divided by 100.

Equation B-8 relates mean precipitation depth taken from Figure B-10 to the "maximized" detention volume. The
coefficients listed in Table B-5 are based on an analysis of long-term data from seven precipitation gauging sites
                                                   B-14

-------
located in different meteorological regions of the U.S. The correlation of determination coefficient, R , has a range of
0.80 to 0.97.

               P0=axCxP6                                                                  (B-8)

where: P0 = maximized detention volume watershed in. (mm),
       a = regression constant from least-squares analysis,
       C = watershed runoff coefficient; and
       Pg = mean storm precipitation volume, watershed in. (mm).

The maximized detention volume, P0, can determined using either the event capture ratio or the volume capture ratio
as its basis.

Table B-5  Values of coefficient a in Equation B.8 for finding the maximized detention storage volume (Guo and Urbonas, 1995).

                                                        Drain time of capture volume
                                              12 hr                24 hr                48 hr
Event capture ratio

Volume capture ratio

a
r2
a
r2
1.109
0.97
1.312
0.80
1.299
0.91
1.582
0.93
1.545
0.85
1.963
0.85
a Approximately 85th percentile runoff event (range 82 to 88%).

Table B-5 lists the maximized detention volume/mean precipitation ratios based on either the ratio of the total number
of storm runoff events captured or the fraction of the total storm water runoff volume from a catchment.  These can be
used to estimate the annual average maximized detention volume at any given site. All that is needed is the
watershed's C and its mean annual precipitation.
The actual size of the runoff event to target for water quality enhancement should be based on the evaluation of local
hydrology and water quality needs. However, examination of Table B-5 indicates that the use of larger detention
volumes does not significantly improve the average annual removal of total suspended sediments or other settleable
constituents. It is likely that an extended detention volume equal to a volume between the runoff from a mean
precipitation event taken from Figure B-10 and the maximized event obtained using Equation B-8 will provide the
optimum-sized and most cost-effective BMP facility. A BMP sized to capture such a volume will also capture the
leading edge (that is, first flush) of the runoff hydrograph resulting from larger storms.  Runoff volumes that exceed
the design detention volume either bypass the facility or receive less efficient treatment than do the smaller volume
storms and have only a minimal net effect on the detention basin's performance.  If, however, the design volume is
larger and has  an outlet to drain it in the same amount of time as the smaller basin, the smallest runoff events will be
detained only for a brief interval by the larger outlet. Analysis of long-term precipitation records in the U.S. shows
that small events always seem to have the greatest preponderance.
                                                    B-15

-------
                                                                   §
                                                                   d
Figure B-10 Mean storm precipitation depth in the U.S. (in.) (Driscoll et al., 1989)
                                            B-16

-------
Example of a Water Quality Capture Volume Estimate
It is desired to estimate the maximized storage volume for a 223-ha (550-ac) watershed that has 40 % of its area
covered by impervious surfaces. Assume that this-site is located in Houston, Texas (i.e., the largest storm region of
the U.S.).  The detention basin needs to be sized and designed to drain its water quality capture volume in 24 hr.
Substituting a value of 0.40 (that is 40/100) for the variable "/" in Equation B-7 yields a C = 0.28. Using Figure B-10
we find the mean storm precipitation depth in Houston: Pg = 20.3 mm (0.8 in.).  From Table B-5 we find the
coefficient a = 1.299 for the 24-hr drain time.  Thus, the maximized detention volume is calculated as follows:

        Po = axCxP6  = 1.299x0.28x0.8 = 0.31in.(79mm)

This is equivalent to 0.026 ac-ft/ac  ( 79 m3/ha). The volume of an extended detention basin for this 223-ha (550-ac)
watershed needs to be  17,600 m3 (14.3 ac-ft). It is recommended that this volume be increased by at least 20% to
account for the loss in volume from sediment accumulation. The final design then can show a total volume for the
basin of 21,200 m3 (17.2 ac-ft) with an outlet designed to empty out the bottom 17,600 m3 (14.3 ac-ft) of this volume
in  approximately 24 hr.


Impervious Area Approach  to  Small Storm Hydrology for Small Urban Sites.
Urban surfaces can be broken down into two main categories, pervious and impervious surfaces.  Impervious surfaces
are traditionally thought to convert almost all rainfall into runoff, with pervious surfaces contributing much less
runoff. The amount of runoff generated by pervious surfaces is related to the size of the pervious area, the
relationship to impervious surfaces, the permeability of the underlying soils and the condition and type of vegetative
cover.  In urban areas this may not  always be the case as pervious surfaces can be heavily compacted and can have a
surprisingly high runoff potential while impervious surfaces, with minor cracks and expansion joints can have a
remarkably high infiltration capability.

Impervious surfaces have five main components that contribute to rainfall losses:
    •  interception of rainfall by overhanging vegetation
    •  flash evaporation
    •  depression storage
    •  sorption by soil particles
    •  infiltration through cracks and seams.

The first four processes predominately occur immediately after the start of a rainfall event and dissipate within a
relatively short time period, and are therefore often referred to as initial abstractions. Infiltration through cracks and
seams continues throughout the storm event and depending on the amount of rainfall, can account for significant
losses.  Many runoff models incorrectly estimate initial abstractions by holding them constant and few consider
infiltration through impervious surfaces for the duration of the storm event (Pitt, 1994).

Many jurisdictions throughout the U.S. use the NRCS Curve Number (CN) approach to predicting runoff volumes.
One of the principal shortcomings of the methodology is an assumption of a constant CN for a large range of rainfall
events. While this assumption does not significantly affect the accuracy of the model for larger storm events (> 2 in.),
smaller rainfall events produce more runoff than are predicted by the NRCS procedure (Pitt, 1994). Standard NRCS
methods should only be used by designers for computing volumes and peak discharges for larger storm events (i.e.,
10- and 100-yr storms).

Principles of Small Storm Hydrology
Pitt and colleagues conducted several years of research on small storm hydrology, in several diverse geographic
regions, over a wide range of land uses with remarkable consistency between simulated and observed results.  The
results  (Pitt, 1994) are as follows:
    •  Larger rainfall events correspond reasonably well with NRCS CN procedures.

                                                  B-17

-------
    •   Smaller rainfall events produce more runoff than is predicted by NRCS CN procedures.
    •   For strictly pervious surfaces, published CN values are much lower than observed CN values for small storm
        events. Therefore, less runoff is predicted from pervious areas during small storm events and NRCS method
        incorrectly attributes more flow to impervious surfaces. This translates into inaccurate pollutant loading
        estimates from both pervious and impervious surfaces.
    •   For impervious surfaces, the type of surface (i.e., rooftop, large paved surface, narrow street) has a significant
        impact on the amount of runoff for small storm events. The infiltration characteristics and depression storage
        of these surfaces vary greatly.
    •   Disconnecting impervious surfaces can significantly reduce the volume of runoff. The relative amount of
        reduction is a function of the pervious area flow path, the amount of impervious area draining to pervious
        areas and the infiltration capacity of the pervious surfaces.  Substantial reductions in runoff are observed for a
        wide range of land uses when impervious surfaces are disconnected and drained through permeable soils
        (NRCS, HSG A and B). Reductions are only slight for relatively low-density land uses when impervious
        surfaces are disconnected and drained through relatively impermeable soils (NRCS, HSG C and D). Not
        surprisingly, disconnecting paved surfaces and rooftops for commercial areas does not result in significant
        reductions in runoff.

The "90% Rule"-Cumulative Rainfall Volume for Water Quality Treatment
Table B-6 outlines the RFS  for the Washington, DC metropolitan area and illustrates that the vast majority of all
annual runoff is produced from the small frequent storm events. Schueler (1987 and 1992) conducted a detailed
evaluation of 50 years of hourly rainfall data in the Washington, DC area. The recorded precipitation data from
Washington National Airport consisted of all storm events separated by at least 3 hr from the next event. The base
data collected at National Airport included minor storm events that normally do not produce measurable runoff.
These minor events make up approximately 10% of all annual rainfall, are usually less than 0.1 in. and are therefore
excluded from the RFS analysis. These small storms seldom produce measurable stormwater runoff, yet are
numerically the most common rainfall event.

Table B-6  Rain Frequency Spectrum Washington, DC Area (Schueler, 1992)
          Percent of All Storm Events3        Return Interval              Rainfall Volume13
30
50
70
85
90
95
98
99
7 days
1 4 days
Monthly
Bi-monthly
Quarterly
Semi-annually
Annually
2-yr
0.25
0.40
0.75
1.05
1.25
1.65
2.40
2.90
         a. Equal to or less than given rainfall volume
         b. Watershed in.
A careful examination of Table B-6 suggests that a BMP that is sized to capture and treat the three month frequency
storm (or 1.25" rainfall) will effectively treat 90% of the annual average rainfall. Such a practice will also capture and
at least partially treat the first  1.25" of larger rainfall events.  Therefore treating the 1.25" rainfall should result in a
capture efficiency exceeding 90%.

To balance the desire to capture and treat as much cumulative rainfall as possible while avoiding an overly
burdensome sizing criteria, additional rainfall data was evaluated throughout Chesapeake Bay watershed.  In addition
to Washington, DC, three other locations were selected to evaluate longer-term rainfall characteristics. Daily
precipitation data was analyzed for an 11-year period (January 1980 through December 1990) at four locations within
the Chesapeake Bay Watershed. Norfolk VA, Washington, DC, Frederick MD and Harrisburg, PA were selected as
representative of the bay-wide watershed where new development activity is occurring. In addition,  locations are
separated by 100 to 150 miles and represent a distribution from coastal to  inland and south to north.

The 1-in. rainfall was evaluated to assess whether this value could be used to effectively capture 90% of the annual
runoff. The average capture percentage using the 1.0" rainfall ranges from approximately 85% to 91% for the four

                                                    B-18

-------
locations. The analysis included the first one-inch of larger rainfall events that will be captured, but probably not
completely treated.  It is recognized that during these large events treatment conditions may be less than ideal. But it
is safe to say that approximately 90% of the annual average rainfall events will be captured and treated using a 1-in.
rainfall criteria.

The results presented in Table B-7 provide justification for using the 1.0 in.  rainfall event for sizing stormwater
filtering practices throughout the Chesapeake Bay Watershed.  It must be emphasized that regional rainfall
characteristics will differ from specific location to location. Additional rainfall frequency analysis is required  for
more complete reliance on this value. If a particular jurisdiction has the resources and long-term data, a complete
RFS should be conducted and the 90% Rule applied to establish a local water quality precipitation value.  Long-term
data-sets (e.g. 50 yr) minimize the statistical significance of extreme rainfall events or drought periods.

Table  B-7  Comparison of Precipitation Data for Four Locations Within the Chesapeake Bay Watershed,  1980 -1991, Daily
Analysis (Claytor and Schueler, 1996)
 Annual Precipitation Data	Norfolk, VA    Washington, DC  Harrisburg, PA   Frederick, MD
Average Precipitation (in.)
Average snowfall (in.)
Average number of precipitation days*
Average number of precipitation days >1.0 in.
Average number of precipitation days < 0.1 in.
Percent of annual average rainfall • -1.0 in.*
Percent of annual precipitation days • -1 .0 in.*
* excludes rainfall events, 0.1 in. (assumed to produce
43.4
7.7
76
10.5
39.0
85.5
86.2
no runoff)
37.9
17.2
67
9.5
45.4
91.4
85.9

39.6
31.3
71
9.5
55.1
86.8
86.7

37.0
Not Obtained
68
7.7
Not Obtained
89.9
88.6

Other studies have found similar results, as exemplified the previous discussion of Figure B-9 (Roesner et al., 1991).
Heany et al. (1977) found similar knee-of-the-curve results for effective stormwater control in a nationwide study.

Many jurisdictions require storage of the first 1A in. of runoff from impervious surfaces.  While this volume appears to
have gained widespread acceptance, there has been little research on the cumulative pollutant load bypassing facilities
sized on this principle.  A study conducted in Texas by Chang et al. (1990), where the annual total solids load
captured using the ad-hoc half-inch rule showed significant drop-off when imperviousness approached 70%. Bell et
al. (1995) investigated the effectiveness of treatment criteria for smaller storm events given the economic
considerations of capturing and storing a reasonably large water quality volume, and the realization that stormwater
filters tend to lose efficiency as pollutant load input concentrations decrease.

Estimating Water Quality Volume for Small Storm BMP Design
Two methods can be utilized to estimate the VWQ for BMP design. Both rely on computing a volumetric runoff
coefficient (Rv) and multiplying this by the precipitation amount (P) to obtain a runoff volume in watershed inches.
As the heading for this  sub section suggest, these methods are for small urban sites.

The Short Cut Method
The first method, the Short Cut Method, utilizes equation 2-1, the volumetric runoff coefficient Rv, (Schueler, 1987)
to estimate runoff volume, or:

               Rv= 0.05+ 0.0091

where, / is the percent imperviousness of the site.  The required treatment volume for a site will be equal to:

               Vwq=PRv                                                                        (B-9)

The Short Cut Method is used where the site consists of predominately one type  of land  surface or for quick
calculations to obtain a reasonably accurate estimate of treatment volume. The method does not account for
variability in the pervious area, which is a limitation.

                                                    B-19

-------
Small Storm Hydrology Method
The second, or Small Storm Hydrology Method, utilizes the work done by Pitt (1994), Pitt and Voorhees (1989) and
others, to compute a volumetric runoff coefficient, Rv, based on the specific characteristics of the pervious and
impervious surfaces of the drainage catchment. This method presents a relatively simple relationship between rainfall
amount, land surface and runoff volume. The /?vused to compute the volume of runoff are identified in Table B-8.
The Small Storm Hydrology method involves the following:

    •  Rvfor land surfaces present on the subject site are selected for a given rainfall depth.
    •  If a portion of the site has disconnected impervious surfaces, reduction factors are applied to those impervious
       Rv.  The reduction factors (from Table B-9) are multiplied by the Rv for disconnected impervious areas to
       obtain the corrected value.
    •  A weighted Rvfor the entire site is computed.
    •  For the given rainfall, the water quality runoff volume, VWQ (in watershed in.) is computed (same as equation
       B-9 above).

In order to use the reduction  factors for disconnected impervious surfaces as general guidance, the impervious area
above the pervious surface area should be less than one-half of the pervious surface and the flow path through the
pervious area should be at least twice the impervious surface flow path.

Table B-8 Volumetric Runoff Coefficient, Rv, for Urban Runoff for directly Connected Impervious Areas (Pitt, 1994)
     Impervious Area                                                        Precipitation (in.)
                                                               0.75        1.00         1.25        1.50
Flat roofs and large unpaved parking lots
Pitched roofs and large impervious areas (large parking lots)
Small impervious areas and narrow streets
Sandy Soils (HSG -A)
Silty Soils (HSG -B)
Clayey Soils (HSG C and D)
0.82
0.97
0.66
0.02
0.11
0.20
0.84
0.97
0.70
0.02
0.11
0.21
0.86
0.98
0.74
0.03
0.13
0.22
0.88
0.98
0.77
0.05
0.15
0.24
Table B-9  Reduction Factors to Volumetric Runoff Coefficients, Rv, for Disconnected Impervious Surfaces (Pitt, 1994)
    Impervious Surface                                          Precipitation (in.)
                                                      0.75        1.00       1.25      1.50
Strip commercial shopping center
Medium to high density residential with paved alleys
Medium to high residential without alleys
Low density residential
0.99
0.27
0.21
0.20
0.99
0.38
0.22
0.21
0.99
0.48
0.22
0.22
0.99
0.59
0.24
0.24
The Small Storm Hydrology method has the advantage of evaluating the precise elements of a particular site and can
be utilized for most design applications to estimate accurate runoff volumes.  The method requires somewhat more
effort to identify the specific land surface area ratios and additional effort is needed to assess the disconnections of
impervious areas. The method rewards site designs that utilize disconnections of impervious surfaces by lowering the
computed Rv and the required VWQ

The following procedure was adopted from the 2000 Maryland Stormwater Design Manual1 (MDE, 2000) and can be
used to estimate peak discharges for small storm events.

The peak rate of discharge is needed for the design of basins or vegetative biofilters.  As mentioned, earlier
conventional NRCS methods underestimate the volume and rate of runoff for rainfall events less than 2" (Pitt, 1994;
1 Method for Computing Peak Discharge for Water Quality Storm (MDE, 2000 - Appendix D. 10) originally adapted from Clay tor
and Schueler, 1996.  It relies on the volume of runoff computed using the Small Storm Hydrology Method (Pitt, 1994) and
utilizes the NRCS, TR-55 Graphical Peak Discharge Method (USDA, 1986).
                                                    B-20

-------
Pitt and Voorhees, 1989). This discrepancy in estimating runoff and discharge rates can lead to situations where a
significant amount of runoff can by-pass a treatment practice due to inadequately sizing diversion or swales and filter
strips are undersized swales.

The NRCS Runoff Curve Number method described in detail in National Engineering Handbook, Chaper 4,
Hydrology (USDA, 1985) and TR-55 Chapter 2: Estimating Runoff (USDA, 1986).

A Curve Number (CN) can be obtained through the use of Figure B-l 1 or the following equations (USDA, 1985,
1986):


               Q= /  ~ '' —                                                              (B-10)
                   (P-/a) + S

where:  Q = runoff volume, watershed in.,
       P = rainfall, in.,
       S = potential maximum retention after runoff begins, in., and
       /a = initial abstraction (rainfall losses before runoff begins), in.

It is assumed that the following empirical approximation is valid:

               la=0.2S                                                                     (B-ll)

Equation B-10 can be rewritten as:

               ^   (P-0.2S)2
               Q = -^ - '—                                                              (B-12)
                    (P-0.8S)

Equation B-12 is then solved concurrently with the following equation:
                    CN                S + 10

An alternative approximation based on the equations above is:
                      10 + 5P +10Q -
                                                                                            0-14)
Once a CN is computed, the time of concentration, tc is computed (TR-55, Chapter, USDA, 1985).  The tc for small
sites is often small based on relatively short flow paths, however, a minimum value of 0.1 hr should be used.

Using the computed CN, tc and drainage area A, in acres, the peak discharge Qp for the VWQ is computed (based on
TR-55, Chapter 4, USDA, 1986).
                                                  B-21

-------
The peak discharge Qp is computed using:

              Qp=qaxAxVWQ                                                            (B-15)


where: Qp = the peak discharge , in cfs
       qa = the unit peak discahrge, in cfs/mi2/in. (csm/in.)
       A  = drainage area, mi2
       VWQ = water quality volume, in watershed in.

The unit peak discharge, qa (csm/in.), is obtained from one of the four exhibits in TR-55 Chapter 4 (USD A, 1985)
based on the appropriate rainfall distribution curve (Type I, I-a, II or III) for the part of the country, the appropriate
time of concentration, tc and also requires calculation of the value of \JP.  Alternatively, the Rational Formula may be
used to compute peak discharges associated with the VWQ but the designer must have available reliable intensity,
duration, frequency (IDF) tables or curves for the storm and region of interest. As this information may not be
available for many locations, the TR-55 method is recommended (MDE, 2000). The example below runs through the
procedures outlined above.

Example Calculation of Peak Discharge for Water Quality Storm
Given:
A 3.0 acre small shopping center has a  1.0 acre flat roof, 1.6 acres of parking and 0.4 acres of open space. Use P= 1.0
in., tc = 10 minutes (0.17 hour) and Type II rainfall distribution.

The runoff coefficient Rv, where / = 86.7% (2.6 acres/ 3 acres), is:

       Rv = 0.05 +0.009(87%)
       R, = 0.83
         V
The runoff volume, VWQ is:

       Q = PxRv=1in.x0.83 = 0.83 in.
       VWQ =Qx A = 0.83 in.x 3acres(1/12x43,560) = 9,039ft3

Using Equation B-14, computed CN is:
              10 + 5 (1.0) +10 (0.83) -10^j(0.83)2 +1.25 (0.83) (1.0)


Substituting Equation B-l 1 into Equation B-13


            CN       98
       L/P = 0.041x1. 0 = 0.041

Then (from TR-55 Exhibit 4-II) qa = 950 csm/in. and A = 3.0 acres * 1 640 mi2 per acre = 0.0047 mi2

       Qp =qaxAxVWQ =(950csm/in.)(0.0047mi2)(0.83in.) = 3.


                                                 B-22

-------
     76
        0    ft    10   16   2D   25    30   3<   40   4$    SO    56   BO   SS   70    Tfi   W   
-------
               Appendix C Ground Water Recharge Hydrology for BMP Design
Introduction
The state of Maryland has recently developed design guidance for the design of BMPs to address the impacts on
ground water recharge and base flow levels associated with land use changes, and in particular urban development
(MDE, 2000).  This design guidance is summarized below.

Recharge Volume Requirements (Vf?e) for BMP Design
The intent of the recharge criteria is to maintain existing groundwater recharge rates at developed sites. This helps to
preserve existing water table elevations thereby maintaining the hydrology of streams and wetlands during dry
weather.  The volume of recharge that occurs on a site depends on slope, soil type, vegetative cover, precipitation and
evapo-transpiration.
Criteria for maintaining groundwater recharge volumes  based on the average annual recharge rate of the HSG present
at a site as determined from USDA, NRCS Soil Surveys have been proposed for the State of Maryland (MDE, 2000).
More specifically, each  specific recharge factor (S) is based on the USDA average annual recharge volume per soil
type divided by the annual rainfall (42 in/yr in Maryland) and multiplied by  90%. This keeps the recharge calculation
consistent with the water quality volume (Vwo) methodology Maryland has adopted that uses control of the first inch
of runoff computed using the simple method described in Appendix D.  Table C-l presents the soil specific recharge
factors that have been developed for the state of Maryland (MDE, 2000).

Table C-1 Soil Specific Recharge Factor

   Hydrologic Soil Group1    Soil-Specific Recharge Factor (S)     Average Annual Recharge Volume2 (in/yr)
            A                          0.38                                   18
            B                          0.26                                   12
            C                          0.13                                   6
  	D	0.07	3	
   1 USDA Soil types are described in Chapter 7, Hydrology,  of National Engineering Handbook (USDA, 1985)
   http://www.wcc.nrcs.usda.gov/water/quality/common/neh630/630ch7.pdf
   2 Data is presented for state of Maryland based on average annual rainfall of 42 in. (MDE, 2000); www.mde.com

Sites with natural ground cover, such as forest and meadow, have higher recharge rates, less runoff and greater
transpiration losses under most conditions. Because development increases impervious surfaces, a net decrease in
recharge rates is inevitable. The relationship between Vpeand site imperviousness is shown in graphical form in
Figure  C-l.
                                                   C-l

-------


'iff'
f
1
JC
1
1
-—
>


OS
04fi
04
0,35
0,3
0,25
0,2
0,15
0.1
0,05
0
                    10    20     3D1    4O    Ml   OU    70     80    90   10O
                                        im
Figure C-1 Relationship between Groundwater Recharge, VRB, and Site Impervious Cover (MDE, 2000)

Thus, an annual recharge volume requirement can be specified for a site using a volume or area method as
follows:
               VRe = SRVA/12 (Percent Volume Method)
(C-1)
where:  VR = runoff fractions, which is a function of percent impervious as defined in equation 2-1,
       A = site area in acres.
               VRe = SA, (Percent Impervious Area Method)
(C-2)
where: Aj is the measured impervious cover.
VRe is considered part of the total VWQ that must be provided at a site and can be achieved either by a structural
practice (e.g., infiltration, bioretention), a nonstructural practice (e.g., buffers, disconnection of rooftops, vegetated
swales, filter strips) or a combination of both. Drainage areas having no impervious cover and no proposed
disturbance during development may be excluded from the V^e calculations. Designers are encouraged to use these
areas as non-structural practices for VRe treatment. VRe and VWQ are inclusive. When treated separately the VRe may
be subtracted from the VWQ when sizing the water quality BMP (MDE 2000).


Procedures for Determining Recharge Volume.
If more than one HSG is present at a site, a composite soil specific recharge factor must be computed based on the
proportion of total site area within each HSG. The recharge volume provided at the site should be directed to the most
permeable HSG available.

The "percent volume" method is used to determine the VRe treatment requirement when structural practices are used
to provide recharge.  These practices include infiltration and exfiltration structures (i.e., infiltration, bioretention, dry
swales or sand filters with storage below the underdrain). In this method, the volume of runoff treated by structural
practices must meet or exceed the computed VRe.
                                                  C-2

-------
The "percent area " method is used to determine the VRe treatment requirements when non-structural practices are
used.  Under this method, the recharge requirement is evaluated by mapping the percent of impervious area that is
effectively treated by an acceptable non-structural practice and comparing it to the minimum recharge requirements.
Acceptable non-structural practices include filter strips that treat rooftop or parking lot runoff, sheet flow discharge to
stream buffers and grass channels that treat roadway runoff.
The recharge volume criteria do not apply to any portion of a site designated as a storm water hotspot nor any project
considered as redevelopment. In addition, the appropriate local review authority may alter or eliminate the VRe
requirement if the site is situated on unsuitable soils (e.g., marine clays), karst or in an urban redevelopment area.
If VRe is treated by structural or non-structural practices separate and upstream of the VWQ treatment, the VWQ is
adjusted accordingly.
                                                    C-3

-------
                              Appendix D Pollutant Loading Estimates

There are many methods to estimate the concentration and loading of pollutants to surface waters. Physically based
models attempt to mimic the accumulation and removal of pollutants as well as the chemical reactions within the
receiving streams.  More empirical models rely on general data and information on pollution concentrations in surface
runoff and then predict pollution through an estimation of surface runoff volumes. Regression equations use
significant variables to predict loadings of various constituents based on data sets. This type of model can be used
with little or no data, but the models yield very rough estimates. The models are less effective for "what if analyses
that may extend the situation beyond the limits of data bases, nor are they very accurate in predicting acute or shock
loadings. Physically based models require substantial and site-specific data for calibration over the range of expected
conditions, but can be  very effective when data exists and can simulate the most important physical, biological and/or
chemical aspects of the problem.
The methods presented below are not definitive and all have been criticized in one manner or another. The methods
are presented as a means to generate estimates. More than one method can be used for comparative purposes. Local
ordinances may require alternative methods or specific inputs. For site specific results, users  of these manuals are
advised to collect their own data to calculate more precise estimates of loads.


Pollutants and  Sources
Land development generates pollutants from traditional point sources, such as wastewater, and from more diffuse
sources, such as storm water runoff.  The CWA has had stringent controls in force for decades to control point source
discharges through the NPDES program. The diffuse sources are controlled in part by NPDES stormwater programs,
which involve less rigorous controls. Table D-l presents typical urban areas and pollutant yields on an annual basis,
while Table  D-2 provides median EMC values (Burton and Pitt, 2002). Some of these pollutants are released at
concentrations in excess of the woodland conditions that existed at some time prior to construction.  These pollutants
include nutrients, bacteria and metals.  Other pollutants, such as forms of volatile synthetic materials, are new to the
receiving waters.  Various petroleum products and additives are also new to many receiving waters. Additional
pollutants can also include trash, sediment loads, temperature, and even non-native and invasive biological species.

Table D-3 indicates that, except for nutrients, the concentration of pollutants in storm water runoff can be comparable
to treated domestic wastewater.  Untreated urban runoff that is discharged directly into receiving waters can have a
higher concentration for certain contaminants than can be  attributed to treated domestic wastewater. However, care
should be taken in making direct comparisons between domestic wastewater discharges and separate stormwater
discharges as the constituents of stormwater will  be different. The SS loading of the storm water will contain a much
higher inorganic fraction and the COD load is expected to contain a higher refractory content. Fecal coliform in
stormwater may not necessarily indicate the presence of sewage, the original intent of this indicator bacteria, and will
require further testing to eliminate the possibility of leaking septic  systems or illicit connections.  Also, while the
concentrations in treated wastewater and those in urban runoff may be similar, the daily loadings from wastewater
will be small compared to the loading from a single storm event due to the great difference in the magnitude of
volume discharged to the  receiving waters.  Table D-3 is presented for comparative purposes  only.
                                                    D-l

-------
Table D-1 Typical Urban Areas and Pollutant Yields (Burton & Pitt, 2002)
POLLUTANT
Total Solids
SS
Cl
TP
TKN
NH3
NO3+NO2
BOD5
COD
Pb
Zn
Cr
Cd
As
LAND USE (lb/acre/yr)a
Com-
mercial
2100
1000
420
1.5
6.7
1.9
3.1
62
420
2.7
2.1
0.15
0.03
0.02
Parking
Lot
1300
400
300
0.7
5.1
2
2.9
47
270
0.8
0.8
NA
0.01
NA
Residential - Density
High
670
420
54
1
4.2
0.8
2
27
170
0.8
0.7
NA
0
NA
Medim
450
250
30
0.3
2.5
0.5
1.4
13
50
0.1
0.1
0
0
0
Low0
65
10
9
0
0.3
0
0.1
1
7
0
0
0
0
0
High-
ways
1700
880
470
0.9
7.9
1.5
4.2
NA
NA
4.5
2.1
0.09
0.02
0.02
Ind-
ustry
670
500
25
1.3
3.4
0.2
1.3
NA
200
0.2
0.4
0.6
0
0
Parks
NAC
3
NA
0.03
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0
NA
NA
NA
NA
Shop-
ping
Center
720
440
36
0.5
3.1
0.5
0.5
NA
NA
1.1
0.6
0.04
0.01
0.02
  The difference between Ib/acre/yr and kg/ha/yr is less than 15%, and the accuracy of the values shown
 in this table cannot differentiate between such close values
 b The monitored low-density residential areas were drained by grass swales
 c NA = Not available
Table D-2 Median Event Mean Concentrations for All Sites by Land Use Category (EPA, 1983)
Constituents
BODS, mg/L
COD, mg/L
TSS, mg/L
Total Pb, ng/L
Total Cu, ng/L
Total Zn, |ig/L
TKN, ng/L
NO2+NO3(as N),
H9/L
TP, ng/L
Soluble P, ng/L
Land Uses
Residential
Median
10
73
101
144
33
135
1900
736
383
143
cova
0.41
0.55
0.96
0.75
0.99
0.84
0.73
0.83
0.69
0.46
Mixed Land Use
Median
7.8
65
67
114
27
154
1289
558
263
56
cov
0.52
0.58
1.14
1.35
1.32
0.78
0.5
0.67
0.75
0.75
Commercial
Median
9.3
57
69
104
29
226
1179
572
201
80
COV
0.3
0.4
0.9
0.7
0.8
1.1
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.7
Open/
Non-urban
Median
—
40
70
30
-
195
965
543
121
26
COV
—
0.78
2.92
1.52
-
0.66
1
0.91
1.66
2.11
aCOV: coefficient of variation = standard deviation/mean
                                                        D-2

-------
Table D-3 Comparison of Water Quality Parameters in Urban Runoff With Domestic Wastewater (mg/L)
Constituent
COD (mg/l)
TSS (mg/l)
Total P (mg/l)
Total N (mg/l)
Lead (mg/l)
Copper (mg/l)
Zinc (mg/l)
Fecal Coliform
per 100 ml
Urban Runoff
Separate Sewers
Range
10-275
20-2,890
0.02-4.30
0.4-20.0
0.01-1.20
0.01-0.40
0.01-2.90
400-50,000
Typical
75
150
0.36
2
0.18
0.05
0.02

Domestic Wastewater
Before Treatment
Range
250-1,000
100-350
36630
20-85
0.02-0.94
0.03-1.19
0.02-7.68
106-108
Typical
500
200
8
40
0.1
0.22
0.28

After Secondary
Treatment
Typical
80
20
2
30
0.05
0.03
0.08
200
Source: Bastian, 1997; EPA, 1999.

Pollutant Loads
EPA (1983) determined that, based on the sampling done during the NURP, there are certain pollutants that may be
typically found in urban stormwater. Some of the conventional pollutants show up in significant concentrations in
most samples, notably the metals, but most others were present in measurable quantities in less than 15% of the
samples. Many of these constituents are related to automotive traffic or industrial activities, while others are
characteristic of fertilizing and insect control practices. Automotive sources and street locations are generally the two
key factors for other than illicit connections and dumping pollutant sources. Common pollutants addressed in studies
include: coliform bacteria; total suspended sediment (TSS), total phosphorus (TP), total nitrogen, (TN), 5-day
biochemical oxygen demand (BOD5), chemical oxygen demand (COD), total copper (TCu), total lead (TPb), total
zinc (TZn), and oil and grease.
Event Mean Concentrations
NURP was designed and executed under the auspices of EPA in the late 1970's and early 1980's.  Its main goal was to
provide reliable data and information characterizing runoff from urban sites (EPA, 1983). Twenty-eight sites were
monitored from across the United States.  While there were some differences in the objectives and procedures of the
sites, a common base of information emerged.  Later sampling data from municipalities with NPDES permits confirm
NURP's findings.  Because of the variability of measurements within storms, among different storms at one site and
among sites it was desirable to use a measure that tended to reduce this variability somewhat. The measure of the
magnitude of urban runoff pollution chosen is termed the Event Mean Concentration (EMC). EMC is defined as the
total constituent mass discharge divided by the  total runoff volume for a given storm event.  With few exceptions
EMC's were found to not vary significantly for similar land uses from site to site for the same constituent and were
found to have a log normal distribution. Therefore, measures of central tendency (median and mean) and scatter
(standard deviation, coefficient of variation), as well as expected values at any frequency of occurrence, could be
calculated by using the logarithmic transformation of the raw data. Standard statistical tests and sampling theory can
also be used on the log normally distributed data.
In selecting a method for estimation of potential washoff loads for a particular site, it is often decided to use methods
that estimate washoff loads by land use type. Total loadings are then determined based on event mean concentrations
of pollutants and runoff volumes. Table D-2 presented typical EMCs for various land uses and percent
imperviousness based on the NURP data and other sources.  This information should be compared to local
information, when available. Initial data from a number of municipalities throughout the east and midwest indicate
that, other than lead, most constituents did not vary significantly from the NURP information. Lead concentrations
have plummeted since the use of lead-free gasoline was mandated, which was instituted after the NURP data were
collected.
                                                   D-3

-------
USGS Regression Equations Method
Reconnaissance studies of urban storm-runoff loads commonly require preliminary estimates of mean seasonal or
mean annual loads of chemical constituents at sites where little or no storm runoff or concentration data are available.
To make preliminary estimates, a regional regression analysis can be used to relate observed mean seasonal or mean
annual loads at sites where data are available for physical, land use or climate characteristics. The result of a major
study by the USGS and the EPA resulted in the development of regression equations that can be used to estimate
mean loads for COD, SS, dissolved solids, TN, total ammonia plus nitrogen, TP, dissolved phosphorous, total copper,
total lead and total zinc (Tasker and Driver, 1988). The data represent 1,144 storms at 97 stations in 21 metropolitan
areas.  Storm  loads of 18 constituents and 15 characteristics of rainfall, runoff and antecedent conditions are reported.
Twenty-eight selected basin characteristics are also reported, including 11 categories of land use.
USGS developed equations for determining pollutant loading rates based on regression analyses of data from sites
throughout the country (Driver and Tasker, 1990).  This method consists of three sets of equations for analysis of
runoff pollutant load.  The first set of equations allows for calculation of storm pollutant constituent loads and storm
runoff volumes.  The second set of equations is used to calculate the storm runoff mean concentrations. The third set
of equations is used to calculate mean seasonal and annual pollutant loads. Eleven water quality constituents, listed in
Table D-4 are modeled.

Table D-4 List of modeled water quality constituents
   Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
   Suspended Solids (SS)
   Dissolved Solids (DS)
   Total Nitrogen (TN)
   Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN)
   Total Phosphorus (TP)	
Dissolved Phosphorus (DP)
Total Recoverable Cadmium (Cd)
Total Recoverable Copper (Cu)
Total Recoverable Lead (Pb)
Total Recoverable Zinc (Zm)
The country is divided into three regions based on mean annual rainfall to increase the precision of the regression
equations.  Region I consists of states with a mean annual rainfall of less than 51 mm (2 in) and includes the Western
States, excluding Hawaii, Oregon and Washington. Region II consists of States with a mean annual rainfall between
510 mm (20 in.) and 1,020 mm (40 in.), and includes the Midwestern and Great Lakes States, the Pacific Northwest,
and Hawaii. Region III consists of states with a mean annual rainfall of more than 1,020 mm (40 in.) and includes the
Southern States and the coastal Northeastern States. All of the constituents are modeled for regions I and II; dissolved
solids and cadmium are not modeled for Region III due to a lack of data.

Estimating Storm Runoff Loads and Storm Runoff Volumes
Regression analyses of USGS and EPA data were performed using a variety  of variables to generate equations for
storm runoff load and storm runoff volume.  The same basic regression formula was originally used for pollutant load
and runoff volume. Equation D-l is applicable for loads. When applying the equation for volume, multiply by
0.02832 to convert from ft3 to m3 in lieu of 0.4536. The variables used in the regression analysis include physical and
land use parameters, and climatic variables.  The physical and land use parameters include drainage area, percent
imperviousness, population density, and percentage of industrial, commercial, residential and non-urban land use. The
climatic parameters included in the model include total rainfall, storm duration, maximum 24-h intensity that has a 2-
yr recurrence interval, mean annual rainfall, nitrogen load in precipitation and mean minimum January  temperature.
Table D-5 lists the parameters, their units and their symbols.
                                                    D-4

-------
Table D-5 Parameters and Symbols Used in USGS Equations
Physical and Land Use Parameters
A
1
LUI
LUC
LUR
LUN
PD
Total contributing drainage area, km2
Impervious area, as a percentage of A
Industrial land use, as a percentage of A
Commercial land use, as a percentage of A
Residential land use, percentage of A
Non-urban land use, percentage of A
Population density, people per km2
Climatic Parameters
Hr
Tr
INT
Hmar
MNL
Tj
Total storm rainfall, mm
Storm duration, min
Maximum 24-h precipitation INTensity
that has a 2-yr recurrence interval, mm
Mean annual rainfall, mm
Mean annual nitrogen load in
precipitation in kg/km2
Mean minimum January temperature,
degree Celsius
The parameters listed in Table D-5 were used to develop equations of the general form:

                        x(X,)* x(X2f	(Xnf xBCF]x 0.4536
(D-l)
where: Lp = Estimated storm runoff load or volume in kg or m3 (multiply by 0.02832 in lieu of 0.4536 to obtain m3)
       •* *f, *!••••'*= Regression coefficients.
       Xi, X2, ....Xn =  Physical, land use or climatic characteristics in the model.
       n = Number of physical, land use and climatic characteristics in the model.
       BCF = Bias correction factors which corrects for bias towards the median response and for underestimation
       of the mean response.

The parameters that are used for the equations vary by region and constituent.  Table D-6 lists the regression
coefficients for the developed load and runoff models. All constituents are listed, followed by RUN or runoff volume.
The • coefficient is listed in the table. The value for the variable Xis listed in parentheses at the top of the table.
Note that the original study was done entirely in English units; therefore, all values obtained in metric must be
converted to English before entering the equation.  Appropriate metric units, with the conversion factor, are shown at
the top of the table. For example, if the watershed is 2 km2, Xis then equal to 2 km2 divided by 2.59 or 0.772.
A simplified, three-variable model was also developed for the 11 constituents.  The only variables used in this model
are total rainfall, drainage area and impervious area. Table D-7 lists the coefficients for the simplified model. This
method may be used in place of the more detailed model when a quick estimate of loading is desired.  For more
accurate estimates, the models shown in table D-6 must be applied.
                                                   D-5

-------
Table D-6 Summary of regression coefficients for storm-runoff loads and volumes, -o, M, •?....•-^Adapted from Driver and Tasker 1990)
Response
Variable/
Region
COD I
COD II
COD III
SSI
SSII
SSIII
DSI
DSII
TNI
TNII
TNIII
TKNI
TKNII
TKN III
TPI
TPII
TPIII
DPI
DP II
DP III
CD I
CD II
CUI
CUII
cum
FBI
PBII
PBIII
ZNI
ZNII
ZNIII
RUN I
RUN II
RUN III
•«
7111
36.6
479
1518
2032
1990
54.8
2308
1132
3.173
0.361
18.9
2.890
199572
262
0.153
53.2
588
0.025
0.369
0.039
0.005
0.141
0.013
4.508
478
0.076
0.081
224
0.002
4.355
112305
2
62951
32196
Characteristics Xn =
Hr
(mm/
25.4)
A
(km2/
2.59)
1+1
(%)
LUI+1
(%)
LUC+1
(%)
LUR+1
(%)
LUN+2
(%)
PD
(people/
km3x2.59)
tg
(minutes)
INT
(mm/
25.4)
Hmar
(mm/
25.4)
MNL
(kgN per km2
x(2.59/0.4536)
T,
°C(5/a)
+32
Regression coefficients* • s •
0.671
0.878
0.857
1.211
1.233
1.017
0.585
1.076
0.798
0.935
0.776
0.670
0.906
0.875
0.828
0.986
1.019
0.808
0.914
0.955
0.845
1.168
0.807
0.504
0.896
0.764
0.833
0.852
0.745
0.796
0.830
1.016
1.127
1.042
0.617
0.696
0.634
0.735
0.439
0.984
1.356
1.285
0.960
0.939
0.474
0.831
0.768
0.393
0.645
0.649
0.846
0.726
0.699
0.471
0.753
1.265
0.590
0.585
0.609
0.918
0.381
0.857
0.792
0.667
0.555
0.916
0.809
0.826
-
-
-
-
0.274
-
1.383
1.348
-
0.672
0.611
--
0.545
-
-
0.479
--
-
0.649
-
-
-
-
0.816
-
-
-
0.999
-
1.009
-
0.677
0.522
0.669
0.415
0.072
0.321
-
-
0.226
--
-
0.462
-
-
0.378
-
-
0.583
-
--
0.642
-
-
0.138
-
0.424
-
0.648
-0.161
-
-
-
-
0.402
--
-
--
0.267
0.261
0.217
-
-
0.228
--
-
0.260
-
-
0.258
-
-
0.181
-
0.189
0.096
-
-
0.248
-
0.274
-
0.253
0.276
0.243
-
0.172
-
0.287
--
-
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
--
-
-
-
-
--
-
-
-
-
0.103
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.087
-
-0.195
-
-0.191
-
-
-
-0.156
-0.056
-0.111
-
-
-0.286
-
-
-0.194
-
-
-0.219
-
0.082
-0.235
-
-0.160
-0.238
-
0.364
-0.374
-
-0.061
-
-0.328
-0.282
-0.181
-
-0.142
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.041
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-0.463
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.543
-
-
1.024
-
-
-
0.928
-
-2.071
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-0.683
0.866
-
-
-
-
-0.718
-
-0.951
-
-
-
-
-2.643
-1.376
-
-
-1.899
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-1.829
0.574
-
-1.355
-
-
-1.312
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.196
0.863
1.35
0.225
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-0.590
-
-
-1.395
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-0.754
-
-
-
-
0.965
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.148
-0.500
-
-
-
BCF
1.304
1.389
1.865
2.112
1.841
2.477
1.239
1.208
1.139
1.372
1.709
1.206
1.512
1.736
1.548
1.486
2.059
1.407
1.591
2.027
1.244
1.212
1.502
1.534
2.149
1.588
1.587
2.314
1.444
1.754
1.942
1.299
1.212
1.525
                                                                           D-6

-------
Table D-7 Summary of three-variable regression coefficients for storm-runoff loads (Adapted from Driver and Tasker, 1990)
Response
Variable
and Region
COD I
COD II
COD III
SSI
SSII
ssm
DSI
DSII
TNI
TNII
TNIII
TKNI
TKNII
TKN III
TPI
TPII
TPIII
DPI
DP II
DP III
CD I
CD II
CUI
CUII
cum
FBI
PBII
PBIII
ZNI
ZNII
ZNIII
Xs
Regression
Constant • 5
(mm/25.4)
407
151
102
1778
812
97.7
20.7
3.26
20.2
4.04
1.66
13.9
3.89
3.56
1.725
0.697
1.618
0.540
0.060
2.176
0.00001
0.021
0.072
0.013
0.026
0.162
0.150
0.080
0.320
0.046
0.024
Hr
0.626
0.823
0.851
0.867
1.236
1.002
0.637
1.251
0.825
0.936
0.703
0.722
0.944
0.808
0.884
1.008
0.954
0.976
0.991
1.003
0.886
1.367
0.746
0.504
0.715
0.939
0.791
0.852
0.811
0.880
0.793
A
(km2/2.59)
0.710
0.726
0.601
0.728
0.436
1.009
1.311
1.218
1.070
0.937
0.465
0.781
0.765
0.415
0.826
0.628
0.789
0.795
0.718
0.280
0.821
1.062
0.797
0.585
0.609
0.808
0.426
0.857
0.798
0.808
0.628
1+1
(%)
0.379
0.654
0.528
0.157
0.202
0.837
1.180
1.964
0.479
0.692
0.521
0.328
0.556
0.199
0.467
0.469
0.289
0.573
0.701
-0.448
2.033
0.328
0.514
0.816
0.642
0.744
0.522
0.999
0.627
1.108
1.104
Bias
Correction
Factor (BCF)
1.518
1.451
1.978
2.367
1.938
2.818
1.249
1.434
1.258
1.373
1.845
1.722
1.524
1.841
2.130
1.790
2.247
2.464
1.757
2.254
1.425
1.469
1.675
1.548
2.819
1.791
1.665
2.826
1.639
1.813
2.533
                                                        D-7

-------
Example of Estimating Storm Runoff Loads
Given that a 2-km2 (0.77 mi2) watershed located in North Carolina (region III) has 20% industrial land use (LUI),
20% commercial land use (LUC) and 60% residential land use (LUR)  with an average storm (TRN) of 18 mm (0.7
in), determine the storm runoff load of zinc from the watershed.
From table D-6, the zinc load for region III (ZNIII) values needed for equation D-l:

                                            •9= 4.355
          Xi = Hr= 18mm/25.4 = 0.71        •/= 0.830
          X2 = A = 2-km2 72.59 = 0.77         •; = 0.555
          X3 = LUI +1=20 +1 = 21           •/= 0.402
          Xi = LUC+1=20+1 = 21          •/= 0.287
          X5 = LUR+1=60+1 = 61         v=-0.191

Note that no other parameters are required, as illustrated by the dashes (-) in table D-6. The parameters are then
applied in equation D-l.
       Lp = 4.355x 0.71(0'830>x 0.7/0555^ x 21(OA02) x 21(0'287> x 61(-°'191> x 0.4536
       Lp=4.8kg.

Estimating Procedures for Storm-Runoff Mean Concentrations
USGS also developed a set of regressions for use with equation D-l to determine the mean pollutant concentration in
stormwater runoff. The same physical, land use and climatic parameters cited in table D-4 are used in the equation to
determine runoff concentration. As with the loading calculations, all eleven constituents may be determined for
regions I and II, while all but cadmium and zinc can be determined for region III.  Table D-8 lists the regression
coefficients for determining mean storm-runoff concentration.  These coefficients are used in equation (I). All of the
water quality constituent concentrations, except for the metals  (Cd, Cu, Pb and Zn) are expressed in mg/L. The
metals concentrations are expressed in • g/L.
Example of Estimating Storm Runoff Mean Concentration
Given that a 2-km2 (0.77 mi2) watershed located in Washington, DC (region III) is 30% impervious with average
rainstorm of 20 mm, determine the storm runoff mean concentration of lead.  First obtain the parameter values to be
used in equation D-l from table D-5.
                                                      •£=39.8"
             X1 = Hr = 20 mm / 25.4 = 0.79- •             »p= -0.196- •
             X2 = A = 2 km2 / 2.59 = 0.77- •              -f = 0.123-•
             X3 = /+l =30+1 = 31"                    »f= 0.404"
• •
The concentration is then calculated using equation D-l

       C = 39.8 x 0.79(-°'196) x 0.77(0'123) x 31(OM4) 1.510
       C = 244»g/L.
                                                   D-8

-------
Table D-8 Summary of regression coefficients for storm-runoff mean concentrations, *e, *r, •}....••$^adapted from Driver and Tasker, 1990)
Response
Variable/
Region
COD I
COD II
COD III
SSI
SSII
SSIII
DSI
DSII
TNI
TNII
TNIII
TKNI
TKNII
TKN III
TPI
TPII
TPIII
DPI
DP II
DP III
CD I
CD II
CUI
CUII
cum
FBI
PBII
PBIII
ZNI
ZNII
ZNIII
•J
5.035
0.254
46.9
2041
734
176
0.333
2398
3.52
1.65
26915
1.282
0.830
9549
0.085
0.022
2.630
0.352
0.003
0.060
0.338
0.851
11.3
9.683
1774
141
0.487
39.8
199
0.149
1879
Characteristics Xn =
Hr
(mm/25.4)
A
(km2/2.59)
1+1
(%)
LUI+1
(%)
LUC+1
(%)
LUR+1
(%)
LUN+2
(%)
PD
(people/
km3x2.59)
tg
(minutes)
INT
(mm/25.4)
Hmar
(mm/25.4)
MNL
(kgN per km2
x(2.59/0.4536)
T,
°C(5/a)
+32
Regression coefficients' • a •
-0.473
-0.259
-0.179
0.143.
0.132
0.054
-0.402
-0.112
-0.285
-0.204
-0.253
-0.449
-0.224
-0.157
-0.232
-0.177
-0.016
-0.294
-0.209
0.189
-0.256
0.223
-0.327
-0.298
-0.104
-0.347
-0.268
-0.196
-0.338
-0.238
-0.149
-0.087
-0.054
-0.047
0.108
-0.342
0.286
0.469
0.519
0.033
0.065
-0.169
0.222
-0.066
-0.159
-0.012
-0.133
-0.107
-0.013
-0.174
-0.076
0.025
0.189
0.066
-0.151
-0.077
0.145
-0.359
0.123
0.070
-0.201
-0.061
-
-
-
-
-0.329
-
0.445
0.468
-
0.176
0.057
-
0.039
-
-
0.006
-
-
0.245
-
-
-
-
0.157
-
-
-
0.404
-
0.278
-
0.388
0.0003
0.320
-
-
0.168
-
-
0.512
-
-
0.426
-
-
0.552
-
-
0.629
-
-
0.090
-
0.237
-
0.446
-0.109
-
-
-
-
0.285
0.012
0.025
0.031
-
-
0.072
-
-
0.017
-
-
-0.016
-
-
-0.080
-
0.053
-0.136
-
-
0.033
-
0.048
-
0.078
0.034
0.099
-
-0.029
-
0.146
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.184
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.152
-
0.144
-
-0.078
-0.048
-0.033
-0.169
-
-
-0.295
-
-
0.012
-
-
-0.012
-
-0.086
0.038
-
-0.168
-0.046
-
0.358
-0.110
-
0.155
-
-0.204
-0.086
-0.008
-
0.068
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.041
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-0.370
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.019
-
-
1.514
-
-
-
0.406
-
-3.247
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.855
1.556
-
-
-
-
1.497
-
-0.129
-
-2.737-
-
-
-2.447
0.530
-
-
-0.297
-
-
0.481
-
-
-
-
-0.046
1.088
-
-0.004
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-0.296
-
0.347
0.106
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-0.519
-
-
-1.373
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-0.710
-
-
-
-
0.394
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.961
-0.916
BCF
1.163
1.299
1.270
1.543
1.650
1.928
1.352
1.179
1.096
1.256
1.308
1.167
1.321
1.326
1.261
1.521
1.363
1.266
1.567
1.341
1.166
1.284
1.297
1.473
1.348
1.304
1.433
1.510
1.242
1.650
1.322
                                                                             D-9

-------
Estimating Procedures for Mean Seasonal or Annual Loads
USGS applies separate equations for calculation of the mean seasonal and annual loading. The annual or seasonal
load is determined by first determining the mean load for a storm. In this case, a storm is defined as an event in
which the total rainfall is at least 1.3 mm (0.05 in.). At least six consecutive hours without rainfall separate
defined storms. Coefficients that were applied during the regression analysis include drainage area, percent
imperviousness, mean annual rainfall, mean minimum January temperature and an indicator variable, X2. The
variable X2 equals 1, if the sum of commercial and industrial land use exceeds 75% of the drainage area, and 0 if
it is less than 75%.  The mean annual load is then multiplied by the mean number of storms per yr to obtain the
mean annual load. The formula used for the model of annual load is:

               Lm = io[Exponent] x BCF x 0.4536kg / Ib                                       (D-2)

where: Exponent = *ff+'f(A/(2.59 km2/mi2))05 + •fA, + 'jHmarl(25A mm/in) + *j(Tj (9/5)+32) + '$X2
       Lm = Estimated load for a storm (kg)
       •ff= Regression Constant
       •f= Coefficient for drainage area
       •;= Coefficient for impervious area
       •f= Coefficient for mean annual rainfall
       •f = Coefficient for mean minimum January temperature
       •f= Coefficient for X2
       A = Drainage area in km2
       AI = Impervious area
       Hmar= Mean annual rainfall in mm.
       Tj = Mean minimum January temperature in degrees Celsius
       X2 = Indicator coefficient: 1 if industrial land use plus commercial land use is > 75%; 0 if < 75%
       BCF = Bias correction factor

Table D-9 lists the coefficients for calculating the mean load of a storm for the water quality constituents.
Coefficients developed from two regression models are shown, for the ordinary least squares (OLS) and for the
generalized least squares (GLS) models.  The  generalized least squares model is more accurate because this study
accounts  for cross correlations between the  monitoring stations in the study and allows for heterogeneous errors.
The regression analysis is limited to drainage areas between 0.017 km2 (O.Olmi2) and 1.37 km2 (0.85 mi2). It is
necessary to use another method for drainage areas much beyond these limits.


Example of USGS Method for Determining  Annual Load
Given that a 0.8 km2 watershed is 40% industrial and 40% commercial, 20% residential and 75% impervious with
an average annual rainfall of 750 mm, determine the mean annual load of SS. Use equation D-2 to determine the
mean storm load. The total industrial and commercial percentage is greater than 75%, so X2= 1.  The minimum
temperature in January is-5°C.  Referring to table D-9, »g= 1.5430, •/= 1.5906, »fand 'fare not applicable, »f
= 0.0264, •/ = -0.0297, and BCF= 1.521.

       Exponent= 1.5430 + 1.5906(0.8/2.59)°5 + 0.0264(750/25.4) - 0.0297(-5'C(9/5) + 32) = 2.523435
       Lm= 102523435x 1.521x0.4536
       Lm = 230 kg
                                                D-10

-------
Table D-9  Regression coefficients of mean loads of a storm for indicated constituents based on physical, land use or climatic
characteristics of the watershed
Response
Varaible
COD
ss
DS
TN
AN
TP
DP
Cu
Pb
Zn
Method
OLS
GLS
OLS
GLS
OLS
GLS
OLS
GLS
OLS
GLS
OLS
GLS
OLS
GLS
OLS
GLS
OLS
GLS
OLS
GLS
Regression
Constant
•8
1.1262
1.1174
1.4627
1.5430
1.8656
1.8449
-0.2398
-0.2433
-0.7326
-0.7282
-1.4443
-1.3884
-1.3898
-1.3661
-1.4861
-1.4824
-2.0676
-1.9679
-1.6504
-1.6302
Variables
A0'5
(km2/2.59)
I
(%)
Hmar
(mm/25.4)
Tj
°C(5/a)+32
X2
(0 or 1)
Regression Coefficients
•r
2.0004
2.0069
1.6021
1.5906
2.5501
2.5468
1.6039
1.6383
1.5991
1.6123
2.0918
2.0825
.4316
.3955
.7646
.8281
.9880
.9037
2.0267
2.0392
• *<
0.0049
0.0051
~
~
0.0065
0.0061
0.0067
0.0064
~
~
~
0.0081
0.0070
0.0073
0.0072
•3
~
0.0299
0.0264
~
~
0.0219
0.0226
0.0246
0.0234
~
~
0.0121
0.0128
~
•I
-
-0.0342
-0.0297
-0.0244
-0.0232
~
-0.0199
-0.0210
-0.0211
-0.0213
~
-0.0136
-0.0141
~
~
•5
~
~
~
-0.4832
-0.4442
-0.4553
-0.4345
~
~
~
~
~
Bias
Correction
Factor
(BCF)
1.301
1.298
1.670
1.521
1.278
1.251
1.332
1.345
1.264
1.277
1.330
1.314
1.508
1.469
1.457
1.403
1.477
1.365
1.356
1.322
The Simple Method
The Simple method, as its name implies, is an easy-to-use empirical equation for estimating pollutant loadings of
an urban watershed (Schueler, 1987). The method is applicable to watersheds less than 2.5 km2 (1 mi2) in area
and can be used for analysis of smaller watersheds or site planning. The method was developed using the
database generated during a NURP study in the Washington, DC area and the national NURP data analysis.  The
equations, however, may be applied anywhere in the country. Some precision is lost as a result of the effort to
make the equation general and simple. The method is adequate to be used in decision making at the site-planning
level.
The pollutant load from a watershed, in kilograms over a specified interval is:

               Lp=HrPjRvCA/98.6                                                           (D-3)

Where:  Lp = Pollutant load during interval, kg.
        Hr = Rainfall amount over the specified time interval, mm.
        Pj = Percentage of rainfall during the interval which produces runoff.
        RV= Runoff coefficient.
        C = Flow-weighted mean concentration of the pollutant in urban runoff, mg/L.
        A = Area of the development site, ha.
        98.6 = Unit conversion  factor.

In the above equation, the rainfall amount Hr is  the total depth of rain that has fallen during the time interval of
interest. For example, if the pollutant load for an average year in the Washington, DC area is desired, the average
annual total rainfall, 1,000 mm (40  in), is used for an Hr value. If the pollutant load for a dry or wet year is to be
calculated, this rainfall amount is adjusted appropriately.
                                                  D-ll

-------
Pj is the percentage of rain during the interval that produces runoff.  This parameter is used to account for the
rainfall events during the interval that are so minor they do not produce appreciable runoff. Rainfall from these
minor events is either intercepted or stored before it creates runoff, and eventually evaporates.  If the equation is
being used for a single storm event, Pj should be set equal to 1.0.

The runoff coefficient, Rv, is a function of imperviousness and can be estimated using the equation 2-1:

               R =0.05 + 0.009(1)


The  C value used in the pollutant load equation varies according to general land uses, including suburban, urban,
business, forest and highway areas. C values were determined through statistical analysis of data cited
previously. The appropriate C value can be obtained from table D-10:

Table D-10 Urban C values for use with the Simple method (mg/L) (Schueler, 1987).
Pollutant

Phosphorus
Total
Ortho
Soluble
Organic
Nitrogen
Total
Nitrate
Ammonia
Organic
TKN
COD
BOD5
Metals
Zinc
Lead
Copper
National
Urban
Highway
Runoff

-
-
0.59
-

-
-
-
-
2.72
124.0
_

0.380
0.550
-
New
Suburban
NURP Sites
(Washington,
DC)

0.26
0.12
0.16
0.10

2.00
0.48
0.26
1.25
1.51
35.6
5.1

0.037
0.018

Older Urban
Areas
(Baltimore)

1.08
0.26
-
0.82

13.6
8.9
1.1
-
7.2
163
_

0.397
0.389
0.105
Central
Business
District
(Washington,
DC)

-
1.01
-
-

2.17
0.84
-
-
1.49
_
36

0.250
0.370

National
NURP Study
Average

0.46
-
0.16
0.13

3.31
0.96
-
-
2.35
90.8
11.9

0.176
0.180
0.047
Hardwood
Forest
(Northern
Virginia)

0.15
0.02
0.04
0.11

0.78
0.17
0.07
0.54
0.61
>40.0
_

-

-
   TKN = total Kjeldahl nitrogen; COD = chemical oxygen demand; BOD5 = biochemical oxygen demand.

Example for Zinc and Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen Load
The first step is to determine the preconstruction pollutant load. The forested area corresponds to 2%
imperviousness. As shown in table D-10, the C value for TKN in a forested area is 0.61, while there is no
contribution from zinc. For the pre-construction conditions, using equation 2-1:

        Rv = 0.05 + 0.009(2) = 0.068

Thus, the pollutant load of TKN (kg) for pre-construction conditions

        Lp = (1000mm)(0.9)(0.068)(0.61)(50)/98.6 = 18.9 kg
                                                 D-12

-------
Next, determine the pollutant load resulting from construction of the highway. The C values for TKN and zinc
for urban highway runoff are 2.72 and 0.38, respectively. Assume the highway area is 80% impervious.
        Rv = 0.05 + 0.009(80 = 0.77

Thus, the pollutant load of TKN (kg) for post-construction conditions is:

        Lp = (1000mm)(0.9)(0.77)(2.72)(50 ha)/98.6 = 956 kg

and the pollutant load of zinc (kg) for post-construction conditions is:

        Lp =[(1000 mm)(0.9)(0.77)][0.38][50]/98.6 = 134 kg

The increase in TKN loading as a result of the road is 937 kg/yr (i.e., 956 kg/yr - 18.9 kg/yr). The amount of zinc
added to the runoff resulting from the road is  134 kg/yr.

Data and Measurement Needs
While use of literature values is helpful in a first cut analysis or preliminary design work, it is important to
characterize SS on a site-specific basis, because the transport of settleable solids is a function of local conditions
that include topography, geology and antecedent dry period.  Topography influences slope or gradient, with
milder slopes causing greater solid amounts to be deposited; subsequently, these solids are resuspended during
intensive storm flows. The  surrounding geology, or more specifically the soil, affects the SS and settleable solids
concentration and particle-settling-velocity distribution.  Seasonal effects may also be considered.
The monitoring and analyses needed prior to installation for proper assessment, design and application of BMPs
may increase expenses in the short term; however, reliable data collection may save even more expensive
construction costs and may help designs improve water quality.  Sampling devices must be able to capture the
heavier sediments or settleable solids and not manifest biased results due to stratification of the heavier solids.
Site-specific solids characterization is necessary for the satisfactory design of physical treatment, i.e.,
sedimentation. Sedimentation in BMPs is dependent upon the (1) fraction of settleable  solids and SS, (2) SS-
settling-velocity distribution and (3) hydraulic loading.  Common sieve analysis or more advanced light scattering
techniques can be used for particle-size-distribution analyses.  These analyses will enable a site-specific estimate
of the percent of solids and their associated pollutants that the intended BMP may be  capable of removing. The
settling characteristic analyses (settleable solids) should be the gravimetric type with data presented in mg/L to
determine the fraction of settleable solids in the storm flow. Indicator organism and pathogenic analyses may also
require some special procedures before analysis.
Technological advances and improvements in real-time monitors can also allow continuous measurements of
certain parameters, e.g., pH and turbidity; however, even modern probe-type-monitoring devices must remain wet
(submerged), which can be a limitation.
                                                  D-13

-------
                          Appendix E Quantifying Pollutant Removal
Background
In order to better clarify the terminology used to describe the level of performance achieved and how well a
device, system or practice meets its identified design goals, definitions of some terms, often used loosely in the
literature, are provided here. These terms help to better specify the scope of monitoring studies and related
analyses:

    •  Best Management Practice (BMP) - A device, practice or method for removing, reducing, retarding or
       preventing targeted storm water runoff constituents, pollutants and contaminants from reaching receiving
       waters.
    •  BMP System - A BMP system includes the BMP and any related bypass or overflow. For example, the
       efficiency (see below) can be determined for a offline  retention (wet) pond either by itself (as a BMP) or
       for the BMP system (BMP including bypass)
    •  Performance - measure of how well a BMP meets its goals for storm water that the BMP is designed to
       treat.
    •  Effectiveness - measure of how well a BMP system meets its goals in relation to all storm water flows
    •  Efficiency - measure of how well  a BMP or BMP system removes pollutants.

The quantification of efficiency of BMPs has often centered on examinations and comparisons of "percent
removal" defined in a variety of ways. BMPs do not typically function with a uniform percent removal across a
wide range of influent water quality concentrations. For example, a BMP that demonstrates a large percent
removal under heavily polluted influent conditions may demonstrate poor percent removal where low influent
concentrations exist. The decreased efficiency  of BMPs receiving influent with low pollutant concentrations has
been demonstrated. It has been demonstrated that there is a minimum effluent concentration achievable through
implementation of BMPs for many constituents (Schueler, 1996 and Minton, 1998). Percent removal alone, even
where the results are statistically significant, often does not provide a useful assessment of BMP performance.


Percent Removal Databases
Existing databases on pollutant removal by BMPs may or may not identify the design method used. Many of the
BMPs monitored will have been designed using water quality measures such as control of first flush, extended
detention or retention; however some of the data are representative of peak discharge control strategies. The
levels reported in databases such as the National Pollutant Removal Performance Database for Stormwater
Treatment Practice 2nd Edition (CWP, 2000) are presented in Table E-l and Table E-2.
These databases and their associated summary tables at the very best should be used only to very roughly provide
information on BMP effectiveness. These tables are also presented without stating the "margin of safety" or
uncertainty.

Other sources of information include:

    •  U.S. EPA National Menu  of Best  Management Practices for NPDES Stormwater Phase II
       (http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/menu.cfm)
    •  ASCE/U.S. EPA BMP Database (http://www.bmpdatabase.org)
    •  Texas Sourcebook (http://www.txnpsbook.org/)


Table E-1 Median Pollutant Removal of Stormwater Treatment Practices (CWP 2000)

                                          Median Pollutant Removal Efficiency (%)

                                                 E-l

-------
 Treatment BMP               TSS       TP       Sol P       TN        NOx       Cu       Zn
Stormwater Detention
Stormwater Retention
Stormwater Wetlands
Filtering Practices'2'
Infiltration Practices
Ponds
Ponds



Water Quality Swales'3'
47
80
76
86
95
81

(67)
(78)
(87)
0)
(81)
19
51(48)
49(51)
59(51)
70
34 (29)
-6
66
35
3(
85
38
.0
(52)
(39)
-31)
0)
(34)
25
33(31)
30(21)
38 (44)
51
Q (41)
4
43
67
-14
82
31

(24)
(67)
(-13)
0)

26'1'
57 (57)
40 (39)
49 (39)
N/A
51 (51)
26
66(51)
44 (54)
88 (80)
99'1'
71 (71)
 1.  Data based on fewer than five data points
 2.  Excludes vertical sand filters and filter strips
 3.  Refers to open channel practices designed for water quality
 Notes: Data in parentheses represent values from the First Edition; N/A = data are not available, TSS = Total Suspended
Solids; TP = Total Phosphorus; Sol P = Soluble Phosphorus; TN = Total Nitrogen; NOx = Nitrate and Nitrite Nitrogen; Cu =
Copper; Zn = Zinc.
Table E-2  Median Effluent Concentration of Stormwater Treatment Practice Groups  (CWP, 2000)

                                         Median Effluent Concentration (mg/L)
 Treatment BMP            TSS       TP       OP        TN        NOX       Cu(1)    Zn(1)
Stormwater Detention Ponds
Stormwater Retention Ponds
Stormwater Wetlands
Filtering Practices'2'
Infiltration Practices
Water Quality Swales'4'
28 (2)
17
22
11
17(2)
14
0.18'2'
0.11
0.2
0.1
0.05 (2)
0.19
0.13'2'
0.03
0.09
0.08
0.003 (2)
0.08
0.86 (2)
1.3
1.7
1.1 (2)
3.8 (2)
1.1 2
N/A(3)
0.26
0.36
0.55 (2)
0.09 (2)
0.35
9.0 (2)
5
7
10
4.8 (2)
10
98(2)
30
31
21
39(2)
53
 1.  Units for Zn and Cu are micrograms per liter.
 2.  Data based on fewer than five data points
 3.  Excludes vertical sand filters and filter strips.
 4.  Refers to open channel practices designed for water quality
 Notes:  N/A = data is not available, TSS = Total Suspended Solids; TP = Total Phosphorus; OP = Ortho-Phosphorus; TN =
Total Nitrogen; NOx = Nitrate and Nitrite Nitrogen; Cu = Copper; Zn = Zinc

Percent Removal of Pollutant is a Poor Measure of BMP Performance
The quantification of efficiency of BMPs has often centered on examinations and comparisons of "percent
removal" defined in a variety of ways.  BMPs do not typically function with a uniform percent removal across a
wide range of influent water quality concentrations. For example,  a BMP that demonstrates a good percent
removal under heavily polluted influent conditions may demonstrate poor percent removal when low influent
concentrations exist. The decreased efficiency of BMPs receiving  influent with low contaminant concentration
has been demonstrated.  For many constituents, there is a minimum concentration necessary to achieve any
reduction. Percent removal alone, even where the results are statistically significant, often does not provide a
useful assessment of BMP performance.
The goal in watershed management is to reduce the pollutant load either through source control (the most
effective way to do it) or through multi-stage treatment (treatment trains). Although individual BMPs may be less
effective on a percent basis, if they cumulatively still result in a lower effluent concentration (or load), they
benefit the watershed. BMPs  should therefore not be designed for  percent removal but for pollutant removal to
achieve a given effluent level.
Other recommended parameters for measuring BMP efficiency include measurements of how performance varies
from pollutant to pollutant, with large or small storm events, with rainfall intensity, and whether the BMP reduces
toxicity and whether it can cause an improvement in downstream biotic communities  (Strecker et al, July 2000).

                                                  E-2

-------
Irreducible Concentration and Quantifying BMP Efficiency
There is no single for value for percent pollutant removal for a particular BMP.  The processes of BMPs as
addressed in Section 4, subsection "Removal Processes Occurring in Treatment BMPs."  These processes should
not change  systematically from site to site e.g. settling in retention ponds of a similar particle (i.e. specific gravity,
shape factor, etc.) should occur at the same rate  at different parts of the country (not withstanding minor variations
due to water temperature or conductivity) and evapotranspiration will occur in biofilters with some regional
differences (e.g. southern states may have a longer growing season while northern states have longer summer
days). However, assuming routing and design volumes are properly designed, specific pollutant removal results
are site specific and BMP performance will vary with influent loadings and characteristics. The other limit to
BMP effectiveness is the limit to the reduction of effluent concentration which has been termed "irreducible
concentration" (Schuller, 1996) and is described in greater detail below and elsewhere. The system of equations
developed in volumes 2 and 3 and summarized  in a spreadsheet as the IDEAL model can assist the reader in
determining the effluent concentration discharging from BMPs.

A treatment train approach, i.e. by performing multiple treatments, and source controls, i.e. by potentially limiting
influent concentrations, can increase pollutant removals from a drainage area, which is a benefit for the receiving
stream and  is more important than achieving targeted percent removals in any specific BMP.
The following discussion is taken (minor editing) with from the U.S. EPA report "Urban Stormwater
Performance Monitoring" (Strecker et al., 2002):
    As treatment occurs and pollutants in stormwater become less concentrated, they become increasingly
    hard to remove. There appears to be a practical limit to the effluent quality that any BMP can be
    observed to achieve for the stormwater it treats. This limit is dictated by the chemical and physical
    nature of the pollutant of concern, the treatment mechanisms and processes within the BMP, and the
    sensitivity of laboratory analysis techniques to measure the pollutant. This concept of "irreducible
    concentration " (Schueler,  1996) has significant implications for how BMP efficiency estimates are
    interpreted. However, it is possible to get concentrations  as low as desired, but in most cases achieving
    extremely low effluent concentrations may not be practical (i. e., would require treatment trains that may
    not be practical in urban areas that require treatments with small footprints or exotic methods). For
    example, colloids are  typically viewed as "never" being able to be removed in a pond (settling is the
    primary mechanism for treatment in ponds), despite the fact that they could be further removed through
    chemical addition. The term "irreducible concentration " represents the lowest effluent concentration
    for a given parameter that can be achieved by a specific type of stormwater management practice.

    Recent research indicates that achievable effluent concentrations vary appreciably between BMP types.
    For example, in many cases, well-designed sand filters can achieve lower effluent concentrations ofTSS
    than well-designed detention facilities or grassed swales.  However, sand filters have problems with
    long-term maintenance of flow treatment volumes. The typical approach to reporting the ability of a
    BMP to remove pollutants from stormwater entails comparing the amount of pollutants removed by the
    BMP to the total quantity of that pollutant.  The concept of irreducible concentration, however, suggests
    that in some cases it may be more useful to report the efficiency of the BMP relative to some achievable
    level of treatment (i.e., express efficiency as the ability of the BMP to remove the fraction of pollutant
    that is able to be removed by a particular practice.

    The most useful approach to quantifying BMP efficiency is to determine first if the BMP is providing
    treatment (that the influent and effluent event mean concentrations (EMCs) are statistically different
    from one another) and then examine either a cumulative distribution function of influent and effluent
    quality or a standard parallel probability plot. Before any efficiency plots are generated, appropriate
    non-parametric (or if applicable parametric) statistical tests should be conducted to indicate if any
    perceived differences in influent and effluent event mean concentrations are statistically significant (the
    level of significance should be provided, instead of just noting if the result was significant, assume a
    95% confidence level). Effluent probability method is straightforward and directly provides a  clear
    picture of the ultimate measure of BMP effectiveness, effluent water quality. Curves of this type are the
    single  most instructive piece of information that can result from a BMP evaluation study.

                                                  E-3

-------
The most useful approach for examining these curves is to plot the results on a standard parallel
probability plot (see Figures E 1-3). A normal probability plot should be generated showing the log
transform of both inflow and outflow EMCsfor all storms for the BMP. If the log transformed data
deviates significantly from normality, other transformations can be explored to determine if a better
distributional fit exists. Figures E 1-3 show three types of results that can be observed when plotting
pollutant reduction observations on probability plots. Figure E-l shows that SS are highly removed
over influent concentrations ranging from 20 to over 1,000 mg/L. A simple calculation of "percent
removal" would not show this consistent removal over the full range of observations. In contrast,
Figure E-2 shows poor removal of total dissolved solids (TDS) (filtered residue) for all concentration
conditions, as expected for this wet detention pond. The "percent removal "for TDS would be close to
zero and no additional surprises are indicated on this plot. Figure E-3, however, shows a wealth of
information that would not be available from simple statistical numerical summaries, including the
historical analysis approaches described in this manual. In this plot, filtered chemical oxygen demand
(COD) is seen to be poorly removed for low concentrations (less than about 20 mg/L), but the removal
increases substantially for higher concentrations.

Water quality observations do not generally form a straight line on normal probability paper, but do (at
least from about the 10th to 90th percentile level) on log-normal probability plots. This indicates that
the samples generally have a log-normal distribution as described previously in this document. Many
parametric statistical  tests can often be used (e.g., analysis of variance), but only after the data is log-
transformed. These plots indicate the central tendency (median) of the data, along with their possible
distribution type and variance (the steeper the plot, the smaller the CV and the flatter the slope of the
plot, the larger the CV for the data). Multiple data sets can also be plotted on the same plot (such as for
different sites, different seasons,  different habitats, etc.) to indicate obvious similarities (or differences)
in the data sets.

Probability plots should be supplemented with standard statistical tests that determine if the data is
normally distributed. These tests, at least some available in most software packages, include the
Kolmogorov-Smirnov one-sample test, the chi-square goodness of fit test, and the Lilliefors variation of
the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test. They are paired tests comparing data points from the best-fitted normal
curve to the observed  data. The statistical tests may be visualized by imagining the best-fit normal curve
data (a straight line) and the observed data plotted on normal probability paper. If the observed data
crosses the fitted curve data numerous times, it is much more likely to be normally distributed than if it
only crosses the fitted curve a small number of times (Burton and Pitt, 2002).
                                              E-4

-------
                                    10Q
1000
                 Particulant          (S3) (mg/L)
  °    Inlet
 A    Outlet
Figure E-1 Probability Plot for Suspended Solids
                                             E-5

-------
 01    <*'J

 c
                                   ^
                                   if
                         5£   .
                          Residue (TDS)

 '-     Intel

~


Figure E-2 Probability Plot for Total Dissolved Solids
                                                 E-6

-------
        9E-r
 C5
 TJ
        si;<


        a»-
                             j-
        10
                                                     IL'C
        Inlet

       OJtlc?
Ritored COO :rag/L)
Figure E-3 Probability Plot for Chemical Oxygen Demand
                                              E-l

-------
                Appendix F Geotechnical Methods for Karst Feasibility Testing

The following information on BMP design and SWM geotechnical testing in Karst areas has been reproduced from
the Maryland Stormwater design manual (MDE, 2000). The materials are adapted from the Carroll County,
Maryland, Water Resource Management Manual and Ordinance (CCWRM) dated July 2, 1996.  For a complete
discussion of these items, please refer to the Carroll County document.


Stormwater Management in Karst Terrain
In general, Stormwater runoff should not be concentrated and should be conveyed through vegetated areas; in
addition, the facilities should be designed in accordance with the following standards:
    1.   Detention/retention ponds should be designed and constructed with a synthetic or clay liner approved by the
        local plan approval authority.
    2.   Discharges from SWM facilities or directly from impervious surfaces should not be routed within 1,000 ft of
        the edge of any existing unremediated sinkhole. The flow should then be directed to an area not underlain by
        carbonate rock. Alternatively, these discharges may be routed to a stable watercourse via a pipe or lined
        channel.
    3.   Sinkholes occurring within Stormwater management structures should be repaired within 72 hr of first
        observation of occurrence.
    4 .  Liners: Where natural soil permeabilities are greater than 10"6 cm/sec or 1.4 x 10"3 in. per hr for the two-foot
        interval below the depth of the proposed facility, a stable, low permeability liner shall be installed as follows:
        1.  One foot of clay with a permeability less than 10"7 cm/sec,
        2.  Two ft of clay with a permeability less than 10"6 cm/sec,
        3.  Two ft of compacted soil with a permeability less than 10"5 cm/sec with a 30 mil thick artificial liner with
           a permeability less than 10"7 cm/sec, or
        4 .  A very low permeability base constructed of concrete.

Soils Investigation  for Karst Terrain
The purpose of a karst investigation is to identify subsurface voids, cavities, fractures or other discontinuities that
could pose an environmental concern or a construction hazard to an existing or proposed Stormwater management
facility.  By definition, karst investigations are required only in areas suspected of containing carbonate rocks. The
requirements outlined below should not be interpreted as all-inclusive.  The design of any  subsurface investigation
should reflect the size and complexity of the proposed project.
The investigation should determine the nature and thickness of subsurface materials, including depth to bedrock and
to the water table.  Subsurface data may be acquired by backhoe excavation and/or soil boring. These field data
should be supplemented by geophysical investigation techniques, deemed appropriate by a qualified professional.
The data listed herein should be acquired under the direct supervision of a qualified geologist, geotechnical engineer
or soil scientist who is experienced in conducting such studies.  Pertinent site information shall be collected and
should include the  following:

    •   Bedrock characteristics (type, geologic contacts, faults, geologic structure, rock surface configuration).
    •   Soil characteristics (type, thickness, mapped unit).
    •   Photogeologic fracture traces.
    •   Bedrock outcrop areas.
                                                    F-l

-------
    •  Sinkholes and/or other closed depressions.
    •  Perennial and/or intermittent streams.

Location of Borings
Borings should be located to provide representative area coverage of the proposed facilities.  The exact location of
borings will be based on the following conditions or features:
    •  In each geologic unit present, as mapped by the U.S. Geological Surveys, state and local county records.
    •  Placed near on-site geologic or geomorphic indications of the presence of carbonate rock.
    •  On photogeologic fracture traces.
    •  Next to bedrock outcrop areas (i.e., 10 ft from).
    •  As near to identified sinkholes and/or closed depressions as possible.
    •  Near the  edges and center of the proposed facility, and spaced at equal distances from one another.
    •  Near any areas identified as anomalies from any geophysical studies.

Number of Borings
The density shall be dependent upon the type and size of the proposed facility such that a representative sampling is
obtained, as follows:
    •  Ponds/wetlands - a minimum of three per facility, or three per acre, whichever is greater with at least one
       along the centerline of the proposed embankment and the remainder within the proposed impoundment area.
    •  Infiltration trenches - a minimum of 2 per facility.
    •  Additional borings - to define lateral extent of limiting horizons or site-specific conditions, where applicable.

Depth of Borings
Borings shall be extended to depths dependent upon bedrock type as follows:
    •  Non-carbonate rocks - a minimum depth of 5 ft below the lowest proposed grade, within the facility unless
       auger/backhoe refusal is encountered.
    •  Carbonate rocks - a minimum of 20 ft below ground surface or proposed grade; where refusal is encountered,
       the boring may either be extended by rock coring or moving to an adjacent location within 10 linear ft of the
       original site, in order that the 20 ft minimum depth be reached.

Identification of Material
All material penetrated by the boring shall be identified, as follows:
    •  Description, logging and sampling for the entire depth of the boring.
    •  Any stains, odors  or other indications of environmental degradation.
    •  A minimum laboratory analysis of 2 soil samples, representative of the material penetrated including potential
       limiting horizons, with the results compared to the field descriptions.
    •  Identified characteristics shall include, as a minimum: color; mineral composition; grain size, shape and
       sorting; and saturation.
    •  Any indications of water saturation shall be carefully logged, to include both perched and groundwater table
       levels, and descriptions of soils that are mottled or gley should be provided. Water levels in all borings shall
       be taken  at the time of completion and again 24 hr after completion.  The boring must remain fully open to the
       total depth of these measurements.
    •  When conducting a standard penetration test (SPT), estimation of soil engineering characteristics, including
       "N" or estimated unconfmed compressive strength.
                                                    F-2

-------
Geophysical Investigation
An electromagnetic terrain conductivity survey may be conducted over the entire area of the facility and extending
outward to 200 ft beyond the boundaries of the proposed facility.  This survey may be performed to provide a
qualitative evaluation of the area to be utilized. The survey results may be used to identify "suspect areas" that will be
further evaluated using borings. The use of this technique may reduce the total number of borings for a site by better
defining "suspect areas." This survey shall include appropriate techniques such that representative data are collected
from a minimum depth of 20 ft below ground surface or the final proposed grade, whichever is deeper. These data
shall then be correlated with boring data in the site area.


Evaluation
At least one subsurface cross section shall  be provided.  It should extend through a central portion of the proposed
facility, using the actual or projected boring data and the geophysical data. In addition, an iso-conductivity map
should be constructed. Finally, a  bedrock contour map should be developed to include all of the geophysical and
boring data.  A sketch map or formal construction plan indicating the location and dimension of the proposed facility
and line of cross section should be included for reference,  or as a base map for presentation of subsurface data.


Sinkhole Remediation
Proper sinkhole remediation involves investigation, stabilization and final grading. For more information, please see
the CCWRM, Section 4.2.


Sinkhole Stabilization
Sinkholes should be repaired by (1) reverse-graded backfilling, (2) concrete plugging or (3) an engineered subsurface
structure.  For more information on these methodologies, seek local  guidance.


Monitoring of BMPs in Karst Regions
A water quality monitoring system installed, operated and maintained by the owner/operator may be required in a
karst region. For areas requiring monitoring, at least one monitoring well shall be placed at a point hydraulically up
gradient from the BMP and two (2) down gradient monitoring wells shall be provided within 200' of the facility.  The
wells shall be fitted with locking caps.  Bi-annual sampling should take place and an annual report should be filed
with the plan approval authority.
                                                    F-3

-------
an
                                         Appendix G    Glossary
Acute: A stimulus severe enough to rapidly induce an effect; in aquatic toxicity tests, an effect observed in 96 hr or
less is typically considered acute. When referring to aquatic toxicology or human health, an acute effect is not always
measured in terms of lethality.
Adjacent Steep Slope: A slope with a gradient of 15% or steeper within 500 feet of the site.
Adsorption:  The adhesion of a substance to the surface of a solid or liquid; often used to extract pollutants by
causing them to be attached to such adsorbents as activated carbon or silica gel.  Hydrophobic or water repulsing
adsorbents are used to extract oil from waterways when oil spills occur. Heavy metals such as zinc and lead often
adsorb onto sediment particles.
Antidegradation:  Policies that ensure protection of water quality for a particular water body where the water quality
exceeds levels necessary to protect fish and wildlife propagation and recreation on and in the water.  This also
includes special protection of waters designated as outstanding natural resource waters. Anti-degradation plans are
adopted by each state to minimize adverse effects on water.
Anti-seep Collar:  A device  constructed around a pipe or other conduit and placed through a dam, levee or dike for
the purpose of reducing seepage losses and piping failures.
Anti-vortex Device: A device designed and placed on the top of a riser or the entrance of a pipe to prevent the
formation of a vortex in the water at the entrance.

Aquatic Bench: A bench that is located around the inside perimeter of a permanent pool and is normally vegetated
with aquatic plants; the goal is to provide pollutant removal and enhance safety in areas using stormwater pond
BMP's.
Aquifer: A porous water bearing geologic formation generally restricted to materials capable of yielding
appreciable supply of water
"As-Built": Drawing or certification of conditions as they were actually  constructed.
Baffles:  Guides, grids, grating or similar devices placed in a pond to deflect or regulate flow and create a longer flow
path.
Bankfull Discharge:  A flow condition where streamflow completely fills the stream channel up to the top of the
bank. In undisturbed watersheds, the discharge conditions occurs on average every 1.5 to 2 years and controls the
shape and form of natural channels.
Barrel: The closed conduit used to convey water under or through an embankment; part of the principal spillway.
Baseflow: The stream discharge from groundwater.

Berm: A shelf that breaks the continuity of a slope; a linear embankment or dike.
Best Available Technology Economically Achievable (BAT):  Technology-based standard established by the Clean
Water Act (CWA) as the most appropriate means available on a national basis for controlling the direct discharge of
toxic and non-conventional pollutants to navigable waters. BAT effluent limitations guidelines, in general, represent
the best existing performance of treatment technologies that are economically achievable within an industrial point
source category or subcategory.

Best Conventional Pollutant Control Technology (BCT): Technology-based standard for the discharge  from
existing industrial point sources of conventional pollutants including BOD, TSS, fecal coliform, pH, oil and grease.
The BCT is established in light of a two-part "cost reasonableness" test that compares the cost for an industry to
reduce its pollutant discharge with the cost to a POTW for similar levels of reduction of a pollutant loading. The
second test examines the cost-effectiveness of additional industrial treatment beyond BPT.  EPA must find limits that
are reasonable under both tests before establishing them as BCT.


                                                   G-l

-------
Best Management Practice (BMP):  Permit condition used in place of or in conjunction with effluent limitations to
prevent or control the discharge of pollutants. May include schedule of activities, prohibition of practices,
maintenance procedure or other management practice. BMPs may include, but are not limited to, treatment
requirements, operating procedures or practices to control plant site runoff, spillage, leaks, sludge or waste disposal,
or drainage from raw material storage.  Physical, structural and/or managerial practices that, when used singly or in
combination, reduce the downstream quality and quantity impacts of storm water.
Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available (BPT):  The first level of technology-based standards
established by the CWA to control pollutants discharged to waters of the U.S. BPT effluent limitations guidelines are
generally based on the average of the best existing performance by plants within an industrial category or
subcategory.
Bioassay: A test used to evaluate the relative potency of a chemical or a mixture of chemicals by comparing its effect
on a living organism with the effect of a standard preparation on the same type of organism.

Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD): A measurement of the amount of oxygen utilized by the decomposition of
organic material, over a specified time period (usually 5 days) in a wastewater sample; it is used as a measurement of
the readily decomposable organic content of a wastewater.
Biofiltration:  The simultaneous process of filtration, infiltration, adsorption and biological uptake of pollutants in
stormwater that takes place when runoff flows over and through vegetated areas.
Biofiltration Swale:  A sloped, vegetated channel or ditch that provides both conveyance and water quality treatment
to stormwater runoff. It does not provide stormwater quantity control but can convey runoff to BMPs designed for
that purpose.
Biological Control: A method of controlling pest organisms by means of introduced or naturally occurring predatory
organisms, sterilization, the use of inhibiting hormones, or other means, rather than by mechanical or chemical means.
Bioretention:  A stormwater management practice that utilizes shallow storage, landscaping and soils to control
andtreat urban stormwater runoff by collecting it in shallow depressions before filtering it through a fabricated
planting soil media.
Buffer: The zone contiguous with a sensitive area that is required for the continued maintenance, function and
structural stability of the sensitive area. The critical functions of a riparian buffer (those associated with an aquatic
system) include shading, input of organic debris and coarse sediments, uptake of nutrients, stabilization of banks,
interception of fine sediments, overflow during high water events, protection from disturbance by humans and
domestic animals, maintenance of wildlife habitat, and room for variation of aquatic system boundaries over time due
to hydrologic or climatic effects. The critical functions of terrestrial buffers include protection of slope stability,
attenuation of surface water flows from stormwater runoff and precipitation, and erosion control.

Catchbasin:  A chamber or well, usually built at the curb line of a street, for the admission of surface water to a
sewer or subdrain, having at its base a sediment sump designed to retain grit and detritus below the point of overflow.
Catchment:  Surface drainage area.
Channel: A natural stream that conveys water; a ditch or channel excavated for the flow of water and open to the air.
Channelization: Alteration of a stream channel  by widening, deepening, straightening, cleaning or paving certain
areas to change flow characteristics.
Channel Stabilization: Erosion prevention and  stabilization of velocity distribution in a channel using jetties, drops,
revetments, structural linings, vegetation and other measures.
Check Dam: A small dam constructed in a gully or other small watercourse to decrease flow velocity (by reducing
the channel gradient), minimize scour and promote deposition of sediment.
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD): A measure of the oxygen-consuming capacity of inorganic and organic matter
present in wastewater.  COD is expressed as the amount of oxygen consumed in mg/1.  Results do not necessarily
correlate to the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) because the chemical oxidant may react with substances that
bacteria do not stabilize.

                                                    G-2

-------
Chronic:  A stimulus that lingers or continues for a relatively long period of time, often one-tenth of the life span or
more. "Chronic" should be considered a relative term depending on the life span of an organism.  The measurement
of a chronic effect can be reduced growth or reproduction, etc., in addition to lethality.
Chute:  A high velocity, open channel for conveying water to a lower level without erosion.

Clay Lens: A naturally occurring, localized area of clay that acts as an impermeable layer to runoff infiltration.
Clay (Soils):  1. A mineral soil separate consisting of particles less than 0.002 millimeter in equivalent diameter.  2. A
soil texture class. 3. (Engineering) A fine grained soil (more than 50% passing the No. 200 sieve) that has a high
plasticity index in relation to the liquid limit (Unified Soil Classification System)
Clean Water Act (CWA): The Clean Water Act is an act passed by the U.S. Congress to control water pollution. It
was formerly referred to as the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 or Federal Water Pollution Control Act
Amendments of 1972 (Public Law  92-500), 33 U.S.C. 1251 et. seq., as amended by: Public Law 96-483; Public Law
97-117; Public Laws 95-217, 97-117, 97-440 and 100-04.

Closed Depression: An area that is low-lying and either has no, or such a limited, surface water outlet that during
storm events the area acts as a retention basin.
Coconut Rolls: Also known as coir rolls, these are rolls of natural coconut fiber designed to be used for streambank
stabilization.

Cohesion:  The capacity of a soil to resist shearing stress, exclusive of functional resistance.
Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO): A discharge of untreated wastewater from a combined sewer system at a point
prior to the headworks of a publicly owned treatment works. CSOs generally occur during wet weather (rainfall or
snowmelt). During periods of wet weather, these systems become overloaded, bypass treatment works and discharge
directly to receiving waters.
Combined Sewer System (CSS):  A wastewater collection system that conveys sanitary wastewaters (domestic,
commercial and industrial wastewaters) and stormwater through a single pipe to a publicly owned treatment works for
treatment prior to discharge to surface waters.
Compaction (Soils): Any process by which the soil grains are rearranged to decrease void space and bring them in
closer contact with one another, thereby increasing the weight of solid material per unit of volume, increasing the
shear and bearing strength and reducing permeability.
Composite Sample: Sample composed of two or more discrete samples.  The aggregate sample will reflect the
average water quality covering the  compositing or sample period.
Conduit:  Any channel intended for the conveyance of water, whether open or closed.
Constructed Wetland: A wetland that is created on a site that previously was not a wetland.  This wetland is
designed specifically to remove pollutants from stormwater runoff.
Contour: 1. An imaginary line on the surface of the earth connecting points at the same elevation. 2. A line drawn
on a map connecting points at the same elevation.
Core Trench: A trench, filled with relatively impervious material intended to reduce seepage of water through
porous strata.
Conventional Pollutants: Pollutants typical of municipal sewage and for which municipal secondary treatment
plants are typically designed; defined by Federal Regulation [40 CFR 401.16] as BOD, TSS, fecal coliform bacteria,
oil and grease, and pH.
Conveyance: A mechanism for transporting water from one point to another, including pipes, ditches and channels.
Conveyance System: The drainage facilities, both natural and manmade, that collect, contain and provide for the
flow of surface and stormwater from the highest points on the land down to a receiving water. The natural elements
of the conveyance system include swales and small drainage courses, streams, rivers, lakes, and wetlands. The
human-made elements of the conveyance  system  include gutters, ditches, pipes, channels and most retention/detention
facilities.

                                                   G-3

-------
Cradle:  A structure usually of concrete shaped to fit around the bottom and sides of a conduit to support the conduit,
increase its strength and, in dams, to fill all voids between the underside of the conduit and the soil.
Created Wetland: A wetland that is created on a site not previously a wetland. Such a wetland is created to replace
wetlands that were unavoidably destroyed during design and construction of a project, and cannot be used for
treatment of stormwater runoff.
Crest: 1. The top of a dam, dike, spillway or weir, frequently restricted to the overflow portion.  2. The summit of a
wave or peak of a flood.volume.
Criteria: The numeric values and the narrative standards representing contaminant concentrations that are not to be
exceeded in the receiving environmental media (surface water, ground water, sediment) to protect beneficial uses.
Curve Number (CN): A numerical representation of a given area's hydrologic soil group, plant cover, impervious
cover, interception and surface storage derived in accordance with Natural Resources Conservation Service  methods.
This number is used to convert rainfall depth into runoff
Cut: Portion of land surface or area from which earth has been removed or will be removed by excavation; the depth
below original ground surface to excavated surface.
Cut-and-Fill: Process of earth moving by excavating part of an area and using the excavated material for adjacent
embankments or fill areas.
Cutoff: A wall or other structure, such as a trench, filled with relatively impervious material intended to reduce
seepage of water through  porous strata.
CZARA: Acronym used for the Coastal Zone Act Reauthorization Amendments of 1990. These amendments
sought to address the non-point source pollution issue by requiring states to develop  coastal non-point pollution
control programs in order to receive federal funds.
Dam:  A barrier to confine or raise water for storage or diversion, to create a hydraulic head, to prevent gully erosion,
or for retention of soil, sediment or other debris.
Dead Storage:  The permanent pool volume located below the out structure of a storage device.  Dead storage
provides water quality treatment but does not provide water quantity treatment.
Depression Storage:  The amount of precipitation trapped in depressions on the surface of the ground.
Design Storm:  A prescribed hyetograph and total precipitation amount (for a specific duration recurrence frequency)
used to estimate runoff for a hypothetical storm of interest or concern for the purposes of analyzing existing drainage,
designing new drainage facilities or assessing other impacts of a proposed project on the flow of surface water.
Detention:  The temporary storage of stormwater runoff in a BMP with the goals of controlling peak discharge rates
and providing gravity settling of pollutants.
Detention Facility/Structure: An above  or below ground facility, such as a pond or tank, that temporarily  stores
stormwater runoff and subsequently releases it at a slower rate than it is collected by the drainage facility system.
There is little or no infiltration of stored stormwater.  The facility is designed not to create a permanent pool of water.
Detention Time:  The theoretical time required to displace the contents of a stormwater treatment facility at a given
rate of discharge (volume divided by rate of discharge).
Dike: An embankment to confine or control water, for example, one built along the  banks of a river to prevent
overflow to lowlands;  a levee.
Discharge:  Outflow; the flow of a stream, canal or aquifer. One may also speak of the discharge of a canal or stream
into a lake, river or ocean. (Hydraulics) Rate of flow, specifically fluid flow; a volume of fluid passing a point per
unit of time, commonly expressed as cubic feet per second, cubic meters per second, gallons per minute, gallons per
day or millions of gallons per day.
Disturbed Area:  An area in which the natural vegetative soil cover has been removed or altered and, therefore, is
susceptible to erosion.


                                                   G-4

-------
Diversion: A channel with a supporting ridge on the lower side constructed across the slope to divert water to areas
where it can be used or disposed of safely.  Diversions differ from terraces in that they are individually designed.
Drainage: Refers to the collection, conveyance, containment and/or discharge of surface and storm water runoff.
Drainage Area (Watershed):  That area contributing runoff to a single point measured in a horizontal plane that is
enclosed by a ridge line.
Drainage Basin:  A geographic and hydrologic sub-unit of a watershed.
Drainage Channel:  A drainage pathway with a well-defined  bed and banks indicating frequent conveyance of
surface and stormwater
Drainage Course: A pathway for watershed drainage characterized by wet soil vegetation; often intermittent in flow.
Drainage Divide: The boundary between one drainage basin  and another.
Drain: A buried pipe or other conduit (closed drain). A ditch (open drain) for carrying off surplus surface water or
ground water.
Drainage Easement: A legal encumbrance that is placed against a property's title to reserve specified privileges for
the users and beneficiaries of the drainage facilities contained  within the boundaries of the easement.
Drainage, Soil: The removal of water from a soil.
Drop Structure:  A structure for dropping water to a lower level and dissipating surplus energy; a fall.
Dry Pond: A facility that provides stormwater quantity control by containing excess runoff in a detention basin, then
releasing the runoff at allowable levels.
Dry Swale: An open drainage channel explicitly designed to  detain and promote the filtration of stormwater runoff
through an underlying fabricated soil media.
Dry Vault/Tank: A facility that treats stormwater for water quantity control by  detaining runoff in underground
storage units and then releases reduced flows at established standards.
Effluent Limitation: Any restriction imposed on quantities, discharge rates and concentrations of pollutants that are
discharged from point sources into waters of the United States, the waters of the contiguous zone or the ocean.
Effluent Limitations Guidelines (ELG):  A regulation published by the Administrator under Section 304(b) of
CWA that establishes national technology-based effluent requirements for a specific industrial category.
Emergency Spillway:  A dam spillway, constructed in natural ground, that is to discharge flow in excess of the
principal spillway design discharge.
Energy Dissipator:  Any means by which the total energy of  flowing water is reduced. In stormwater design, these
are usually mechanisms that reduce velocity prior to or at discharge from an outfall in order to prevent erosion.  They
include rock splash pads, drop manholes, concrete  stilling basins or baffles and check dams.
Enhancement: To raise ecological value, desirability or attractiveness of an environment associated with surface
water.
Erosive Velocities: Velocities of water that are high enough to  wear away the land surface. Exposed soil will
generally erode faster than stabilized soils.  Erosive velocities  will vary according to the soil type, slope, and
structural or vegetative stabilization used to protect the soil.
Erosion:  1. The process by which the land surface is worn away by the action of water, wind, ice or gravity.  2.
Detachment and movement of soil or rock fragments  by water, wind, ice or gravity. The following terms are used to
describe different types of water erosion:
Accelerated erosion - Erosion much more rapid than normal, natural or geologic  erosion, primarily as  a result of the
influence of the activities of man or, in some cases, of other animals or natural catastrophes that expose base surfaces.
Gully erosion - The erosion process whereby water accumulates in narrow channels and removes the soil from this
narrow area to considerable depths ranging from 1  or 2 feet to as much as 75 to 100 feet.
                                                    G-5

-------
Rill erosion - An erosion process in which numerous small channels only several inches deep are formed. See rill.
Sheet erosion - The spattering of small soil particles caused by the impact of raindrops on wet soils.  The loosened and
spattered particles may or may not subsequently be removed by surface runoff.
Erosion and Sediment Control: Any temporary or permanent measures taken to reduce erosion, control siltation
and sedimentation, and ensure that sediment-laden water does not leave a site.
Erosion and Sediment Control Facility: Type of drainage facility designed to hold water for a period of time to
allow sediment contained in the surface and storm water runoff directed to the facility to settle out so as to improve the
quality of the runoff.
Event Mean Concentration (EMC): The EMC is a statistical parameter used to represent the flow-proportional
average concentration of a given parameter during a storm event. It is defined as the total constituent mass divided by
the total runoff volume. When combined with flow measurement data, the EMC can be used to estimate the pollutant
loading from a given  storm.

Exfiltration: The downward movement of water through the soil; the downward flow of runoff from the bottom of
an infiltration BMP into the soil.

Existing Site Conditions: The conditions (ground cover, slope, drainage patterns) of a site as they existed on the first
day that the project entered the design phase.  Projects that drain into a sensitive area designated by a federal, state or
local agency may be required to use undisturbed forest conditions for the purposes of calculating runoff characteristics
instead of using existing site conditions.
Experimental Best Management Practice (BMP): A BMP that has not been tested and evaluated by the
Department of Ecology in collaboration with local governments and technical experts.
Extended Detention: A storm water design feature that provides for the gradual release of a volume of water in order
to increase  settling of pollutants and protect downstream channels from frequent storm events.
Filter Bed: The section of a constructed filtration device that houses the filter media and the outflow pipe.
Filter Fence: A geotextile fabric designed to trap sediment and filter runoff.
Filter Media:  The sand, soil or other organic material in a filtration device used to provide a permeable surface for
pollutant and sediment removal.
Filter Strip:  A strip  of permanent vegetation above ponds, diversions and other structures to retard the flow of
runoff, causing deposition of transported material, thereby reducing  sedimentation.

Fines (Soil):  Generally refers to the silt and clay size particles in soil.
Floodplain: Areas adjacent to a stream or river that are subject to flooding or inundation during a storm event that
occurs, on average, once every 100 years (or has a likelihood of occurrence of 1/100  in any given year).
Flood Frequency: The frequency with which the flood of interest may be expected to occur at a site in any average
interval of years. Frequency analysis defines the "n-yr flood" as being the flood that will, over a long period of time,
be equaled  or exceeded on the average once every "n" years.
Flood Fringe: That portion of the floodplain outside of the floodway that is covered by floodwaters during the base
flood.  It is generally  associated with standing water rather than rapidly flowing water.

Flood Peak:  The highest value of the stage or discharge attained by a flood; thus, peak stage or peak discharge.
Flood Routing:  An analytical technique used to compute the effects of system storage dynamics on the shape and
movement of flow represented by a hydrograph.
Flood Stage: The stage at which overflow of the natural banks of a stream begins.
Floodway: The channel of the river or stream and those portions of the adjoining flood plains that are reasonably
required to  carry and  discharge the base flood flow. The portions of the adjoining flood plains that are considered to
be "reasonably required" are defined by flood hazard regulations.


                                                    G-6

-------
Flow Splitter: An engineered, hydraulic structure designed to divert a percentage of storm flow to a BMP located out
of the primary channel, or to direct stormwater to a parallel pipe system or to bypass a portion of baseflow around a
BMP.
Forebay: An easily maintained, extra storage area provided near an inlet of a BMP to trap incoming sediments
before they accumulate in a pond or wetland BMP.
Freeboard (Hydraulics):  The distance between the maximum water surface elevation anticipated in design and the
top of retaining banks or structures. Freeboard is provided to prevent overtopping due to unforeseen conditions.
French Drain:  A type of drain consisting of an excavated trench filled with pervious material, such as coarse sand,
gravel or crushed stone; water percolates through the voids in this material and flows to an outlet.
Frost-Heave: The upward movement of soil surface due to the expansion of water stored between particles in the
first few feet of the soil profile as it freezes.  May cause surface fracturing of asphalt or concrete.
Frequency of Storm (Design Storm Frequency): The anticipated period in years that will elapse, based on average
probability of storms in the design region, before a storm of a given intensity and/or total volume will recur; thus a 10-
yr storm can be expected to occur on the average once every 10 years.  Sewers  designed to handle flows that occur
under such storm conditions would be expected to be surcharged by any storms of greater amount or intensity.
Functions (wetlands): The ecological (physical, chemical and biological) processes or attributes of a wetland
without regard for their importance to society (see also Values). Wetland functions include food chain support,
provision of ecosystem diversity and fish and wildlife habitat,  flood flow alteration, ground water recharge and
discharge, water quality improvement, and soil stabilization.
Gabion:  A rectangular or  cylindrical  wire mesh cage filled with rock and used as a protecting agent, revetment, etc.,
against erosion.  Soft gabions, often used in stream bank stabilization, are made of geotextiles filled with dirt, in
between which cuttings are placed.
Gabion Mattress: A thin  gabion, usually six or nine inches thick, used to line channels for erosion control.
Gage: Device for registering precipitation, water level, discharge, velocity, pressure, temperature, etc.
Gaging Station:  A selected section of a stream channel equipped with a gage, recorder or other facilities for
determining stream discharge.

Gauge: A measure of the thickness of metal; e.g., diameter of wire, wall thickness of steel pipe.
Grab Sample:  A sample taken from a waste stream on a one-time basis without consideration of the flow rate of the
waste stream and without consideration of time.
Grade: 1. The slope or finished surface of a road, channel, canal bed, roadbed, top of embankment, bottom of
excavation or natural ground; any surface prepared for the support of construction, like paving or laying a conduit. 2.
To finish the surface of a canal bed, roadbed, top of embankment or bottom of excavation.
Grass Channel: An open  vegetated channel used to convey runoff and to provide treatment by filtering pollutants
and sediments.
Gravel:  1. Aggregate consisting of mixed sizes of 1/4 inch to 3 inches that normally occur in or near old streambeds
and have been worn smooth by the action of water. 2. A soil having particle sizes, according to the Unified Soil
Classification System, ranging from the No.  4 sieve size to 3 in., with more than 50% of coarse fraction larger than
No. 4 sieve size.
Gravel Diaphragm: A stone trench filled with small, river-run gravel  used as pretreatment and inflow regulation in
stormwater filtering systems.

Gravel Filter: Washed and graded sand and gravel aggregate placed around a drain or well screen to prevent the
movement of fine materials from the aquifer into the drain or well.
Gravel Trench: A shallow excavated channel backfilled with gravel and designed to provide temporary storage and
permit percolation of runoff into the soil substrate.


                                                    G-7

-------
Ground Water Table: The free surface of the ground water, that surface subject to atmospheric pressure under the
ground, generally rising and falling with the season, the rate of withdrawal, the rate of restoration, and other
conditions. It is seldom static.
Gully: A channel or miniature valley cut by concentrated runoff through which water commonly flows during and
immediately after heavy rains or snow melt. The distinction between gully and rill is one of depth.  A gully is
sufficiently deep such that it would not be obliterated by normal tillage operations, whereas a rill is of lesser depth and
would be smoothed by ordinary farm tillage or grading activities.
Harmful Pollutant:  A substance that has adverse effects on an organism, including immediate death, chronic
poisoning, impaired reproduction, cancer or other effects.

Heavy Metals: Metals of high specific gravity that are present in municipal and industrial wastes and pose long-term
environmental hazards; such metals include: cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mercury, nickel and zinc.
Head (Hydraulics):  1. The height of water above any plane of reference. 2. The energy, either kinetic or potential,
possessed by each unit weight of a liquid expressed as the vertical height through which a unit weight would have to
fall to release the average energy possessed. Used in various terms such as pressure head, velocity head and head
loss.
High Marsh:  A pondscaping zone within a storm water wetland that exists from the surface of the normal pool to a
six-inch depth  and typically contains the greatest density and diversity of emergent wetland plants.
Hotspot:  Area where land use or activities generate highly contaminated  runoff, with concentrations of pollutants in
excess of those typically found in stormwater.
Hydraulic Gradient: The slope of the hydraulic grade line, which includes static and potential head.
Hydrodynamic Structure: An engineered structure to separate sediments and oils from stormwater runoff using
gravitational separation and/or hydraulic flow.
Hydrograph:  A graph of runoff rate, inflow rate or discharge rate past a specific point over time.
Hydrologic Soil Groups (HSG):  A soil characteristic classification system defined by the U.S. Soil Conservation
Service in which a soil may be categorized into one of four soil groups (A, B, C or D) based upon infiltration  rate and
other properties.
Hydrology: The  science of the behavior of water in the atmosphere, on the surface of the earth and underground.
Hydroperiod: A seasonal occurrence of flooding and/or soil saturation that encompasses depth, frequency, duration
and seasonal pattern of inundation.

Hydroseed: An application of seed or other material applied with forced water in order to revegetate.
Hyetograph:  A graph  of precipitation versus time.

Impervious Surface/Cover (I): A hard surface area that either prevents or retards the entry of water into the soil.
Common impervious surfaces include rooftops, walkways, patios, driveways, parking lots or storage areas, concrete
or asphalt paving, gravel roads, packed earthen materials, and oiled surfaces.
Industrial Stormwater Permit: An NPDES permit issued to an identified land use that regulates the pollutant levels
associated with industrial stormwater discharges or specifies onsite pollution control strategies.
Infiltration: The downward movement of water from the surface to the subsoil.
Infiltration Facility (or system): A drainage facility designed to use the  hydrologic process of surface and
stormwater runoff soaking into the ground, commonly referred to as a percolation, to dispose of surface and
stormwater runoff.
Infiltration Pond: A facility that provides stormwater quantity control by containing excess runoff in a detention
facility, then percolating that runoff into the surrounding soil.
Infiltration Rate (/):  The rate at which stormwater percolates into the subsoil measured in inches per hour.


                                                    G-8

-------
Inflow Protection:  A waterhandling device used to protect the transition area between any water conveyance (dike,
swale or swale dike) and a sediment trapping device.
Inlet: A form of connection between surface of the ground and a drain or sewer for the admission of surface and
stormwater runoff.
Invert:  The lowest point on the inside of a sewer or other conduit.
Invert Elevation:  The vertical elevation of a pipe or orifice in a pond that defines the water level.
Isopluvial Map: A map with lines representing constant depth of total precipitation for a given return frequency.
Karst Geology: Regions that are characterized by formations underlain by carbonate rock and typified by the
presence of limestone caverns and sinkholes.
Lag Time: The interval between the center of mass of the  storm precipitation and the peak flow of the resultant
runoff.
Land Disturbing Activity: Any activity that results in a change in the existing soil cover (both vegetative and
nonvegetative) and/or the existing soil topography. Land disturbing activities include, but are not limited to
demolition, construction, clearing, grading, filling and excavation.
Leachate:  Liquid that has percolated through soil and contains substances in solution or suspension.
Leaching:  Removal of the more soluble materials from the soil by percolating waters.
Level Spreader:  A temporary BMP used to spread stormwater runoff uniformly over the ground surface as sheet
flow.  The purpose of level spreaders is to prevent concentrated, erosive flows from occurring. Level spreaders will
commonly be used at the upsteam end of wider biofilters to ensure sheet flow into the biofilter.
Low Flow Channel: An incised or paved channel from inlet to outlet in a dry basin that is designed to carry low
runoff flows and/or baseflow, directly to the outlet without detention.
Major Storm:  A precipitation event that is larger than the typically largest rainfall for a year.
Mass Wasting:  The movement of large volumes of earth material downslope.
Mean Depth:  Average depth; cross-sectional area of a stream or channel divided by its surface or top width.
Mean Velocity: The average velocity  of a stream flowing  in a channel or conduit at a given cross-section or in a
given reach. It is equal to the discharge divided by the cross-sectional area of the reach.
Metals:  Elements such as mercury, lead, nickel, zinc and cadmium that are of environmental concern because they
do not degrade over time. Although many are necessary nutrients, they sometimes accumulate in the food chain, and
they can be toxic to life in high enough concentrations.  They are also referred to as heavy metals.
Micropool: A smaller permanent pool that is incorporated into the design of larger stormwater ponds to avoid
resuspension of particles and minimize impacts to adjacent natural features.
Million Gallons per Day (mgd):  A unit of flow commonly used for wastewater discharges.  One mgd is equivalent
to 1.547 cubic feet per second.
Mitigation: means, in the following order of preference:
1. Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking  a certain action or part of an action;
2. Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation by using appropriate
technology, or by taking affirmative steps to avoid or reduce impacts;
3. Rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating or restoring the affected environment;
4. Reducing or eliminating the impact overtime by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the
action; and
5. Compensation for the impact by replacing, enhancing or providing substitute resources or environments.
Monitor: To systematically and repeatedly measure something in order to track changes.
                                                    G-9

-------
Monitoring:  The collection of data by various methods for the purposes of understanding natural systems and
features, evaluating the impacts of development proposals on such systems, and assessing the performance of
mitigation measures imposed as conditions of development.
Municipal Stormwater Permit:  An NPDES permit issued to municipalities to regulate discharges from municipal
separate storm sewers for compliance with EPA regulations.
Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (Commonly referred to as an MS4):  A conveyance or system of
conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, manmade
channels or storm drains) owned by a state, city, town or other public body that is designed or used for collecting or
conveying storm water that is not  a combined sewer, and that is not part of a publicly owned treatment works [40 CFR
122.26(b)(8)].
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES): The national program for issuing, modifying,
revoking and  reissuing, terminating, monitoring and enforcing permits, and imposing and enforcing pretreatment
requirements, under Sections 307, 318, 402, and 405 of CWA.

NGVD: National Geodetic Vertical Datum
Native Growth Protection Easement (NGPE): An easement granted for the protection of native vegetation within a
sensitive area or its associated buffer.  The NGPE shall be recorded on the appropriate documents of title and filed
with the County Records Division.
New Development: Includes the  following activities: land disturbing activities, structural development, including
construction, installation or expansion of a building or other structure; creation of impervious surfaces; Class IV —
general forest practices that are conversions from timber land to other uses; and subdivision and short subdivision of
land as defined in RCW 58.17.020. All other forest practices and commercial agriculture are not considered new
development.
New Impervious Area:  The impervious area that is being created by the project.
Nonconventional Pollutants: All pollutants that are not included in the list of conventional or toxic pollutants in 40
CFR Part 401. Includes pollutants such as chemical oxygen demand (COD), total organic carbon (TOC), nitrogen and
phosphorus.
Nonpoint Source Pollution: Pollution that enters a water body from diffuse origins on the watershed and is not
transported via discernible, confined or discrete conveyances.
Non-Structural BMPs:  Stormwater runoff treatment techniques that use natural measures to reduce pollution levels,
do not require extensive construction efforts and/or promote pollutant reduction by  eliminating the pollutant source.
Normal Depth:  The depth of uniform flow. This is a unique depth of flow for any combination of channel
characteristics and flow conditions. Normal depth is calculated using Manning's Equation.
Nutrients: Essential chemicals needed by plants or animals for growth.  Excessive amounts of nutrients can lead to
degradation of water quality and algal blooms. Some nutrients can be toxic at high concentrations.
Off-Line: A  management system designed to control a storm event by diverting a percentage of Stormwater events
from a stream or storm drainage system.

Off-site: Any area lying upstream of the site that drains onto the site and any area lying downstream of the site to
which the site drains.
One-Year Storm:  A Stormwater event that occurs on average once every year or statistically has a 100% chance on
average of occurring in a given year (abbreviated as 1-yr storm).

One Hundred Year Storm: An extreme flood event that occurs on average once every 100 years or statistically has
a 1% chance on average of occurring in a given year (abbreviated as 100-yr storm).

On-Line:  A management system designed to control Stormwater in its original stream or drainage channel.
Orifice: An opening with a closed perimeter, usually sharp-edged, and of regular form in a plate, wall or partition
through which water may flow, generally used for the purpose of measurement or control of flow.

                                                   G-10

-------
Outlet: Point of water disposal from a stream, river, lake, tidewater or artificial drain.

Outlet Channel: A waterway constructed or altered primarily to carry water from man-made structures, such as
terraces, tile lines and diversions. Also known as swale, grass channel and biofilter. This system is used for the
conveyance, retention, infiltration and filtration of storm water runoff.

Overflow: A pipeline or conduit device, together with an outlet pipe, that provides for the discharge of portions of
combined sewer flows into receiving waters or other points of disposal, after a regular device has allowed the portion
of the flow which can be handled by interceptor sewer lines and pumping and treatment facilities to be carried by and
to such water pollution control structures.
pH: A measure of the hydrogen ion concentration of water or wastewater; expressed as the negative log of the
hydrogen ion concentration in mg/L.  A pH of 7 is neutral, pH less than 7 is acidic and pH greater than 7 is basic.
Peak Discharge Rate: The maximum instantaneous rate of flow during a storm,  usually in reference to a specific
design storm event.

Permanent Seeding:  The establishment of perennial vegetation that may remain for many years.
Permeability Rate: The rate at which water will move through a saturated soil.
Permeable Soils: Soil materials with a sufficiently rapid infiltration rate so as to  greatly  reduce or eliminate surface
and stormwater runoff. These soils are generally classified as NRCS hydrologic soil types A and B.
Permeable Cover:  Those surfaces in the landscape consisting of open space, forested areas, meadows, etc. that
infiltrate rainfall.
Permissible Velocity (Hydraulics):  The highest average velocity at which water may be carried safely in a channel
or other conduit. The highest velocity that can exist through a substantial length of a conduit and not cause channel
scour.  A safe, non-eroding  or allowable velocity
Perviousness:  Related to the size and continuity  of void spaces in soils; related to a soil's infiltration rate.
Pesticide:  A general term used to describe any substance, usually chemical, used to destroy or control organisms;
includes herbicides, insecticides, algicides, fungicides and others.  Many of these substances are manufactured and are
not naturally found in the environment. Others, such as pyrethrum, are natural toxins that are extracted from plants
and animals.
Piping: Removal of soil material through subsurface flow channels.
Point Source:  Any discernible, confined and  discrete conveyance, including but not limited to any pipe, ditch,
channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fixture, container, rolling stock, concentrated animal feeding  operation, landfill
leachate collection system, or vessel or other floating craft from which pollutants are or may be discharged.
Pollutant: Dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, filter backwash, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge,
munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials,  radioactive materials (except those regulated under the Atomic
Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.)), heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar
dirt, and industrial, municipal and agricultural waste discharged into water.
Practicable: Available and capable of being done after taking into consideration cost, existing technology and
logistics in light of overall project purposes.
Pretreatment: The removal of material such as gross solids, grit, grease and scum from  flows prior to physical,
biological or physical treatment processes to improve treatability.  Pretreatment may include screening, grit removal,
and oil/water separators.
Pond Buffer: The area immediately surrounding a pond that acts as a filter to remove pollutants and provide
infiltration of stormwater prior to reaching the pond. Provides a separation barrier to adjacent development.
Pond Drain: A pipe or other structure used to drain a permanent pool within a specified time period.
Pondscaping:  Landscaping around stormwater ponds that emphasizes using native vegetative species to meet
specific design intentions. Species are selected for up to six zones in the pond and its surrounding buffer based on
their ability to tolerate inundation and/ or soil saturation.
                                                    G-ll

-------
Porosity («): Ratio of pore volume to total volume.
Pretreatment:  Techniques employed in storm water BMPs to provide storage or filtering to help trap coarse materials
and other pollutants before they enter the system.
Principal Spillway: The primary pipe or weir that carries baseflow and storm flow through a dam embankment.
Rare, Threatened or Endangered Species:  Plant or animal species that are regionally relatively uncommon, are
nearing endangered status, or whose existence is in immediate jeopardy and is usually restricted to highly specific
habitats.  Threatened and endangered species  are officially listed by federal and state authorities, whereas rare species
are unofficial species of concern that fit the above definitions.
Rational Method:  A means of computing storm drainage flow rates (Q) by use of the formula Q = CIA, where C is a
coefficient describing the physical drainage area, I is the rainfall intensity and A is the area.
Reach: A length of channel with uniform characteristics.
Receiving Waters: Bodies of water or surface water systems receiving water from upstream manmade (or natural)
streams.
Recharge: The flow to ground water from the infiltration of surface and stormwater runoff.
Recharge Rate: Annual amount of rainfall that contributes to groundwater as a function of hydrologic soil group.
Recharge Volume: The portion of the water quality volume (VWq) used to maintain groundwater recharge rates at
development sites (VR).
Redevelopment: Any construction, alteration or improvement exceeding five thousand square feet of land
disturbance performed on sites where existing land use is commercial, industrial, institutional or multifamily
residential.
Regional: An action (here, for stormwater management purposes) that involves more than one discrete property.
Regional Detention Facility: A stormwater quantity control structure designed to correct existing excess surface
water runoff problems of a basin or subbasin.   The area downstream has been previously identified as having existing
or predicted significant and regional flooding  and/or erosion problems.  This term is also used when a detention
facility is used to detain stormwater runoff from a number of different businesses, developments or areas within a
catchment.
Release Rate:  The computed peak rate of surface and stormwater runoff for a particular design  storm event and
drainage  area conditions.
Restoration: Actions performed to reestablish wetland functional characteristics and processes that have been lost by
alterations, activities or catastrophic events in an area that no longer meets the definition of a wetland.
Retention:  The process of collecting and holding surface and stormwater runoff with no surface outflow. The
amount of precipitation on a drainage area that does not escape as runoff. It is the difference between total
precipitation and total runoff.
Retention/Detention Facility (R/D): A type of drainage facility designed either to hold water for a considerable
length of time and then release it by evaporation, plant transpiration and/or infiltration into the ground; or to hold
surface and stormwater runoff for a short period of time and then release it to the surface and SWM system.
Retrofitting: The renovation of an existing structure or facility to meet changed conditions or to improve
performance.
Return Interval: A statistical term for the average time of expected interval that an event of some kind will equal or
exceed given conditions (e.g., a stormwater flow that occurs every 2 years).
Reverse-Slope  Pipe: A pipe that draws from below a permanent pool extending in a reverse angle up to the riser and
determines the water elevation of the permanent pool.
Right-of-Way: Right of passage, as over another's property. A route that is lawful to use. A strip of land acquired
for transport, conveyance or utility construction.

                                                    G-12

-------
Rill: A small intermittent watercourse with steep sides, usually only a few inches deep.  Often rills are caused by an
increase in surface water flow when soil is cleared of vegetation.
Riprap:  A facing layer or protective mound of stones placed to prevent erosion or sloughing of a structure or
embankment due to flow of surface and stormwater runoff.
Riparian: Pertaining to the banks of streams, wetlands, lakes or tidewater.
Riser:  A vertical pipe extending from the bottom of a pond BMP that is used to control the discharge rate from a
BMP for a specified design storm.
Roughness Coefficient (Hydraulics): A factor in velocity and discharge formulas representing the effect of channel
roughness on energy losses in flowing water. Manning's "n" is a commonly used roughness coefficient.
Runoff: That portion of the precipitation on a drainage area that is discharged from the area in the stream channels.
Types include surface runoff, groundwater runoff or seepage.
Safety Bench: A relatively flat area above the permanent pool and surrounding a stormwater pond that is designed to
provide a separation to adjacent slopes.
Sanitary Sewer: A pipe or conduit (sewer) intended to carry wastewater or water-borne wastes from homes,
businesses and industries to the POTW.
Sanitary Sewer Overflows (SSO): Untreated or partially treated sewage overflows from a sanitary sewer collection
system.
SBUH: Santa Barbara Urban Hydrograph Method. An event-based hydrographic method of analysis used to
determine stormwater runoff from a site.
SCS: Soil Conservation Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture.
Sediment: Fragmented material that originates from weathering and erosion of rocks or unconsolidated deposits, and
is transported by, suspended in or deposited by water.
Sedimentation:  The depositing or formation of sediment.
Seepage:  1. Water escaping through or emerging from the ground. 2. The process by which water percolates through
soil.
Seepage Length: In sediment basins or ponds, the length along the pipe and around the anti-seep collars that is
within the zone of saturation through an embankment.
Setbacks: The minimum distance requirements for locating certain structures in relation to roads, wells,  septic fields
or other structures.
Settleable Solids:  Those suspended solids in stormwater that separate by settling when the stormwater is held in a
quiescent condition for a specified time.
Sheetflow: Runoff that flows over the ground surface as a thin, even layer, not concentrated in a channel.
Short Circuiting:  The passage of runoff through a BMP in less than the design treatment time.
Siltation:  The process by which a river, lake or other water body becomes clogged with sediment. Silt can clog
gravel beds and prevent successful salmon spawning.
Soil Group: A classification of soils by the Soil Conservation Service into four runoff potential groups.  The groups
range from A soils, which are very permeable and produce little or no runoff, to D soils, which are not very permeable
and produce much more runoff.
Soil Permeability:  The ease with which gases, liquids or plant roots penetrate or pass through a layer of soil.
Soil Stabilization:  The use of measures such as rock lining, vegetation or other engineering structures to prevent the
movement of soil when loads are applied to the soil.
                                                   G-13

-------
Source Control BMP: A BMP that is intended to prevent pollutants from entering storm water. A few examples of
source control BMPs are erosion control practices, maintenance of stormwater facilities, constructing roofs over
storage and working areas, and directing wash water and similar discharges to the sanitary sewer or a dead end sump.
Spillway: A passage such as a paved apron or channel for surplus water over or around a dam or similar obstruction.
An open or closed channel, or both, used to convey excess water from a reservoir.  It may contain gates, either
manually or automatically controlled, to regulate the discharge of excess water.
Stabilization: Providing vegetative and/or structural measures that will reduce or prevent erosion.
Stage (Hydraulics):  The variable water surface or the water surface elevation above any chosen datum.
Steep Slope: Slopes of 25% gradient or steeper.
Stilling Basin: An open structure or excavation at the foot of an outfall, conduit,  chute, drop or spillway to reduce the
energy of the descending  stream of water.

STORET: EPA's computerized STOrage and RETrieval water quality data base that includes physical, chemical and
biological data measured in waterbodies throughout the United States.
Storm Water: Storm water runoff, snow melt runoff and surface runoff and drainage [40 CFR 122.26(b)(13)].
Storm Frequency:  The time interval between major storms of predetermined intensity and volumes of runoff for
which storm sewers and other structures are designed and constructed to handle hydraulically without surcharging and
backflooding, e.g., a 2-yr,  10-yr or 100-yr storm.
Stormwater:  That portion of precipitation that does not naturally percolate into the ground or evaporate, but flows
via overland flow, interflow, channels or pipes into a defined surface water channel or a constructed infiltration
facility.
Stormwater Drainage System: Constructed and natural features that function together as a system to collect,
convey, channel, hold, inhibit, retain, detain, infiltrate, divert, treat and/or filter stormwater.
Stormwater Facility: A constructed component of a stormwater drainage system designed or constructed to perform
a particular or multiple functions.  Stormwater facilities include, but are not limited to, pipes, swales, ditches, culverts,
street gutters, detention basins, retention basins, constructed wetlands, infiltration devices, catchbasins, oil/water
separators, sediment basins and modular pavement.
Stormwater Filtering: Stormwater treatment methods that utilize an artificial media to filter out pollutants entrained
in urban runoff.
Stormwater Ponds:  A land depression or impoundment created for detaining or  retaining stormwater runoff.

Stormwater Quality: A term used to describe the chemical, physical and biological characteristics of stormwater.
Stormwater Quantity: A term used to describe the volume characteristics of stormwater.
Stormwater Site Plan: A plan that shows the measures that will be taken during and after project construction to
provide erosion and sediment control and stormwater control.
Stormwater Wetlands:  Shallow, constructed pools that capture stormwater and allow for the growth of
characteristic wetland vegetation.
Stream Buffers: Zones of variable width that are located along both sides of a stream and are designed to provide a
protective natural area along a stream corridor.
Stream Gaging: The quantitative determination of stream flow using gages, current meters, weirs or other measuring
instruments at selected locations. See gaging station.
Streams:  Those areas where surface waters flow sufficiently to produce a defined channel or bed. A defined channel
or bed  is indicated by hydraulically sorted sediments or the removal of vegetative  litter or loosely rooted vegetation by
the action of moving water. The channel or bed need not contain water year-round.
Structural BMPs: Devices  constructed to provide temporary storage and treatment of stormwater runoff.

                                                   G-14

-------
Subbasin:  A drainage area that drains to a water course or waterbody and that is named and noted on common maps
and contained within a basin.
Subgrade: A layer of stone or soil used as the underlying base for a BMP.
Suspended Solids:  Organic or inorganic particles that are suspended in and carried by the water.  The term includes
sand, mud and clay particles (and associated pollutants) in stormwater.
Swale: A shallow drainage conveyance with relatively gentle side slopes and flow depths generally less than one
foot.
Tailwater: Water, in a river or channel, immediately downstream from a structure.

Technical Release No. 20 (TR-20):  A Soil Conservation Service (now NRCS) watershed hydrology computer model
that is used to compute runoff volumes and provide routing of storm events through stream valleys and/or ponds.
Technical Release No. 55 (TR-55):  A watershed hydrology model developed by the Soil Conservation Service (now
NRCS) used to calculate runoff volumes and provide a simplified routing for storm events through stream valleys
and/or ponds.
Ten-Year Storm:  The 24 hr storm event that exceeds bankfull capacity and occurs on average once every ten years
(or has a likelihood of occurrence of 1/10 in a given year) (abbreviated as 10-yr storm).
TESC:  Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (Plan).
Time of Concentration:  The time period necessary for surface runoff to reach the outlet of a subbasin from the most
remote point hydraulically in the tributary drainage area.
Toe  of Slope: A point or line of slope in an excavation or cut where the lower surface changes to horizontal or meets
the existing ground slope; or a point or line on the upper surface of a slope where it changes to horizontal or meets the
original surface.
Toe  Wall:  Downstream wall of a structure, usually built to prevent flowing water from eroding under the structure.
Topography: General term to include characteristics of the ground surface such as plains, hills or mountains, and
degree of relief, steepness of slopes and other physiographic features.
Topsoil:  Fertile or desirable soil material used for the preparation of a seedbed.
Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL): The amount of pollutant, or property of a pollutant, from point source, NPS
and natural background, that may be  discharged to a water quality-limited receiving water. Any pollutant loading
above the TMDL results in violation of applicable WQS.
Total Phosphorus (TP):  The total amount of phosphorus that is contained within the water column.
Total Solids: The solids in water, sewage or other liquids, including the dissolved, filterable and nonfilterable solids.
The residue left when the moisture is evaporated and the remainder is dried at a specified temperature, usually 130°C.
Total Suspended Solids (TSS): A measure of the filterable solids present in a sample, as determined by the method
specified in 40 CFR Part 136.
Toxic Pollutant:  Pollutants or combinations of pollutants, including disease-causing agents that after discharge and
upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation or assimilation into any organism, either directly from the environment or
indirectly by ingestion through food chains, will, on the basis of information available to the Administrator of EPA,
cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities,  cancer, genetic mutations, physiological malfunctions, (including
malfunctions in reproduction) or physical deformations, in such organisms or their offspring. Toxic pollutants also
include those pollutants listed by the  Administrator under CWA Section 307(a)(l) or any pollutant listed under
Section 405(d), which relates to sludge management.
Trash Rack: A grill, grate or other device installed at the intake of a channel, pipe, drain or spillway for the purpose
of preventing oversized debris from entering the structure.
Travel Time: The estimated time for surface water to flow between two points of interest.


                                                   G-15

-------
Truncated Hydrograph:  A method of computing the required design infiltration storage volume utilizing the
differences from post-developed and pre-developed hydrograph volumes over a specific time frame.
Two-Year Storm: The 24 hr storm event that exceeds bankfull capacity and occurs on average once every two years
(or has a likelihood of occurrence of 1/2 in a given year) (abbreviated as 2-yr storm).
Underdrain: Plastic pipes with holes drilled through the top, installed on the bottom of an infiltration BMP that are
used to collect and remove excess runoff.
Unstable Slopes: Those sloping areas of land that have  in the past exhibited, are currently exhibiting or will likely in
the future exhibit mass movement of earth.
Urbanized Area: Areas designated and identified by the U.S. Bureau of Census according to the following criteria:
an incorporated place and densely settled surrounding area that together have a maximum population of 50,000.
Ultimate Condition: Full watershed build-out based on existing zoning.
Ultra-Urban: Densely developed urban areas in which little pervious surface exists.
Vactor Waste:  The waste material found in the bottom  of a catch basin.
Values: Processes or attributes that are valuable or beneficial to society (also see Functions). For example, wetland
values include support of commercial and sport fish and wildlife species, protection of life and property from
flooding, recreation, education, and aesthetic enhancement of human communities.

Vegetative Filter Strip: A facility designed to provide stormwater quality treatment of conventional pollutants, but
not nutrients, through the process of biofiltration.
Velocity Head:  Head due to the velocity of a moving fluid, equal to the square of the mean velocity divided by twice
the acceleration due to gravity (32.16 feet per second per second)[v2/2g\.
Volumetric Runoff Coefficient (Rv):  The value applied to a given rainfall volume to yield a corresponding runoff
volume based on the percent impervious cover in a drainage basin.
Water Quality BMP: A BMP specifically designed for pollutant removal.
Water Quality Criteria: Comprised of numeric and narrative  criteria. Numeric criteria are scientifically derived
ambient concentrations developed by EPA or states for various  pollutants of concern to protect human health and
aquatic life. Narrative criteria are statements that describe the desired water quality goal.
Water Quality Standard (WQS):  A law or regulation that consists of the beneficial use or uses of a waterbody, the
numeric and narrative water quality criteria that are necessary to protect the use or uses of that particular waterbody,
and an antidegradation statement.

Water Quality Volume (VWq): The volume needed to capture and treat 90% of the average annual stormwater
runoff volume equal to  1" (or 0.9" in Western Rainfall Zone) times the volumetric runoff coefficient (Rv) times the
site area.
Water Quantity BMP:  A BMP specifically designed to reduce the peak rate of stormwater runoff.
Water Surface Profile: The longitudinal profile assumed by the surface of a stream flowing in an open channel; the
hydraulic grade line.
Wedges: Design feature in stormwater wetlands that increases flow path length to provide for extended detention and
treatment of runoff.
Wetlands: Those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration
sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for
life in saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, fens, bogs and similar areas. This
includes wetlands created, restored or enhanced as part of a mitigation procedure.  This does not include constructed
wetlands or the following surface waters of the state intentionally constructed from sites that are not wetlands:
irrigation and drainage ditches, grass-lined swales, canals, agricultural detention facilities, farm ponds, and landscape
amenities.

                                                    G-16

-------
Wet Pond: A facility that treats stormwater for water quality by utilizing a permanent pool of water to remove
conventional pollutants from runoff through sedimentation, biological uptake and plant filtration.

Wet Swale! An open drainage channel or depression, explicitly designed to retain water or intercept groundwater for
water quality treatment.
Wetted Perimeter: The length of the wetted surface of the channel.
Wet Vaults/Tanks: Underground storage facilities that treat stormwater for water quality through the use of a
permanent pool of water that acts as a settling basin.
                                                   G-17

-------